Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Permit D19-0266 - FLYING CIRCUS EXTREME AIR SPORT - CONCESSION AREA
FLYING CIRCUS EXTREME AIR SPORTS CONCESSIONS 455 ANDOVER PARK E FINALED 10/04/2021 D19-0266 Parcel No: Address: Project Name: �~^� �l[ �"°"^K ���u�� ��n Tukwila » Department ofCommunity Development 63OVSowthcenterBoulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 9Q1DQ Phone:206'431'367O Inspection Request Line: 206-438'9350 Web site: http�//wwwJukmi|aVVA.Ron 0223400060 DEVELOPMENT PERMIT Permit Number: 455 ANDOVER PARK E Issue Date: Permit Expires On: FLYING CIRCUS EXTREME AIR SPORTS CONCESSIONS Owner: Name: Address: 44SBUILDING LLC l2lLAKESIDE AVE #81UO'SEATTLE, 4R,98lZ2 Contact Person: Name: ]0NATHANMENDOZA Phone: (479)426'8864 Address: l7I0SVVCOMMERCE DR#Z5, UENTONV|LLE'AR, 7Z7lZ Contractor: Name: ACT CONSTRUCTION Phone: Address: 350 MACDONNELL5T,LEVV|9NLLE, Tx'750S7 License No: A[TC0[*860N6 Expiration Date: 8/25/2020 Lender: Name: Address: ''' DESCRIPTION OF WORK: REMOVE AN EXISTING KITCHENETTE, STORAGE ROOM AND ADD NEW CONCESSION STAND-, REMOVE LIMITED EQUIPMENT AND FENCING AT PARKOUR AREA AND PROVIDE NEW ACCESS STAIR TO ACTIV1TY DECK. INSTALL GREASE INTERCEPTOR TO5ERVCENEW CONCESSION OPERATION. Project Valuation: $15000000 Type o(Fire Protection: Sprinklers: YES Fire Alarm: YES Type n<Construction: U0 Electrical Service Provided by: TUKWILA Fees Collected: $3,383.06 Occupancy per IBC: A,3 Water District: TUKVV|U\ Sewer District: TUKVV|LA Current Codes adopted by the City of Tukwila: International Building Code Edition: International Residential Code Edition: International Mechanical Code Edition: Uniform Plumbing Code Edition: International Fuel Gas Code: National Electrical Code: VVACities Electrical Code: VVACZ96~468: Code: Public Works Activities: [hanne|ization/5triping: [v,b[ut/Acces4Sidewa|k: Fire Loop Hydrant: Flood Control Zone: Hau|in8/DversizeLoad: Land Altering: Landscape Irrigation: Sanitary Side Sewer: Sewer Main Extension: Storm Drainage: Street Use: Water Main Extension: Water Meter: Volumes: Cut: O Fill: O Number: 0 No � Permit Center Authorized Signature: Date: | hearbycertify that | have read and examined this permit and know the same Uz be true and correct. All provisions of law and ordinances governing this work will be complied with, whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of any other state or local laws regulating construction or the performance of work. | am authorized to sign and obtain this development permit and agree tothe conditions attached tnthis permit. ��������Jw]/ Print Name: l�' �~ �— /v '� .r This permit shall become null and void ifthe work isnot commenced within l80days for the date ofissuance, or if the work is suspended orabandoned for aperiod of18Odays from the last inspection. PERMIT CONDITIONS: 1: Aspart cfthe Plumbing Permit applicant shall submit grease interceptor sizing calculations and grease interceptor installations/maintenance manual. Z: ***BU|LD|NGPERMIT [OND|T0NS~~* 3: Work shall be installed in accordance with the approved construction documents, and any changes made during construction that are not in accordance with the approved construction documents shall be resubmitted for approval, 4: All permits, inspection record card and approved construction documents shall bekept atthe site ofwork and shall beopen tninspection bythe Building Inspector until final inspection approval is granted. 5: New suspended ceiling grid and light fixture installations shall meet the seismic design requirements for nonstructural components. AS[[7,Chapter ll 8: Partition walls shall not betied twasuspended ceiling grid. All partitions greater than 6feet inheight shall belaterally braced tothe building structure. Such bracing shall beindependent ofany ceiling splay bracing. 7: All construction shall be done in conformance with the Washington State Building Code and the Washington State Energy Code. 8: All food preparation establishments must have Seattle/King County Department nfPublic Health sign -off prior toopening ordoing any food processing. Arrangements for final Health Department inspection shall bemade bycalling Seattle/King County Department ofPublic Health, (l'8U0'3Z5'6l65ext9'566).atleast three working days prior todesired inspection date. Onwork requiring Health Department approval, itis the contractor's responsibility to have a set of plans approved by the agency on the job site. 9: All rack storage requires a separate permit issued through the City of Tukwila Permit Center. Rack storage over 8-feet in height shall be anchored or braced to prevent overturning or displacement during seismic events. The design and calculations for the anchorage orbracing shall beprepared byaregistered professional engineer licensed inthe State ofWashington. Periodic special inspection isrequired during anchorage ufstorage racks 8feet orgreater inheight. 10: There shall be no occupancy of a building until final inspection has been completed and approved by Tukwila building inspector. No exception. 11: Remove all demolition rubble and loose miscellaneous material from lot or parcel of ground, properly cap the sanitary sewer connections, and properly fill orotherwise protect all basements, cellars, septic tanks, wells, and other excavations. Final inspection approval will be determined by the building inspector based onsatisfactory completion ofthis requirement. lZ: All plumbing and gas piping work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City ofTukwila Building Department (2U6'431'367O). 13: All electrical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Permit Center. 14: VALIDITY OFPERMIT: The issuance or granting of a permit shall not be construed to be a permit for, or an approval of, any violation of any of the provisions of the building code or of any other ordinances of the City of Tukwila. Permits presuming to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of the code or other ordinances ofthe City ofTukwila shall not bevalid. The issuance ofapermit based onconstruction documents and other data shall not prevent the Building Official from requiring the correction of errors in the construction documents and other data. 15: All mechanical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Permit Center (ZO6/432'367O). 19: The total number of fire extinguishers required for an ordinary hazard occupancy with Class A fire hazards is calculated atone extinguisher for each l'SO0sq. ft. ofarea. The extinOuisher(s)should beofthe "All Purpose" (]A,4O8:[)dry chemical type. Travel distance tnany fire extinguisher must be7S'orless. (|F[ 9063)(NFPA10,5.4) 16: Portable fire extinguishers, not housed in cabinets, shall be installed on the hangers or brackets supplied. Hangers or brackets shall be securely anchored to the mounting surface in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. Portable fire extinguishers having agross weight not exceeding 4O pounds (18kg) shall beinstalled sothat its top isnot more than 5feet (l524nnm)above the floor. Hand- held portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so that its top isnot more than ISfeet (1067mm)above the floor. The clearance betweemthe floor and the bottom of the installed hand-held extinguishers shall not be less than 4 inches (102 mm). (|FC9O6Jand |F[ 906.9) 17: Extinguishers shall be located in conspicuous locations where they will be readily accessible and immediately available for use. These locations shall be along normal paths oftravel, unless the fire code official determines that the hazard posed indicates the need for placement away from normal paths of travel. (|F[906.5) 18: Fire extinguishers require monthly and yearly inspections. They must have a tag cvlabel securely attached that indicates the month and year that the inspection was performed and shall identify the company or person performing the service. Everysixyeumstoredp/es u/eextinguishersshaUbeemphedand subjected tothe applicable recharge procedures. |fthe required monthly and yearly inspections ofthe fire extinguisher(s) are not accomplished urthe inspection tag is not completed, a reputable fire extinguisher service company will be required to conduct these required surveys. (NFPA 10, 7.2, 7.3) 20: Maintain fire extinguisher coverage throughout. 21: Egress doors shall be readily openable from the egress side without the use of a key or special knowledge or effort, (|F[IO1019) 22: Dead bolts are not allowed onauxiliary exit doors unless the dead bolt isautomatically retracted when the door handle isengaged from inside the tenant space. (|FCChapter lU) 23: Exit hardware and marking shall meet the requirements ofthe International Fire Code. (|F[Chapter 1O) ' " 24: Exits and exit access doors shall be marked by an approved exit sign readily visible from any direction of egress travel. Access to exits shall be marked byreadily visible exit signs in cases where the exit or the path ofegress travel isnot immediately visible tothe occupants. Exit sign placement shall bosuch that nopoint in an exit access corridor is more than 100 feet (30,480 mm) or the listed viewing distance for the sign, whichever isless, from the nearest visible exit sign. (|F[1013.l) 25: Every exit sign and directional exit sign shall have plainly legible letters not less than 6 inches (152 mm) high with the principal strokes ofthe letters not less than 0J5 inch (l9.Imm)wide. The word "EX|T"shall have letters having awidth not less than Zinches (5lmm)wide except the letter "|^' and the minimum spacing between letters shall not beless than U37Sinch (9.5mm). Signs larger than the minimum established in the International Fire [ode shall have letter widths, strokes and spacing in proportion to their height. The word "EXIT" shall be in high contrast with the background and shall be clearly discernible when the exit sign illumination means |sorisnot energized. |fanarrow isprovided aspart ofthe exit sign, the construction shall besuch that the arrow direction cannot bereadily changed. (/F[l01l6l) 26: Each door in a means of egress from an occupancy of Group A or E having an occupant load of 50 or more and any Group H occupancy shall not be provided with latch or lock unless it is panic hardware or fire exit hardware. (|FC1018l1U) 27: Exit signs shall beilluminated atall times. Toensure continued illumination for aduration ofnot less than 90 minutes in case of primary power loss, the sign illumination means shall be connected to an emergency power system provided from storage batteries, unit equipment or on -site generator. (|FClUl3.63) 28: Every room or space that is an assembly occupancy shall have the occupancy load of the room or space posted in aconspicuous place, near the main exit orexit access doorway from the room or space. Posted signs shall be of an approved legible permanent design and shall be maintained by the owner or authorized agent. (iF[1O043) 29: Emergency lighting facilities shall be arranged to provide initial illumination that is at least an average of 1 foot-candle (11 lux) and a minimum atany point of0.1foot-candle (1lux) measured along the path of egress at floor level. Illumination levels shall be permitted to decline to 0.6 foot-candle (6 lux) average and a minimum atany point ofO.O6foot-candle (O.6 lux) atthe end ofthe emergency lighting time duration. A maximum -to -minimum illumination uniformity ratio of 40 to 1 shall not be exceeded. (|F[lOO8.3.5) 33: Fire protection systems shall be maintained in accordance with the original installation standards for that system. Required systems shall beextended, altered oraugmented asnecessary tomaintain and continue protection whenever the building is altered, remodeled or added to. Alterations tofire protection systems shall bedone inaccordance with applicable standards. ()F[90l.4) 30: All new sprinkler systems and all modifications toexisting sprinkler systems shall have fire department review and approval of drawings prior to installation or modification. New sprinkler systems and all modifications to sprinkler systems involving more than 50 heads shall have the written approval of Factory Mutual or any fire protection engineer licensed by the State of Washington and approved by the Fire Marshal prior tosubmittal tothe Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau, mosprinkler work shall commence without approved drawings. (City Ordinance No. Z436). 31: Sprinklers shall be installed under fixed obstructions over 4 feet (1.2 m) wide. (NFPAl3-8.6.53.J) 34: 4fire alarm system is required for this project. The fire alarm system shall meet the requirements of NfP.A.72and City Ordinance #2437. 36: An approved manma| fire alarm system indudingaudib|e/visua| devices and manual pull stations is required for this project. The fire alarm system shall meet the requirements of Americans With Disabilities'Act (|.BI.),N.F.P.A.72and the City ofTukwila Ordinance #2437. 37: Maintain fire alarm system audible/visual notification. Addition/relocation of walls or partitions may require relocation and/or addition of audible/visual notification devices. (City Ordinance #2437) 35: All new fire alarm systems ormodifications toexisting systems shall have the written approval ofThe Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. Nowork shall commence until afire department permit has been obtained. (City Ordinance #2437)(|FC9O1.2) 38: Anelectrical permit from the City of Tukwila Building Department Permit Center (206-431-3670) is required for this project. 39: All electrical work and equipment shall conform strictly tothe standards ofthe National Electrical Code. (NFPA7O) 40: The maximum flame spread class of finish materials used on interior walls and ceilings shall not exceed that set forth inTable No. 803.I1ofthe International Building Code. 41: |nothe'thonGroup|-3,curtains,dmpehes,tabhchanginXsandnthe/simi|a/combustib|edecomdve materials suspended from walls or ceilings shall comply with Section 807.4 and shall not exceed lOpercent ofthe specific wall orceiling area tnwhich they are attached. (|F[OO7.1) Where required toexhibit improved fire performance, curtains, draperies, fabric hangings and other similar combustible decorative materials suspended from walls orceilings shall hetested byanapproved agency and meet the flame propagation performance criteria ofTest Method lorTest Method Z,asappropriate, ofNFPA7Olor exhibit a maximum rate of heat release of 100 kW when tested in accordance with MFPA 289, using the 20 kVVignition source. Reports of test results shall be prepared in accordance with the test method used and furnished tothe fire code official upon request. (|FC807.4) 32: Contact The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau to witness all required inspections and tests. (City Ordinances #Z436and #Z437) 42: Any overlooked hazardous condition and/or violation of the adopted Fire orBuilding Codes does not imply approval ofsuch condition orviolation. 43: These plans were reviewed byInspector 511. |fyou have any questions, please call Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau at(3OG)576-44O7. PERMIT INSPECTIONS REQUIRED Permit Inspection Line: (aUa)4]8'9]s0 I700 8U|LD|NGF|mAL*~ 06I1 EMERGENCY LIGHTING 1400 FIRE FINAL 0409 FRAMING 0606 GLAZING 0406 SUSPENDED CEILING CITY OF TUKWILA Community Development Department Public Works Department Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 http://www.TukwilaWA.gov Building Permit No. h Ici - Project No. Date Application Accepted-. g ) 5 - Date Application Expires: a- )5 (For office use only) CONSTRUCTION PERMIT APPLICATION Applications and plans must be complete in order to be accepted for plan review. Applications will not be accepted through the mail or by fax. **Please Print** SITE LOCATION King Co Assessor's Tax No.: 022340006000 Site Address: Tenant Name: Flying Circus Extreme ii Sports Concessions 455 Andover Park East, Tukwila, WA 98188 PROPERTY OWNER Name: Circus Trix, INC Address: 515 N University Ave City: Provo State: UT zip: 84601 CONTACT PERSON — person receiving all project communication Name: Jonathan Mendoza Address: 1710 SW Commerce Dr #25 City: Bentonville State: AR Zip: 72712 Phone: (479) 426-8864 Fax: Email: jonathanCainielsen-architecture.com GENERAL CONTRACTOR INFORMATION Company Name: ACT Construction Address: 350 McDonnell St City: Lewisville State: TX Zip: 750 7 Phone: (972) 436-1144 Fax: Contr Reg No.: CC ACTCOC*860N Exp Date: Tukwila Business License No.: 603-068-668 Suite Number: Floor: New Tenani: L .,...Yes J..No ARCHITECT OF RECORD Company Name: Architect Name: Eric Jon Nielsen Address: 1710 SW Commerce Dr #25 City: Bentonville State: AR Zip: 72712 Phone: (479) 254-0112 Fax: Email: eric@nielsen-architecture.com ENGINEER OF RECORD Company Name: HP Engineering Engineer Name: Dewain Hodge Address: 5214 West Village Parkway; #120 City: State: AR Zip: Rogers 72712 Phone: (479) 899-6370 Fax: Email: dhodge@hpengineeringinc.com ENDER/BON ISSUED (required for projects 85,000 or greater per R 'W 19.27.095) Name: TBD Address: City: State: Zip: H: Applicalions1Forms-Applicat ions Un Lir.e2OI I Applications \Permit Application Revised - s9I .doux Revised: Augusi 2011 bh Page I of 4 BUILDING PERMIT INFORMATION — 206-431-36'10 Valuation of Project (contractor's bid price): S 150,000 Existing Building Valuation: S 8,537,300 Describe the scope of work (please provide detailed information): Remove an existing kitchette and storage room and add new concession stand to serve the park's patrons. Remove limited equipment and fencing at Parkour area and provide new access stair to activity area deck. install grease Interceptor to serve new concession operation. Will there be new rack storage? ❑ Yes 0.. No If yes, a separate permit and plan submittal will be required. Provide All Building Areas in Square Footage Below Existing Interior Remodel Addition to Existing Structure New Type of Construction per IBC Type of Occupancy per IBC ls' Floor 43,790 409 0 0 IIIB A-3 2"' Floor 0 0 0 0 - - 3`d Floor 0 0 0 0 - - Floors 0 thru 0 0 0 0 0 - - Basement 0 0 0 0 - - Accessory Structure* 0 0 0 0 - - Attached Garage 34,200 0 0 0 - S-2 Detached Garage 0 0 0 0 - - Attached Carport 0 0 0 0 - - Detached Carport 0 0 0 0 - - Covered Deck 0 0 0 0 - - Uncovered Deck 0 0 0 0 - - PLANNING DIVISION: Single family building footprint (area of the foundation of all structures, plus any decks over 1.8 inches and overhangs greater than 18 inches) 0 *For an Accessory dwelling, provide the following: Lot Area (sq fl): 0 Floor area of'principal dwelling: 0 Floor area of accessory dwelling: 0 *Provide documentation that shows that the principal owner lives in one of the dwellings as his or her primary residence. �J Number of Parking Stalls Provided: Standard: /25 Compact: 36 Handicap: 6 Will there be a change in use? ❑ Yes © No If "yes", explain: FIRE PROTECTION/HAZARDOUS MATERIALS: ®.......Sprinklers ® Automatic Fire Alann ❑ None ❑ Other(specify) Will there be storage or use of flammable, combustible or hazardous materials in the building? ❑ Yes VI No If "yes', attach list of materials and storage locations on a separate 8-1/2" x 11 "paper including quantities and Material Safety Data Sheets. SEPTIC SYSTEM ❑ On -site Septic System - For on -site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Depaitinent, H: Appli of ionsWonru-Appl Rai ions On Line \2011 Applications-Permil Applicul inn Revised - R-9-1 l.doex Revised: August 2011 bh Page 2 of 4 PUBLIC WORKS PERMIT INFORMATION — 206-433-0179 Scope of Work (please provide detailed information): Remove an existing kitchette and storage room and add new concession stand to serve the park's patrons. Remove limited equipment and fencing at Parkour area and provide new access stair to activity area deck. Install grease Interceptor to serve new concession operation. Call before you Dig: 811 Please refer to Public Works Bulletin #1 for fees and estimate sheet. Water District RI ...Tukwila ,,,Water District #125 El ...Water Availability Provided Sewer District E ...Tukwila 0 ...Sewer Use Certificate .. • I lighlMe 0... Valley View LI .. Renton 0...Sewer Availability Provided 111 .. Renton .. Seattle Septic System: LI On -site Septic System — For on -site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. Submitted with Application (mark boxes which apply): ...Civil Plans (Maximum Paper Size — 22" x 34") E] ...Technical Information Report (Storm Drainage) 1=1 ...Bond .. Insurance El Easement(s) Proposed Activities (mark boxes that apply): El ...Right-of-way Use - Nonprofit for less than 72 hours El ...Right-of-way Use - No Disturbance ..▪ .Construction/Excavation/Fill - Right-of-way Non Right-of-way 0 ...Total Cut Li ...Total Fill O ...Sanitary Side Sewer I=1 ...Cap or Remove Utilities 0 ...Frontage Improvements 0 ...Traffic Control fl ...Backflow Prevention cubic yards cubic yards Fire Protec Irrigation Domestic Water on Li .. Geotechnical Report .. • Maintenance Agreement(s) ..'Traffic Impact Analysis O ...Hold Harmless — (SAO) O ...Hold Harmless — (ROW) EJ .. Right-of-way Use - Protit for less than 72 hours .. • Right-of-way Use — Potential Disturbance El .. Work in Flood Zone .. • Storm Drainage .. • Abandon Septic Tank 1=1 .. Curb Cut El .. Pavement Cut .. Looped Fire Line II...Permanent Water Meter Size... El ...Temporary Water Meter Size .. P ...Water Only Meter Size El ...Sewer Main Extension Public El El ...Water Main Extension Public 0 VI WO # WO # WO # Private 0 Private 0 .. • Grease Interceptor ▪ Channelization .. Trench Excavation E] .. Utility Undergrounding 0...Deduct Water Meter Size FINANCE INFORMATION Fire Line Size at Property Line Number of Public Fire Hydrant(s) ..• .Water IZ ...Sewer El ...Sewage Treatment Monthly Service Billing to: Name: Day Telephone: Mailing Address: City Water Meter Refund/Billing: Name: Mailing Address: State Zip Day Telephone: City State Zip H: Applications \ Forins-Applications On Line \ 201 I ApplicationsTerrnit Application Revised - 8-9-11 elocz Revised: August 2000 I I Page 3 of 4 PERMIT APPLICATION NOTES — Value of Construction — In all cases, a value of construction amount should be entered by the applicant. This figure will be reviewed and is subject to possible revision by the Permit Center to comply with current fee schedules. Expiration of Plan Review -- Applications for which no permit is issued within 180 days following the date of apptieauon shall expire by limitation. The Building Official may grant one or more extensions of time for additional periods not exceeding 9ti clays each. The extension shall he requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. Section 105.3.2 International Building Code (current edition). I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT I HAVE READ AND EXAMINED THIS APPLICATION AND KNOW THE SAME TO BE TRUE UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON, AND I AM AUTHORIZED TO APPLY FOR THIS PERMIT. BUILDING OWNER OR A THO ENT: Signature. Print Name: Mailing Address: 1710 SW Commerce Dr: #25 Date: 07/15/2019 Day Telephone: (4 9) 426-8864 Bentonville AR 72712 City State Zip Applicat ionsaForins-Applicat ions On 1...ine \ 2011 Applications \ Permit Application Revised - 1 1 clocx Racist:di August 201 bh Page 4 of 4 DESCRIPTIONS ACCOUNT QUANTITY PermitTRAK PAID $2,099.10 _ _ D19-0266 Address: 455 ANDOVER PARK E Apn: 0223400060 $2,099.10 DEVELOPMENT $2,000.33 PERMIT FEE R000.322.100.00.00 0.00 $1,975.33 .. WASHINGTON STATE SURCHARGE B640.237.114 0.00 $25.00 TECHNOLOGY FEE $98.77 TECHNOLOGY FEE TOTAL FEES PAID BY RECEIPT: R20088 R000.322.900.04.00 0.00 $98.77 $2,099.10 Date Paid: Monday, February 10, 2020 Paid By: CIRCUSTRIX HOLDINGS LLC Pay Method: CHECK 005634 Printed: Monday, February 10, 2020 1:23 PM 1 of 1 SYSTEMS Cash Register Rece City of Tukwila Receipt Number DESCRIPTIONS ACCOUNT QUANTITY PAID PermitTRAK ,283.96 D19-0266 Address: 455 ANDOVER PARK E Apn: 022 400060 1,283.96 DEVELOPMENT PLAN CHECK FEE ,283.96 R000.345.830.00.00 0.00 $1,283.96 TOTAL FEES PAID BY RECEIPT: R18351 $1,283.96 Date Paid: Thursday, August 15, 2019 Paid By: NIELSEN ARCHITECTURE, LLC Pay Method: CHECK 3366 Printed: Thursday, August 15, 2019 3:53 PM 1 of 1 YSTEM5 HIGH h CONVEYOR 1618 PERFORMANCE NThe High hConveyor \8lGoffers high - heat ,rpn`fe, rates for accelerated cooking, asmall enough footprint tnfit virtually any application, and does not require the energy consumption and higher Hv^[ needs oflarger ovens. VENTILATION mUL(KmLZ)listed for venVeanpemhon! m EPxzna��Vohd: Product: Pepperoni Pizza Results: <l.lzmg/m^ = Internal catalytic filtration u,limit smoke, grease, and odor emissions. l.Blower Motors 2.Impinged Air 3.Impingement Heater 4.C"m|ytic Converters (optional) 5. Conveyor Motor ���� �� ��~~"~"~~_.�" "��.� UT���� _ � Project Item No. Quantity EXTERIOR CONSTRUCTION 0 430 stainless steel front, top, sides a 0 Cool to touch covers and panels INTERIOR CONSTRUCTION m All stainless steel in0erioroonstruc 16-inch cook chamber opening STANDARD FEATURES on COMPLIANCE �� APPROVED NOV 14 2019 CitY Of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION • Independently -controlled top and bottom air impingement • Variable -speed High hrecirculating impingement airflow system mStackabledesign upto3high (requires stacking kits) • Variable -speed blower motors w Easy toclean mono -finger design • Idle mode for energy conservation in Built-in self diagnostics for monitoring oven components m Left o,right feed conveyor belt direction via software • Includes plug and cord (6ft. nominal) • Includes two 6'inchconveyor extensions m 38'inchconveyor belt assembly • Wanun,y—oneyearpartsand|abor • Smart voltage sensor technology (U.lonly) OPTIONAL FEATURES m 4Oinchconveyor belt assembly ° l2o,1h'inchconveyor extensions m Dual catalytic converters for vendessoperation Pagel] d0A1ANOD LI RECEIVED CITY OFTHKVy/[A OCT 1 12019 PERMIT CENTER »NSImSFm «,«^ —` ' / This product conforms tothe ventilation recommendations set forth uvwrpAesusing EPA202 test method, 'ventles"certification * for all mod items except for foods classified ='faRyraw proteins,' Such foods include u""e-i".skin-on chicken. hamburger bacon. ^ etc. ocooking these types m foods, consult local HVAC codes and authorities to ensure compliance with ventilation requirements, Ultimate ventlessallowance * dependent upon muapproval, as some jurisdictions may not recognize the vL certification or application. If you have questions regarding °enoe�;"certifications ° local codes please email ventless.help@turbochef.com mrbochef reserves the right *make substitutions mcomponents or change specifications without prior notice. 10 (,1 omp olu(io DVC- 1411/Rcvuion[/ Page 1.2 IGH h CONVEYOR Front View Side View 13.0" (330 mm) Top View (standard 36") 8.5" (216 mm) 36' (914 mm) 17.0" (432 mm) 4.0" (102 mm) 48.1" (1222 mm) with 6" (152 mm) extensions Page 1.3 Stacked Views 30.0" (762 mm) 43.0" (1092 mm) 1 13.0" (330 mm) (330 mm) 21.5" (546 mm) 8.5" (216 rnm) 34.5" (876 mm) 13.0" (330 mm) (216 mm) Page 1.4 DIMENSIONS SINGLE UNITS Height 17,0" 432 mm Width 36" or 48" 914 mm or 1219 mm Depth 31.7' 805 mm Weight (36"/ 48") 1951b. / 200 Ib. 88.5 kg / 91 kg Cook Chamber Baking Area 2 ft 0.15 m Belt Length 36" or 48" 914 mm or 1219 mm Belt Width 16" 406 mm Adjustable Opening (Min/Max) 1"/3" 25 mm / 76 mm Max Operating Temp 600°F 316°C Bake Time Range 30 seconds to 15 minutes Wall Clearance Top 10" 254 mrn Sides 0" 0 mm Back 0" 0 mm ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS - SINGLE PHASE HCS-9500-1 (36-inch) - USA HCS-9500-6 (48-inch) ( , , 1 Phase 1 Phase Voltage 208/240 VAC Frequency 50/60 Hz NEMA 6-50P Current Draw 37 Amp Max Input 7,4 kW Supply 3 Wire Breakers 50 Amp HCS-9500-2C (36-inch) - Canada HCS-9500-7C (48-inch) ,.., 1 I Phase 1 Phase Voltage 208/240 VAC NEMA 6-50P Frequency 50/60 Hz Current Draw 37 Amp Max Input 7.4 kW Supply 3 Wire Breakers 50/60 Amp ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS - MULTIPHASE HCS-9500-11 (36-inch) - USA HCS-9500-12 (48-inch) - NEMA 15-30P Phase 3 Phase Voltage 208/240 VAC Frequency 50/60 Hz Current Draw 23 Amp Max Input 7.4 kW Supply 4 Wire Breakers 30 Amp HCS-9500-3D (36-inch)' Europe/Asia Delta HCS-9500-8D (48-inch) ...-- ---., 0 0 0 \ 0 / `-/ Lit 4 Pin, 32 Amp Phase 3 Phase Voltage 220/240 VAC Frequency 50/60 Hz Current Draw 23 Amp Max Input 7.4 kW Supply 4 Wire Breakers 30 Amp HCS-9500-4W (36-inch) - Europe/Asia (WYE) HCS-9.500-9W (48-inch) o C...) 0 0 0 IEC 5 Pin, 20 Amp Phase 3 Phase Voltage 380/415 VAC Frequency 50/60 Hz Current Draw 12 Amp Max Input 7.4 kW Supply 5 Wire Breakers 20 Amp HC5-9500-5W (36-inch) - Australia HCS-9500-10W (48-inch) 7 0 ' 0 0 i: 0 IEC 5 Pin, 20 Amp Phase 3 Phase Voltage 380/415 VAC Frequency 50/60 50/60 Hz Current Draw 12 Amp Max Input 7.4 kW Supply 5 Wire Breakers 20 Amp SHIPPING INFORMATION U.S.: All ovens shipped within the U.S. are packaged in a double -wall corrugated box banded to a wooden skid, International:All International ovens shipped via Air or Less than Container Loads are packaged in wooden crates. 36" conveyor belt: Box size: 36" (mm) x 41.8" (mm) x 17" (591 mm) Crate size: 44.5" (1130 mm) x 41" (1041 mm) x 23.25" (mm) 48" conveyor belt: Box size: 41.7" (mm) x 53" (mm) x 17" (mm) Crate size: 58" (1473 mm) x 46" (1168 mm) x 28" (711 mm) Item class: 110 NMFC #26710 HS code 8419.81 Approximate boxed weight (36" / 48"): 235 Ib. (107 kg) / 255 Ib. (116 kg) Approximate crated weight (36" / 48"): 310 Ib. (141 kg) / 365 Ib. (166 kg) Minimum entry clearance required for box: 36" conveyor belt: 38.5" (978 mm) 48" conveyor belt: 42" (1067 mm) Minimum entry clearance required for crate: 36" conveyor belt: 41" (1041 mm) 48" conveyor belt: 44.5"(1130 mm) Note: To specify a ventless model on an oven order, add a "-V" to the end of the applicable part numbers listed above. SEE OPPOSITE SIDE FOR ILLUSTRATIONS TurboChef Global Operations 2801 Trade Center Drive Carrollton, Texas 75007 USA US: 800.90TURBO (800,908.8726) International: +1 214.379.6000 Fax: +1 214.379.6073 turbochetcom C2013-2016 TurboChef Technologies, Inc. Page 2.1 US 81Y5 LISTED Commercial Cooking Appliance with Integral Systems for Limiting the Emissions of Grease -Laden Air This Product Conforms to the Ventilation Recorr mendations Set Forth by NFPA96 Using EPA202 Test Method NGC-1168-1 / Rev. D / Aug 2018 Page 3,1 <NLZ.E151487 - COVIVRCIAL COO<ING APPLIAF\ WIT- INTEGRAL SYSTEMS =M LIMITING T E EIVIS OF GREASE -LADEN AIR CES SIO\ Commercial Cooking A3pliances witn Integral Systems for Limiting tne Emission of Grease -laden Air See General Information for Commercial Cooking Appliances with Integral Systems for Limiting the Emission of Grease -laden Air TURBOCHEF TECHNOLOGIES INC 2801 Trade Center Drive Carrollton, TX 75007 USA Commercial microwave/convection ovens, Model(s) C3/C*, Encore 2, Encore*, i3*, /5*, NGC*, NGO*, Eco Commercial ovens, Model(s) HH8, HH82, HHD Conveyor Ovens, Model(s) HCW2620, HHC1618, HHC2020 * - Indicated complementary listed models. Trademark and/or Tradename: "BULLET" E151487 Last Updated on 2018-06-07 The appearance of a company's name or product in this database does not in itself assure that products so identified have been manufactured under UL's Follow -Up Service. Only those products bearing the UL Mark should be considered to be Certified and covered under UL's Follow -Up Service. Always look for the Mark on the product. UL permits the reproduction of the material contained in the Online Certification Directory subject to the following conditions: 1. The Guide Information, Assemblies, Constructions, Designs, Systems, and/or Certifications (files) must be presented in their entirety and in a non - misleading manner, without any manipulation of the data (or drawings). 2. The statement "Reprinted from the Online Certifications Directory with permission from UL" must appear adjacent to the extracted material. In addition, the reprinted material must include a copyright notice in the following format: "© 2018 UL LLC". UL and the UL logo are trademarks of UL LLC ©2018 All Rights Reserved, About Privacy Policy Terms & Conditions Access Your Data https://iq.ulprospectorcom/en/profile7e=62935 1/1 Page 4.1 NLZ.GuiceInfo COMM WITH INTEGAL SYSTEM OF GREASE -LADEN AIR ERCIAL COO<ING APDLIANC S FOR LIMITING THE EMISSION [Heaters anc Heating Equoment (—eaters, Cooking Aooliances) Commercial Cooking Aooliances with Integral Systems for Limiting tle Emission oGrease-lacen Air See General Information for Heaters, Cooking Appliances USE AND INSTALLATION This category covers cooking equipment intended for commercial use, such as pressurized deep fat fryers and other appliances for use in commercial kitchens, restaurants or other business establishments where food is prepared. Each appliance covered under this category is manufactured with an integral system feature to limit the emission of grease -laden air from the cooking process to the room ambient. These appliances have been investigated for the limit of 5 mg/m3 for the emission of grease -laden air to the room ambient in accordance with the recommendations of ANSI/NFPA 96, "Ventilation Control and Fire Protection of Commercial Cooking Operations," using the EPA-202 test method prescribed for cooking appliances provided with integral recirculating air systems. These products are not intended for connection to a ducted exhaust system. Appliances in this category are not provided with an integral fire extinguishing system. Authorities having jurisdiction should be consulted as to the requirements for this equipment with respect to fire extinguishing systems, such as the need for field installed systems in accordance with ANSI/NFPA 96. In cases where the nature or construction of equipment is such that special precautions beyond the requirements of ANSI/NFPA 70, "National Electrical Code," must be observed in installations or use, suitable warning or special instructions are marked on the equipment. Appliances covered under this category are suitable for wiring with either copper or aluminum power -supply conductors unless marked "Use Copper Wire Only For Power Supply Connections." Commercial cooking appliances of certain types are designed for permanent connections to water supply and sewer lines at the point of installation. Authorities having jurisdiction should be consulted as to the requirements for this equipment with respect to sanitation and connection to water supply and waste disposal lines. FACTORS NOT INVESTIGATED Neither the toxicity of coatings nor the physiological effects on persons consuming food products prepared by use of these appliances has been investigated. PRODUCT IDENTITY One of the following product identities appears on the product: Commercial Cooking Appliance with Integral System for Limiting the Emission of Grease -laden Air Cooking Appliance with Integral System for Limiting the Emission of Grease -laden Air Other product identities may be used as shown in the individual certifications, followed by the words "with Integral System for Limiting the Emission of Grease -laden Air." RELATED PRODUCTS https://iQuIprospector_com/en/profile?e=208990 1/2 Page 4.2 For products with integral recirculating systems including fire extinguishing systems, see Commercial, with Integral Recirculating Systems (KNKG). For cooking oil filters that are not an integral part of another appliance, see Commercial Filters for Cooking Oil (KNRF). ADDITIONAL INFORMATION For additional information, see Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary Locations (AALZ) and Heating, Cooling, Ventilating and Cooking Equipment (AAHC). REQUIREMENTS The basic standard used to investigate products in this category is ANSI/UL. 197, "Commercial Electric Cooking Appliances." Appliances covered under this category with an integral cooking oil filter have been additionally investigated to ANSI/UL 1889, "Commercial Filters for Cooking Oil." UL MARK The Certification Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Certification and Follow -Up Service. The Certification Mark for these products includes the UL symbol, the words "CERTIFIED" and "SAFETY," the geographic identifier(s), and a file number. Alternate UL Mark The Listing Mark of UL on the product is the only method provided by UL to identify products manufactured under its Listing and Follow -Up Service. The Listing Mark for these products includes the UL symbol (as illustrated in the Introduction of this Directory) together with the word "LISTED," a control number, and the product name "Commercial Cooking Appliance" or "Cooking Appliance," or other appropriate product name as shown in the individual Listings, together with the words "with integral system for limiting the emission of grease -laden air." * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does not assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufacturer or any other party. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for any loss, expense or damages, including incidental or consequential damages, arising out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reliance upon this Guide Information. Last Updated on 2013-05-16 The appearance of a company's name or product in this database does not in itself assure that products so identified have been manufactured under UL's Follow -Up Service. Only those products bearing the UL Mark should be considered to be Certified and covered under UL's Follow -Up Service. Always look for the Mark on the product. UL permits the reproduction of the material contained in the Online Certification Directory subject to the following conditions: 1. The Guide Information, Assemblies, Constructions, Designs, Systems, and/or Certifications (files) must be presented in their entirety and in a non - misleading manner, without any manipulation of the data (or drawings). 2. The statement "Reprinted from the Online Certifications Directory with permission from UL" must appear adjacent to the extracted material. In addition, the reprinted material must include a copyright notice in the following format: "© 2018 UL LLC". UL and the UL logo are trademarks of UL LLC ©2018 All Rights Reserved. About Privacy Policy Terms & Conditions Access Your Data hops:/Tiq.ulprospector.com/en/prof le?e=208990 2/2 Page 5.1 NOTICE OF COMPLETION AND AUTHORIZATION TO APPLY THE UL MARK 10/04/2013 Turbochef Technologies Inc Mr. DAVID CASTILLO Suite 110 2801 Trade Center Dr Carrollton Tx 75007, Us Our Reference: Your Reference: Project Scope: File E151487, VoL TO BE Project Number 13NK07789 DETERMINED CASTILLO, DAVID 06-06-13 ADD NEW OVEN MODEL HCS1618 TO FILE E151487 (SAFETY AND GREASE EMISSION) Dear Mr. DAVID CASTILLO: Congratulations! UL's investigation of your product(s) has been completed under the above Reference Number and the product was determined to comply with the applicable requirements. This letter temporarily supplements the UL Follow -Up Services Procedure and serves as authorization to apply the UL Mark at authorized factories under UL's Follow -Up Service Program. To provide your manufacturer(s) with the intended authorization to use the UL Mark, you must send a copy of this notice to each manufacturing location currently authorized under File E151487, Vol. TO BE DETERMINED. Records in the Follow -Up Services Procedure covering the product are now being prepared and will be sent in the near future. Until then, this letter authorizes application of the UL Mark for 90 days from the date indicated above. Additional requirements related to your responsibilities as the Applicant can be found in the document "Applicant responsibilities related to Early Authorizations" that can be found at the following web -site: http://www.ul.com/EAResponsibilities Any information and documentation provided to you involving UL Mark services are provided on behalf of UL LLC (UL) or any authorized licensee of UL. We are excited you are now able to apply the UL Mark to your products and appreciate your business, Feel free to contact me or any of our Customer Service representatives if you have any questions. Very truly yours, Kenneth Shepherd 972-509-1283 Staff Engineer Kenneth.Shepherd@ul.corn RTPC8AE-426B90 Reviewed by: - William R. Carney 847/664-1088 Chief Engineer Director I William.R.Carney@ul.com This is an electronically generated letter. Signatures are not required for this document to be valid. Page 1 of 1 PaoeG1 2013-09-30 Mr. David Castillo TurbochefTechnologies Inc. 2801 Trade Center Dr., Suite 110 Carrollton, TX75O07 United States E-mail: David, Castillo@t rbocheLcom Our Reference: File E151487, Project 13NK07780 Subject: E151487 — EPA 202 EVALUATION OF CONVEYOR OVEN MODEL HCS1618. Mc Castillo: Per your request, Project 18NK07789was opened for the evaluation of grease -laden vapors produced by the Model HCS1618. The model HCS1618 was used for test purposes, and considered representative of all other models, The scope of the project was to test this model in accordance with EPA Method 202 test guidelines to demonstrate compliance with NFPA96, the Standard for Ventilation Control and Fire Protection of Commercial Cooking Operations, paragraph 4.1.1.2 conducted in accordance with UL710B, the Standard for Recirculating Systems, Sec. 17 for Complimentary Listing under UL'oKNLZcategory. The test was conducted atour facility inNorthbrook, |Lon September 19*.2U13. This letter will report the results ofthe EPA2O2test. For the record, the test was conducted on the Model MCS1618 conveyor oven cooking 12 in. pepperoni pizzas (Tombotono.with 1Gpepperonis per pizza) onspecified inAppendix A` Please see the attached page (Appendix 8)for the test method and results ofthe tests. The results are considered 10comply with UL71OB.Section 17and NFPA35. paragraph 4.1.1.2 since the measured values were less than the 5-Mg/M3 limit, Due to the Safety evaluation (1 3NK07789) not being completed, this letter will serve to report that all tests mnthe subject product have been completed with acceptable results. After the successful completion ofthe safety project 13NK07789, a Service Request will be opened to add the Complementary Listing to the Model HCS1618 conveyor oven. All information generated will boretained for future use. This concludes all work associated with project 13NK07789and weare therefore cloaingthiupnojecL Our Accounting Department has been instructed \obill you for all charges incurred. Should you have any questions or comments concerning the above, please feel free to contact the undersigned. Any information and documentation involving UL Mark services are provided on behalf of UL LLC or any authorized licensee of UL. Sincerely, BU|Mnder Sr. Project Engineer Tel: 847-884'1852 E-mail: NWUam.Modor(a)uicom oLuz 333pnnu5trnRoad, wnn»bfouk,u*m6/zosaUSA r.nm2rzuoou/p.ownzn1ze/w.u/m~ Reviewed by: Fred Zaplatosoh Sr. Staff Engineer E-mail: fred.zaplatosch(cDul.com Page of . Pame7.1 ~ *� standard. ^vn@� in safety APPEND|X:A TEST FOR EVOLUTION (}FSMOKE ORGREASE-LADEN AIR: Underwriters Laboratories The Turbochef Technologies Inc. Model HCS1618 conveyor oven was tested using the method derived from EPA Method 202. Al2in. byGin. rectangular, 1O8in. tall sheet metal stack was constructed on top ofosheet metal hood and mounted above the exhaust vent ofthe induction cooker. Asampling port was located approximately 80in. downstream from the hood exhaust, at which point bwas determined there was laminar flow. The hood exhaust was maintained at 500 CFM throughout the duration of testing. The sampler was assembled and anout ofstack filter was used. Apre-leak check was conducted and determined <obo<O.O2 ft6nin. Sampling was done etQtraverse points. The oven with integral system was operated normally by cooking the following foods: 12in. pepperoni pizza (Tombstone, with19 pepperonis per pizza).each cooked for 1:30minutes with {hseconds between loads for 8hours (total of311 pizzas). Oven was set tomaintain 550"F Event # % Time. %Top %Bottom % Microwave Temp Fan Fan Energy 550^F 1 100 100 80 n/o During the cooking operation, it was noted whether or not visible effluents evolved from the air exhaust of the hood. Gauge, meter and temperature readings were taken and recorded every 10 min. After cooking, the condition of the duct was noted and a post -leak check was conducted and determined tnbe<OD2M9min. After being allowed tocool, the sampling equipment was disassembled; the filter was removed, and placed into a sample container labeled No. 1. The liquid in impingers Nos. 1, 2, and 3 were volumetrically measured and transferred tnsample container No. 3. The silica gel and impingm,No. 4 was transferred tosample container No. 6. The nozzle, probe and impingemwere rinsed three times with water and the rinse was added Vocontainer No. 3. These parts were also rinsed three times with acetone and transferred tocontainer No. 4. All additional inter surfaces ofthe sampling terrain glassware were rinsed with methylene chloride three times; the rinse was transferred tocontainer No. O. Ab|ank of acetone approximately equivalent tothe amount used for rinses was aUquo!mdinto container No. 2.the same was done for the distilled de -ionized water and methylene chloride except that these were o|}quoted into their own individual containers |obo|od No. 7 and 8 respectively. All containers were properly labeled and sealed, then the liquid levels inall the containers were marked. The analysis phase was done in accordance with EPA Method 202, using the out of stack filter. Underwriters Laboratories Inc- 333 Pfingstem Road, Northbrook, /Ls0Douz09oUSA Paoe7.2 RESULTS: There was no visible smoke emitted from the exhaust of the hood during the normal cooking operation cfthe Model HCS1G18, There was nonoticeable amount ofsmoke accumulated inthe test room after 8hours ufcontinuous cooking. The total amount of grease -laden effluents collected by the sampling equipment for the Model HCS1618 was found to be 1.12 mq/mI, which is less than 5 mg/mI limit. uLuc 333pnngstenRoad, Northbrook, uouna2-20m6USA r.m:z2rz.00nn/p.ow.z/z.xz2o/w.uL.mm Page 2nf2 Page 8.1 CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE Certificate Number 20130926-E151488 Report Reference E151488-20080617 Issue Date 2013-SEPTEMBER-26 Issued to: This is to certify that representative samples of _ - Standard(s) for Safety: Additional Information: TURBOCHEF TECHNOLOGIES INC SUITE 105 4240 INTERNATIONAL PKY CARROLLTON TX 75007 COMMERCIAL COOKING, RETHERMALIZATION AND POWERED HOT FOOD HOLDING AND TRANSPORT EQUIPMENT Conveyor Ovens, Models HHC2020, FICS1618 and HCW2620 Have been investigated by UL in accordance with he Standard(s) indicated on this Certificate _ . NSF 4 - Commercial Cooking, Rethermalization, and Powered Hot Food Holding and Transport Equipment See the UL Online Certifications Directory at mvw.ul.com/database for additional information Only those products bearing the IX Classification' Mark should be consideredas being covered by UL's Classification and Follow-UpSerVice The UL Classification Mark includes: UL in a circle: with the word “.CLASSIFIED" It (as shown); a control number (May be alphanumeric) assigned by UL; a statement to indicate the extent of UL's evaluation of the product and the product category name (product identity) as indicated in the appropriate UL Directory Look for the UL Classification Mark on the product. xcluarn k C.my, SilreCtor florin American Certification Programs 1.1.e Any bilicirmation and decumentation birdying IA- Mark 'entices are paMd.d on bebaif of UL LLC (Mt*/ any a contact a local UL Custanier Service Representative at war ulcomIconlactus licensee of UL for questa:MP deed Page 1 of 1 Product Cooked Per 8-hour Period 600 500 4 300 200 100 UL® (KNLZ) Emissions by Product Ventless Requirement: <5.00 mg/m3 Page 9.1 C3 HhB i5 i3 Tornado Sota Encore HhC 1618 HhC 2020 HhC 2620 • Product Cooked Per 8-hour Period 180 190 240 160 160 280 272 311 480 576 6 • Emissions 1.35 0.4 2.8 0.32 0.21 0.64 0.13 1.12 1.91 2.4 E Page 10.1 (-- COUNTY OF Los ANGELES Public Health CYNTHIA A. HARDING, M.P.H. Interim Director JEFFREY D. GUNZENHAUSER, M.D., M.P.H. Interim Health Officer ANGELO J. BELLOMO, REHS, QEP Director of Environmental Health TERRI S. WILUAMS, REHS Assistant Director of Environmental Health Brenda J. Lopez, REHS Director, Bureau of Specialized Surveillance and Enforcement 5050 Commerce Dive Baldwin Park, California 91706 TEL (626) 430-5100* FAX (626) 813-3000 vnvw.oublicheatth.latOuntv.00v April 17, 2015 David Castillo VP of Engineering TurboChef Technologies, Inc. 2801 Trade Center Carrollton, TX 75007 BOARD OF SUPERVISORS Hilda L. Solis First District Mark Ritifey-Thomas Second District Sheila Kuehl Third District Don Knabe Fourth District Michael D. Antonovich Fifth District Ventiiation Exemption Plan Check No.ME-2015-003 Application Type: Equipment specific — Model — HHC 1618 208/240 V, 7.4-9.9 KW Effective Date: 4-17-2015 Expiration Date: 4-17-2020 Telephone: 2 4) 379-6023 Email: david.castiHo@turbochef.com Dear Mr. Castillo: RE: EXEMPTION FROM MECHANICAL EXHAUST VENTILATION FOR TURBOCHEF ELECTRIC OVEN MODEL HHC 1618 The County of Los Angeles Department of Public Health, Environmenta Health, Plan Check Program, has completed a review of the TurboChef HHC 1618 oven for exemption from the mechanical exhaust ventilation requirements of Section 114149.1(a) of the California Retail Food Code. You have provided documentation that this oven has Underwriter's Laboratory UL certification for safety and sanitation, and also provided the UL results of the eight -hour cooking emissions test conducted on the model HHC 1618. Page 10,2 TurboChef HHC 1618 April 17, 2015 Page 2 of 3 The test results indicate that the total amount of grease -laden effluents collected was 1.12 mg/m3, which is below the limit of 5 mg/ m3 to be considered a low grease emission appliance. Therefore, additional mechanical ventilation in the form of a Type I or Type II hood is not required by the County of Los Angeles Department of Public Health, provided the following contingencies are met: 1. There shall be no more than two unventilated TurboChef HHC 1618 ovens per food facility. If the ovens are double stacked, then this is considered two ovens. 2. No other heat producing food related equipment requiring ventilation shall be permitted in a food facility without the addition of mechanical ventilation. 3. The equipment must be installed, serviced, and maintained according to the manufacturer's specifications. 4. Any modification or alteration of the equipment, including any component of the integral air filtration system voids both the ANSI certification of the equipment and this limited exemption. 5. The TurboChef HHC 1618 oven shall be used for the cooking or warming of pizza, bread, bakery products, sandwiches containing ready to eat fillings, or similar items only. No raw animal protein products shall be cooked in the equipment unless mechanical ventilation is provided. 6. No items that generate grease -laden vapors shall be prepared or cooked in the unventilated TurboChef HHC 1618 oven. Pre-cooked foods such as animal, fish or skinless poultry protein products may be reheated in the TurboChef HHC 1618. 7. The TurboChef HHC 1618 oven(s) must be operated in a wetl-ventilated area approved for food preparation. 8. If a food facility that is operating this exempt equipment changes ownership, then the new owner/ operator shall comply under the same operating conditions. 9. This exemption from mechanical exhaust ventilation shall not be deemed to supersede any local building and HHC 1618 code requirements pertaining to mechanical, electrical and/or HHC 1618 safety. This exemption shall be in effect for a period of five years from the date of this letter, or until revoked. Further, this exemption shall not preclude this Department from requiring the installation of mechanical exhaust ventilation when operation of the TurboChef HHC 1618 oven(s) at a specific location results in a sanitation or safety violation. Page 10.3 TurboChef HHC 1618 April 17, 2015 Page 3 of 3 This letter may be used as evidence of the evaluation of the TurboChef HHC 1618 oven. However, it is not to be construed as an endorsement of the subject items and may not be used for advertising or promotional services. If you have any questions, please contact the Plan Check Program at (626) 430-5560. Sincerely, Swati Bhatt, M. S., R.E.H.S. Chief Environmental Health Specialist Plan Check Program 5050 Commerce Drive Baldwin Park, CA 91706 Paqe11] TurbmChef Energy Calculator User Inputs Total Operation Time per Day (hnun) Percent ofDay Heavy Cooking (O'1O096) Balance ofDay inSnooze Mode (O'1OOY6) Energy [ost/kVVhr($) 12 hours 25% Y6 34% % Constants Power Warm-up (watts) 6,850 14,000 14,000 Power Cooking (wsUs) 6,850 9,200 11,50 Power Idle (vatts) Power Snooze (watts) Z'120 4,5[0 Time Warm-up (seconds Energy = (Power xdme)'where power isinwatts and time isinseconds Etcta|=Eid|e+Esnooze+EcoohinQ+Ewarmup Ave Power = Etotal/total time per day Calculated times Time Heavy Cooking (seconds) 10,650 10,650 Time Snoozing (seconds) Time Idle (seconds) 10,863 21,087 Error check (hours) 12 12 12 Ewann'up(k]) 4'11O Eid|e (W) � 91'618 142,337 177'131 72,953 97'980 1I2/475 Etotal (kJ) Ekta|(kVVHr) 168,580 248,717 308,006 Avg Power/Day (kVV Tons of Cooling 713 1.87 Cost/Day ($) CosV1Nondn(�) $515 $7.60 $9.41 $154.53 $I27.99 $282.34 Page 12 1 TURBOCHEF TECHNOLOGIES, INC. HhC 1618 Oven Surface Temperatures 11-64, Lioca-iert iittotr.th.:, the surl'aLL: tcrnperaLurc tc-,ting Lima rcportcd 1.k)r. the rurk(4.lict Huh h ( n \ r 6 I (1 \ CIL \icaNtirLITicim, sseft recordi'd atter 1,,ur hour, temperature ,,et to 1U F (INS ( 6)r hc duration k)t the After 4-hour Idle at 550°F/288°C (Values in °F/°C) 60 1129/54-121/49 -120/49 122/59 -126/53 -145/63 r 13St57 126/52 123/56 120/49 124/51 128/53 146/63 127/53 124/51 120/49 120/49 121/49 123/56 118/48 /56 117/47 115/46 117/47 117/47 121/49 144/62 129/54110/43-114146 106/41115146120/49-142/61 86 30 86/30,„ 0 86/30 98/37 105/41 106/41 111/44 121/49 109/43 105/41 93/34 93/34 .90 2 88/31 I ) /138/31 88/31 88/31 88/31 99/37 103/39 103/39 106/41 111/44 111/44 108/42 96/36 46 36 91/33 88/31 I 88/31 /31 89/32 89/32 104/40 108/42 106/41 109/43 113/45 112/44 110/43 95/35 95/35 87/31 84/32-93/34 —100/3 118/48 112/44 109/43 111/44 116/47 118/48 123/56 1 8/4296/32 87 1 I 138/59 115/46 111/44 113/45 116/47 120/49 150/66 149/65 122/50 112/44 112/44 115/46 118/48 157/69 152/67 116/47 112/44 112/44 117/47 122/50 144/62 148/64 117/47 112/44 112/44 114/46 119/48 145/63 145/63 118/48 113/45 115/46 115/46 121/49 153/67 182/83 127/53 125/52 118/48 125/52 152/67 190/88 144/62 130/54 122/50 119/48 122/59 128/53 147/64 KOr 1618 0. 39 ID 0. 143/613_129/54921/49120/4 If lc -Do CI 0 80/27 87127 87/31 87/31 86/30 88/31 85/29 85/29 (135/29 85/29 —17:1 141/60 129/54 121/49 120/49 el 80/27 81/27 87/31 7/31 86/30 88/31 85/29 85/29 IL 82/28 84/29 85/29 85/29 / r- 618 V2014 TurboChef Technologies, Inc. DOC-1436 / Rev A / March 2014 Page 13.1 TURBOCHEF TECHNOLOGIES, INC. Installation Recommendations TurboChef ventless ovens have internal systems for destroying grease laden vapor prior to the grease escaping the oven; therefore, the ovens are certified as non -grease emitting appliances. When following our recommendations, TurboChef ovens can be installed without the aid of a Type I or Type 11 hood per International Mechanical Code (2006, 2009, and 2012), NFPA 96, NFPA 101 (Life Safety Code), EPA 202, and Underwriter's Laboratory (UI, KNLZ). The following guide is intended to give relevant information for the ventless installation, operation, and maintenance ofTurboChef ovens. It is important that these guidelines are followed and that the oven and surrounding areas he maintained regularly for optimal performance. Certifications Safety — cULus, TUV (CE) Sanitation — NSF', UL EPH' Venrless — UL (KNLZ) eliN/ US Nil" E ANSI/NSF fiel EIVS Electrical Requirements TurboChef ovens must be installed on a circuit equal to the ratings listed below, per NEC sec 210.23, permissable loads. Oven Bullet C3 Double Batch Eco Encore/Encore 2 Fire I-MB 2 HhC 1618 HhC 2020 HhC 2620 11 (Panini, &Ste, Waterless Steamer) i1 Seta Single Mag i3 i5 Single Batch Tornado Voltage Current 208/240 VAC 208/240 VAC 208/240 VAC 208/240 VAC 208/240 VAC 208/240 VAC 208/240VAC 208/240 VAC 208/240 VAC 208/240 VAC 208/240 VAC 208/240 VAC 208/240 VAC 208/240 VAC 208/240VAC 208/240 VAC 208/240 VAC 208/240VAC 208/240 VAC 30 amp 50 amp 50 amp 30 amp 30 amp 30 amp 30 amp 30 amp 50 amp 50 amp 50 amp 30 amp 20 amp 40 amp 30 amp 50 amp 30 amp 30 amp 30 amp Phase 1 Ph 1 Ph 1 Ph 3 Ph 1 Ph I Ph 1 Ph 3 Ph 1 Ph 3 Ph 3 Ph 1 Ph 1 Ph 1 Ph 3 Ph 1 Ph 3 Ph 1 Ph 1 Ph ' NSF a...H-1.6011 applies tO the Tornado, C3, and fillE 2 MT. only. UL EPH certification applies to all nets except the C3. Menu Requirements TurboChef ovens have been approved by Underwriter's Laboratory for ventless operation (UL KNLZ listing) for all food items EXCEPT for foods classified as "fatty raw proteins," Such foods include bone -in, skin -on chicken, raw hamburger meat, raw bacon, raw sausage, steaks, etc. The TurboChef certification includes precooked food i CMS such as pizza toppings, sandwich meats, frozen appetizers, and cheeses. Additionally, raw, lean meats such as boneless, skinless chicken breasts and fish fall within the certification. Cleaning Requirements To ensure continued compliance with all health, building, and fire codes, users are required to: o Use only TurboChel-approved cleaning chemicals. El Follow monthly and quarterly cleaning instructions provided in the manual. Post cleaning instructions near the oven. 0 Ventless installation requires that the areas around the oven (walls, ceilings, kitchen equipment, etc.) be cleaned as needed but no less than once every other month. Installation Near Open Heat Source When placing a TurboChef oven near an open heat source (see illustration below), strictly adhere to the following: • If the oven is being placed near a grill or stove, a divider must exist between the oven and the open heat source, with a minimum of 6" (152 tnm) between the oven and the divider. • If the oven is being placed near a fryer, a divider must exist between the oven and fryer, with a minimum of 12" (305 mm) between the oven and the divider. • The height of the divider must be greater than or equal to the height of the oven. Pav01.1— ft...Top/Table 02018 TurboChef Technologies, Inc. DOC-1448 / Revision E / August 2018 Page 1 of 2 Page 13.2 Oven Clearances Verify the oven location has the following clearances on rhe top and each side. TurboChef ovens have built-in back bumpers that allow For the necessary spacing from the oven to the back wall. Oven Top Bulle C3 Double Batch Eco Encore/Encore 2 Fire HhB 2 HhC 1618 HhC 2020 HhC 2620 (Pan(ni, SOta / SOW Single Mag, Waterless Steamer) 0 i5 Single Batch Tornado 5" (127 mm) 4" (102 mm) 2" (51 mm) 5"(127 mm) 5" (127 mm) 2" (51 mm) 2" (51 mm) 10(254 mm) 10" (254 mm) 10" (254 mml 5"(127 mrn) 19"(483 mm) 19'1(483 mm) 2" (51 mm) 4" (102 mm) 2" (51 mm 2(51 mm) 2" (51 mm) 1" (25 mm) 2" (51 mm) 2" (51 mrn) 2" (51 mm) 011(0 mm) 0"(0 mm) 0'(0 mm) 1" (25 mm) 2(51 mm) 2" (51 mm) 2" (51 mm) r(si mm) Ventilation TurboChef ovens must be installed in a well -ventilated space. The space should have an exhaust rate of .70 cfm per square foot ofkitchen space and an additional 100 sq. ft. (9.3 m2) of virtual space per ventless cooking appliance (TurboChef or any other). If the air inlet is for general exhaust, pursuant to requirements for 507.2.2, paragraph 2, locate the air inlet above the center point °reach oven. The heat load from TurboChef ovens is mostly sensible. The only latent heat present is duc to evaporation during the cooking process. When installing a TurboChef oven, the space must have the following tons of AC per oven installed. Oven Tons of AC Bulle C3 Double Batch Eco Encore/Encore 2 Fire HhB 2 HhC 1618 HhC 2020 HhC 2620 (Panin(, Sota/ SOta Single Mag, Waterless Steamer) 13 i5 Single Batch Tomado 0.5 0.63 1.15 0.89 0.45 0.55 0.84 1.00 1.47 1.82 0.3 0.9 1.3 0.75 0.58 =Mx How the Ovens are Tested TurboChef ovens are evaluated according to UL. The evaluation entails placing the test oven in an environmental chamber built co capture all emissions escaping during idle, cooking, and door -open conditions. During the eight -hour test period, a typical worst -case food item is cooked continuously, and 100% of condensable and non - condensable emissions from the product are collected and analyzed according to the EPA 202 Test Method. At the conclusion of the rest, the total concentration of particulate matter (emissions) must be less than 5.0 mg/mfor the oven to be certified for vendess operation. Cooking devices that measure above the 5.0 trighn' threshold are considered to produce grease and must be installed under Type 1 ventilation, according to International Mechanical Code. TurboChelovens arc well below the 5.0 mg/m' threshold as shown below. 1,1,8 14 t2 latnadta SCIA E. WIC 550 010 F,,e 091,, 045,554 Strtgle 1618 0020 25520 Batch 2225. Vent18559.080350.0 5 S 2 5 5 5 4 5 5 0 4 5 5 89350805 135 04 28 0.32 0.21 00-4 089 1.12 391 2.4 048 013 1.04 052 Contact Information For questions regarding a ventless installation, email ventless.hclp@turbochefcom. For questions or concerns regarding an existing installation, contact Customer Service at 1.800.908.8726, Option I. iD2018 TurboChel Technologies, Inc. Page 2 of 2 BILL HODGF, P.E. 5214 W. VILLAGE PARKWAY, STE. 120, ROGERS, AR 72758 I 479.899.6370 CODE COMMENT RESPONSE LETTER TO: CITY OF TUK\VIL'\ : CURRENT PLANNER COMPANY: DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT FROM: HP ENGINEERING, INC. DATE: 9/13/2019 PROJECT: FLYING CIRCUS EXTREME AIR SPORTS CONCESSIONS SUBJECT: RESPONSE TO CODE COAMENTS REGARDING VENTETSS OVEN RESPONSES TO COMMENTS To Whom It May Concern: The cafe' located inside the FLYING CIRCUS EXTREME AIR SPORTS CONCESSIONS will be equipped with one MFR: Turbo Chcf Modcl# 1618 conveyor oven. This oven will bc used to heat pre-cooked frozen pizza during hours of operation. Thc pizza oven has been UL listed for \Tentless operation and thc specifications have bccn provided with this letter for additional details on the oven. If a change of menu occurs, the ovens performance will need to be re-evaluated. Thc oven will bc located in an approx. 200 sqft space, cooled by a 4000 CFM fan pulling in air -from the adjacent space. Thc total heat output for equipment in the cafe totals to 41277 MBH. The owner has requested a maximum 80F interior temperature and per the equation below a 4000 CFM exhaust fan will provide this. Adjacent space temperature: 70 Interior temperature: 80 Required CFM = MBH/(1.08*(80-70))=41277/(1.08*(80-70))=3822 CFM -Bill Hodge, RE. Page 1 of 1 TurboChef Technologies Inc. HhC 1618 Ventless Submittal Information Spec Sheet 1.1 UL Ventless Label 2.1 UL Listing 3.1 UL KNLZ Explained 4.1 Notice of Authorization to Apply to UL Mark ...... . ...... ........... ..... ............... 5.1 EPA 202 Evaluation of Conveyor Oven Model HCS 1618 6.1 Test for Evolution of Smoke or Grease -Laden Air 7.1 Certificate of Compliance 8.1 Emissions by Product 9.1 County of Los Angeles Public Health Authorization Letter 10 1 Energy Usage Estimate 11.1 Surface Temperatures 12.1 Installation Recommendations 13.1 © 2013-2018 TurboChef Technologies, Inc. TURBOCHEF DOC-1431 / Rev E / Sept 2018 • Lighting Summary LTG -SUM 2015 Washington State EnergyCode Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings includingR2, R3, R4 over 3 storiesn all R1 Project Info Compliance forms do not require a password to use. Instructional and calculating cells are urite- protected. Project Title: 1 - This title will copy onto other forms Date 9/12/2019 Applicant Information. Provide contact information for individual mho can respond to inquiries about compliance form information provided, For Building Department Use FILE Company Name: Company Address: Applicant Name: Applicant Phone: Applicant Email: Project Description El New Building 0 Addition El No Lighting Scope Include PROJ-SUM form (included in en elopfeitenEtyilfrblreg pliance forms. Interior Lighting System Description 0 Interior Lighting Plans Included Adding six 2X4 led fixtures for new tPPDE COMPLIANCE APPROVED • • NOV 1 4 2019 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION Interior Lighting Power Allowance Method CI Building Area Method Fa Space -by -space Method Select method used in project. Interior Lighting Controls 0 All C405.2.1- C405.2,8 Lighting Controls 13 C405.2 Lighting Exception 5 Luminaire Level Controls (LLLC) interior lighting poorer shall complyuith • Additional Efficiency Package Option C406.4 Enhanced Digital Lighting To comply uith C406.4, no less than 90% of the total installed required controls per C406.4. Dwelling Unit Interior Lighting Permanently installed interior lighting fixtures in duelling units comply laith: • No Dwelling 0 C405.2 thru C405.5 Commercial Lighting Controls and LPA Units 0 C406.3 High Efficacy Lighting 0 R404.1 Residential High Efficacy Lighting. Duelling unit lighting complies uith WSEC Residential provisions in lieu of WSEC Commercial provisions. Exterior Lighting Description System Plans Included N/A • Exterior Lighting Building Additions Refer to Section C502.2.6 for additional requirements. Compliance Method Interior lighting Exterior lighting Lighting systems in addition area comply with all applicable provisions as a stand alone new construction project CI CI Lighting systems in addition are combined with existing building lighting systems to demonstrate compliance Addition is combined with existing: For interior lighting projects, include new + existing -to -remain interior lighting fixture uettage in Proposed Lighting Wattage table in LTG-INT-BLD or LTG-INT-SPACE form. For exterior lighting projects, include new + existing -to -remain exterior lighting fixture wattage in Proposed Tradable and Proposed Non -Tradable Lighting Wattage tables in LTG-EXT form. CORRECTION D (ci (521,2 LTR# 1. 1;ECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA OCT 1 1 2019 PERMIT CENTER Lighting Summary, cont. LTG -SUM 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings includingR2, R3, R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised Nov 2017 Project Title: Fill this line out at top of LGT-SUM Date 9/12/2019 Change of Space Use 13 Existing interior lighting systems in areas under -going a change in space use are upgraded to comply with LPAs for the new space types per Tables C405.4.2(1) or C405.4.2(2). Identify interior spaces requiring LPD upgrade to the current Code in Proposed Lighting Wattage table in LTG-INT-BLD or LTG-INT-SPACE form. Interior and Exterior Lighting Alterations Select all Lighting Pokier and Lighting Control elements that apply to the scope of the retrofit project. If project includes a combination of spaces where less than 50% of the existing fixtures are replaced in some spaces, and 50% or more of the fixtures are replaced in others, then provide separate lighting power compliance forms for the two retrofit conditions. Spaces undergoing the same type of retrofit may be combined into one lighting power compliance form. Refer to Section C503.6 for additional requirements. All alteration lighting controls shall be commissioned per C408.3. CI No changes are being made to the interior or exterior lighting systems and existing space uses and configuration are not changed. Lighting Power Interior lighting Parking garage Exterior lighting 50% or more of existing are replaced 13 Less than 50% of existing are replaced Lamp and/or ballast replacement only — existing total wattage not increased CI M M 50% or more replaced - Total lighting power of new + existing -to -remain fixtures shall comply with total LPA per Sections C405.4.2 and C405.5.2. Include new + existing -to -remain fixtures in Proposed Lighting Wattage table in LTG-INT-BLD, LTG-INT-SPACE or LTG-EXT form. Less than 50% replaced - Total lighting power of new + existing -to -remain fixtures shall not exceed the total lighting power prior to alteration. Include new + existing -to -remain fixtures in the Proposed Lighting Wattage table in LTG-INT-BLD, LTG-INT-SPACE or LTG-EXT form. 50% threshold applies to numberof luminaires for interior spaces and parking garages, and total installed wattage for exterior luminaires. Lighting Controls Interior lighting Parking garage Exterior lighting New wiring installed to serve added fixtures and/or fixtures relocated to new circuit(s) 13 13 Fr, New or moved lighting panel • E • Interior space is reconfigured - luminaires unchanged or relocated • New wiring or circuit - For interior lighting, provide required manual controls per C405.2.3, occupancy sensor controls per C405.2.1, daylight responsive controls per C405.2.4 and application specific lighting controls per C405.2.5. For exterior lighting, provide required controls per C405.2.7. New or moved panel - Provide all applicable lighting controls as noted for New Wiring and automatic time switch controls per 0405.2.2. Reconfigured interior space - Provide all required lighting controls that apply to a new interior space. Application specific lighting control provisions per 0405.2.5 do not apply to reconfigured Environmental Health Services Division ^n1Fifth Avenue, Suite 11Vo Seattle, wme81V^'m18 206'263'e566 mx2oo'ays'nzoy nrRelay: r1z July 21.20iy Jonathan Mendoza Nielson Architecture 171O3VVCommerce Dr..#25 8enbonviUe.AR72712 F1 Re: PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR: Flying Circus Extreme Air Sports Concessions, 4S0Andover Park E,Tukwila, WA$@188 ���D��^ Health u u������� ��v~�&�~�u - W5catUe@�}�in- �Cwunty REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE ' . APPROVED ^ ����� � ���� ` ��w�^����� , City of Tukwila BUILDING �N����I��y� _-'--�� _ _'''~.~.~ Dear Mr. Mendoza: The plans and specifications for the proposed new operation have been reviewed and, |naccordance with the provisions of Title 5, the Code of the King County Board of Health (The Food Code) are hereby APPROVED and subject hothe following conditions: * All prep sinks, espresso machine, and ice machine must beindirectly plumbed. Plumbing systems must bedesigned, oonstruchad, and installed according to law (applicable local, obuba, and federal statutes, vegu|ationo, and ordinances), ° Hot water generation and distribution systems must be sufficient to meet the peak hot water demands throughout the food establishment. ° Nochanges shall bemade without Health Department approval. Your establishment has been assigned the following plan review service number (SR1428431).Please use this SR number in all future contact with us. As required in The Food Code, upon completion of the construction and before opening for business, the food service establishment operator/owner shall: 1. Complete mnapplication for the annual operations permit ifyou donot have acurrent permit, Submit the application and applicable fee payment noearlier than one week prior to commencing operation. Include acopy oythis letter when applying for the annual permit, Please call maprior topaying for your permit tnverify the correct fee amount. Please be advised that the penalty for commencing operation of a food service establishment without the required permit im5O96ofthe applicable permit fee. 2� Obtain a pre -operational inspection approval. Contact mest2OG'2G3'8484atleast one week in advance tuschedule apre-operational inspection. Bnsure all other inspections (p|umbing. building, etc.) are done before you call the Health Department for an inspection. Besure ho have the approved equipment floor plan available for the plumbing inspector at the construction site during a rough -in plumbing inspection prior to obtaining a final plumbing inspection approval. This approval letter only addresses the equipment, plumbing fixture locations and finishes.|tdoes not include piping, grease traps, back flow prevention or other piping systems. CORRECTION RECEIVED CITY OFTUKWI[A �T� ~~^^ OCT� � ���� ----_-~ ��«°" " ` ��^� PERMIT CENTER T) 141 - n..UD(_0 "Lkh' ° Page 2, Plan Approval Letter for Flying Qmun Extreme Air Sports Conoeuoions, 455 Andover Park E, Tukwila, WA 98188 Your application for a food service establishment permit from Public Health - Seattle & King County may be approved during this inspection; however, it is the responsibility of the food service establishment operator/owner to obtain all necessary permits and approvals from other agencies. For example, applicants in the City of Seattle must go to Seattle Department of Construction and Inspections (SDCI) tocheck ifabuilding permit |srequired, Operating the establishment without these required permits or approvals may subject the operator/owner to legal action by the appropriate agencies. If the establishment ioopened without the Health Department pre -operational inspection, itmay basubject hu closure. Failed pre -operational inspections will require e$444fee (plus $222.O0per hour after two hours) for nrepeat inspection. Please be aware that additional hourly fees will be charged if the total plan review and inspection goes beyond the base four (4) hours for this proposed new operation. Aninvoice will besent to you after the pre -operational inspection and must be paid immediately. Please also be advised that, once your plans are approved, you will becharged for a plan resubmittal fee of $222.00 per hour should you decide to subsequently change the equipment -floor plan. Contact your local building department or water district if pre-treatment facilities are required when wastewater contains more than 100 parts per million by weight of fat, oil or grease of animal, vegetable or mineral petroleum origin. Kyou have any questions, please donot hesitate to contact me. Thank you for your compliance in this matter and I look forward to working with you. i� PatrickL Murphy, MSPH, R.S.' Food/School Plan Reviewer Health & Environmental Investigator III Environmental Health Services Division Public Health Seattle -King County CNK-PH'1100 401 Fifth Avenue, Suite 110O Seattle, VVAQ81O4'1818 Ph:2O8-2S3-8484 F/CX:20S-298'U189 Emoi|:pathuk.murphy@kingoounty.gov Enclosures OT WATER GENERATION AND ISTRIBWJON SYSTEMS SHALL 6E UFHCIENT TO NEST THE PEAK HOT ?AT€RDEMANDS THROUGHOUT THE OODESTABLISHNENT, WAREWASHINGGDISIIWASHING SINK COMPARTMENTS SHALL BE LARGE ENOUGH TO ACCOMMODATE IMMERSION OF THE LARGEST EQUIPMENT AND UTENSILS. 6.3114" irOOD, FOOD PREPARATION AND FOOD 'SERVICE E9UIFN>!N1 STORAGE AREAS ARE PROHIBITED UNDER 8& ER UNEB THAT ARE NOT SHIELDED TO INTERCEPT Knot. OTHER UTII.IAES NAY NOT BE UNNECE88ARILY ERPOBED A Pu slnk mU$ttiemaintained sibeat Hme6for ..end may not be used for Than hendwaahin0. 0 N RECIS1ERED ARC IECT ER{C NIELSEN STATE OF WASHINGTON 06121/2019 PERTAININC I0 ISSUES OF CONFIDENTIALITY AND COPYRIGHr,,REODEsT FOR TH RELEASE OR REPRODUCTIDH THESE DRAWINGS MUST UU APPROVED BY ERIC MU BCN ARCHITECT CONCESSIONS 400 409 SF :rums! Nee ems:.-dbbla NO CHANGES WILL BE MADE WITHOUT HEALTH DEPARTMENT APPROVAL!!! (5 A100 3) \ / F9QD SERVICE OPERA TION AREA ROOKS, FLOOR COVERINGS, WALLS, WALL COVERINGS, AND CERINGS MALLS DESIGNED, CONSTRUCTED AND INSTALLED SO THEY ARE SMOOTH, DRAKE AND EASILY CLEANABLE DRAINBDARDS, UTdT1$ L RACKS, OR rABLEs LARGE ENOIRRN ro ACCOMMODATE ALL SOILED AND CLEANED ITEMS SHALL BEPROVIDED FOR NECESSARY UTENBN. HOLDING .,BEFORE CLEANING AND AFTER SANITIZING, City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 1/2/2020 JONATHAN MENDOZA 1710 SW COMMERCE DR #25 BENTONVILLE, AR 72712 RE: Permit Application No. D19-0266 FLYING CIRCUS EXTREME AIR SPORTS CONCESSIONS Dear JONATHAN MENDOZA, Allan Ekberg, Mayor Jack Pace, Director In reviewing our current application files, it appears that your permit applied for on 8/15/2019, has not been issued by the City of Tukwila Permit Center. Per the International Building Code, International Mechanical Code, Uniform Plumbing Code and/or National Electrical Code every permit application not issued within 180 days from the date ofapplication shall expire and become null and void. Currently your application has a status of APPROVED and is due to expire on 2/15/2020. lf you still plan to pursue your project, you are hereby advised to do one of the following: I) If the plan review is complete for the project and your application is approved, you may pick up the application before the date of expiration. At the time of permit issuance the expiration date will automatically be extended 180 days. -or- 2) If the plan review is not completed submit a written request for application extension (7) seven days in advance of the expiration date. Address your extension request to the Building Official and state your reason(s) for the need to extend your application. The Building Code does allow the Building Official to approve one extension of up to 90 days. If il is determined that your extension request is granted, you will be notified by mail. In the event that we do not receive your written request for extension or request is denied, your permit application will expire and your project will require a new permit application, plans and specifications, and associated fees. Thank you for your cooperation in this matter. Sincerely, Bill Rambo Permit Technician File No: D19-0266 6300 Southcenter Boulevard Suite #100 • Tukwila Washington 98188 • Phone 206-431-3670 • Fax 206-431-3665 PLAN �����0��� K~����K�����7� � . °�"�"n REVIEW COMMENT PAGE The following standard information is provided as an addendum to the plan review approval process that has just been completed. Applicants, ovvnenu, archbecto, and designers need to be aware of these food service establishment requirements. The proposed food service establishment plans have been examined for these items mtplan review and will beagain at the pre -opening inspection. Apre-opening inspection bvthe King County health department is required priorto starting business, The applicant plan set is required to be available on site during that inspection. Nochanges shall bemade without Health Department approval Grease pretreatment facilities are required in the City of Seattle by the Drainage and Wastewater Utility which includes interceptors and/or grease traps. Contact (2O8)G84-775O for information. For other cities, please contact your water district or building department for information. ° Drainboards, utensil racks, or tables large enough to accommodate all soiled and cleaned items shall be provided for necessary utensil holding before cleaning and after sanitizing. VVaremamh|nQ/diohxxaohingsink compartments shall belarge enough hzaccommodate immersion of the largest equipment and utensils. Hot water generation and distribution systems shall be sufficient to meet the peak hot water demands throughout the food establishment. Plumbing systemsshall bedesigned, ounmtruotedondineta|had according tolaw (applicable local, state, and federal statues, regulations and ordinances). Food service operational area floors, floor coverings,walls, wall coverings,and ceilings mhoU be designed, constructed and installed so they are smooth, durable and easily cleanable. Food, food preparation and food service equipment storage areas are prohibited under sewer lines that are not shielded to intercept potential drips. Reatroornand kitchen hand wash sinks shall beequipped tm provide water statemperature ofatleast 1OO"Fthrough amixing valve orcombination faucet. Self closing nrmetering faucets shall provide a flow of water for at least 15 second. Food equipment that iacertified for sanitation by anAmerican National Standards Institute (ANSI) -accredited certification program will comply with the food code equipment and utensil material, construction and design requirements. |tiostrongly recommended that hot water for the restroom hand wash sinks be plumbed from the main hot water heater instead of using an instant warm type water heater unit under each Lockers orother suitable facilities shall be provided for the orderly storage of clothing and other possessions, iiE��[���* Ice �naUo�eyb�o atbars. Ice scoop ho�e�� mube pr event - -~~~ bare hand contact w�hddnkioe Beverage cm|do|��� e cooling devices, or bottles (such as for wine and beer) may not be installed or inserted in K��F '�N;����� �� ' ' ' "�"=�� OCT � ��i� cun����e��d�e. ='~"" ^ , �~"w ,r�=��0Y�T [�-MT��� ^-^ ^'^^ ^ ~~=^ ENTER ^ CORRECTION - _' _ '--_�..~~.� 8TR# D (BUILDING REVIEW NOTES AND RESPONSES) 1. Application for King County Department of Public Health (KCDPH) permit shall be required prior to receiving a building permit however KCDPH permit shall not hold up building permit approval. Final building inspection and approval shall occur after KCDPH has approved their final inspections. Show application for (KCDPH). KCDPH has reviewed and approved. Please see email provided with this submittal 2. Provide a completed 2015 Washington State Energy Code "LIGHTING SUMMARY" Compliance Form for Commercial Buildings, available online at: https://wseccompliancedocuments.com/index.php on the right side you will see the link "WSEC Documents". Click on that and if you haven't already, you will need to create an account. Sign into the account and there you will find the forms. Please see completed report provided with this submittal 3. Provide a detail with specifications showing how the new walls shall be seismically braced to the structure above and anchored to the floor. Specify top slip track if required. Also, for clarification, indicate if new walls shall penetrate and existing ceiling grid system and provide details with specifications for repairs. Please see updated details on Sheet A101 for Capture Track detail. Walls will extend through ceiling; please note detail has been added on Sheet A101 to address proper bracing of suspended ceiling grid. 4. Provide specifications and details for the suspended ceiling grid system with ceiling installation specifications for anchoring and specify type of ceiling grid system for commercial establishments. Specify type of ceiling panels. Ceiling detail added to Sheet A101; Ceiling panels in Kitchen to be washable painted mineral fiber tile, designed for use in commercial kitchens 5. Specify maximum stair riser and stair tread depth for the new stairs. Include a detail for modifications of the floor structure system where the stairs are to be installed. Added detail to sheet A101 to more clearly address how to support the existing deck prior to creating the pocket for the stairs. Stair tread to be 12", stair rise to be 6", per park standard Fire Department Comments: 1. Per the International Mechanical Code, the conveyor style pizza oven is considered a MEDIUM -DUTY COOKING APPLIANCE and therefore must be installed under a Type 1 kitchen hood. The installation of the Type 1 hood will require a separate mechanical permit. Please see attached manufacturer submittal that details the compliance for the ventless operation and the Mechanical engineer's calculations for ventilating the space durinkiECEI vED operation. CITY OF TUKWILA CORRECTION LTR# (cit 02.(16) OCT 1 1 2019 PERMIT CENTER 1710 SW ommerce Suite 25, Bentonville, AR 72712 479.254.0112 nieisen-architecture.com (BUILDING REVIEW NOTES AND RESPONSES) 6. Application for King County Department of Public Health (KCDPH) permit shall be required prior to receiving a building permit however KCDPH permit shall not hold up building permit approval. Final building inspection and approval shall occur after KCDPH has approved their final inspections. Show application for (KCDPH). KCDPH has reviewed and approved. Please see email provided with this submittal 7. Provide a completed 2015 Washington State Energy Code "LIGHTING SUMMARY" Compliance Form for Commercial Buildings, available online at: https://wseccompliancedocuments.com/index.php on the right side you will see the link "WSEC Documents". Click on that and if you haven't already, you will need to create an account. Sign into the account and there you will find the forms. Please see completed report provided with this submittal 8. Provide a detail with specifications showing how the new walls shall be seismically braced to the structure above and anchored to the floor. Specify top slip track if required. Also, for clarification, indicate if new walls shall penetrate and existing ceiling grid system and provide details with specifications for repairs. Please see updated details on Sheet A101 for Capture Track detail. Walls will extend through ceiling; please note detail has been added on Sheet A101 to address proper bracing of suspended ceiling grid. 9. Provide specifications and details for the suspended ceiling grid system with ceiling installation specifications for anchoring and specify type of ceiling grid system for commercial establishments. Specify type of ceiling panels. Ceiling detail added to Sheet A101; Ceiling panels in Kitchen to be washable painted mineral fiber tile, designed for use in commercial kitchens 10. Specify maximum stair riser and stair tread depth for the new stairs. Include a detail for modifications of the floor structure system where the stairs are to be installed. Added detail to sheet A101 to more clearly address how to support the existing deck prior to creating the pocket for the stairs. Stair tread to be 12", stair rise to be 6", per park standard Fire Department Comments: 2. Per the International Mechanical Code, the conveyor style pizza oven is considered a MEDIUM -DUTY COOKING APPLIANCE and therefore must be installed under a Type 1 kitchen hood. The installation of the Type 1 hood will require a separate mechanical permit. Please see attached manufacturer submittal that details the compliance for the ventless operation and the Mechanical engineer's calculations for ventilating the space during operation. 1710 SW Commerce Suite 25, Bentonville, AR 72712 479.254.0112 nielsen-architecture.com BILL HODGE, P.E. 5214 W. VILLAGE PARKWAY, STE. 120, ROGERS, AR 72758 479.899.637(1 CODE COMMENT RESPONSE LETTER TO: CITY OF TUKWILA : CURRENT PLANNER COMPANY: DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT FROM: HP ENGINEERING, INC. DATE: 9/13/2019 PROJECT: FLYING CIRCUS EXTREME AIR SPORTS CONCESSIONS SUBJECT: RESPONSE TO CODE COMMENTS REGARDING VENTLESS OVEN RESPONSES TO COMMENTS To Whom It May Concern: The cafe' located inside the FLYING CIRCUS EXTREME AIR SPORTS CONCESSIONS will be equipped with one MFR: Turbo Chef Model# 1618 conveyor oven. This oven will bc used to heat pre-cooked frozen pizza during hours of operation. Thc pizza oven has been UL listed for venticss operation and thc specifications have bccn provided with this letter for additional details on the oven. If a change of menu occurs, the ovens performance will need to be re-evaluated. The oven will bc located in an approx. 200 sqft space, cooled by a 4000 CFM fan pulling in air from thc adjacent space. The total heat output for equipment in the cafe totals to 41277 MBH. The owner has requested a maximum 80F interior temperature and per the equation below a 4000 CFM exhaust fan will provide this. Adjacent spacc temperature: 70 Interior temperature: 80 Required CFM = MBH/(1.08*(80-70))=41277/(1.08*(80-70))=3822 CFM -Bill Hodge, P.E. DIci•- auk* Page 1 of 1 CORRECTION LTRO I RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA OCT 1 1 2019 ,ERIVIIT CENTER City of Tukwila Department of Community Development September 10, 2019 JONATHAN MENDOZA 1710 SW COMMERCE DR #25 BENTONVILLE, AR 72712 RE: Correction Letter # 1 DEVELOPMENT Permit Application Number D19-0266 FLYING CIRCUS EXTREME AIR SPORTS CONCESSIONS - Dear JONATHAN MENDOZA, Allan Ekberg, Mayor Jack Pace, Director This letter is to inform you of corrections that must be addressed before your development permit can be approved. All correction requests from each department must be addressed at the same time and reflected on your drawings. I have enclosed comments from the following departments: BUILDING DEPARTMENT: Allen Johannessen at 206-433-7163 if you have questions regarding these comments. * (GENERAL INFORMATION NOTE) PLAN SUBMITTALS: (Min. size 11 x 17 to a preferably maximum size of 24x36; all sheets shall be the same size; larger sizes may be negotiable. "New revised" plan sheets shall be the same size sheets as those previously submitted.) "STAMP AND SIGNATURES" (If applicable) For Engineers: "Every page of a plan set must contain the seal/stamp, signature of the licensee(s) who prepared or who had direct supervision over the preparation of the work, and date of signature. Specifications that are prepared by or under the direct supervision of a licensee shall contain the seal/stamp, signature of the licensee and the date of signature. If the "specifications" prepared by a licensee are a portion of a bound specification document that contains specifications other than that of an engineering or land surveying nature, the licensee need only seal/stamp that portion or portions of the documents for which the licensee is responsible." It shall not be required to have each page of "specifications" (calculations) to be stamped and signed; Front page only will be sufficient (WAC 196-23-010 & 196-23-020). Architects: "date" only not required (WAC 308-12-081). (BUILDING REVIEW NOTES) 1. Application for King County Department of Public Health (KCDPH) permit shall be required prior to receiving a building permit however KCDPH permit shall not hold up building permit approval. Final building inspection and approval shall occur after KCDPH has approved their final inspections. Show application for (KCDPH). 2. Provide a completed 2015 Washington State Energy Code "LIGHTING SUMMARY" Compliance Form for Commercial Buildings, available online at: https://wseccompliancedocuments.com/index.php on the right side you will see the link "WSEC Documents". Click on that and if you haven't already, you will need to create an account. Sign into the account and there you will find the forms. 3. Provide a detail with specifications showing how the new walls shall be seismically braced to the structure above and anchored to the floor. Specify top slip track if required. Also, for clarification, indicate if new walls shall penetrate and existing ceiling grid system and provide details with specifications for repairs. 4. Provide specifications and details for the suspended ceiling grid system with ceiling installation specifications for anchoring and specify type of ceiling grid system for commercial establishments. Specify type of ceiling panels. 5. Specify maximum stair riser and stair tread depth for the new stairs. Include a detail for modifications of the floor structure system where the stairs are to be installed. 6300 Southcenter Boulevard Suite #100 • Tukwila Washington 98188 • Phone 206-431-3670 • Fax 206-431-3665 lak' h I Note: Contingent on response to these corrections, further plan review may request for additional corrections. FIRE DEPARTMENT: Al Metzler at 206-971-8718 if you have questions regarding these comments. 1. Per the International Mechanical Code, the conveyor style pizza oven is considered a MEDIUM -DUTY COOKING APPLIANCE and therefore must be installed under a Type 1 kitchen hood. The installation of the Type 1 hood will require a separate mechanical permit. Please address the comments above in an itemized format with applicable revised plans, specifications, and/or other documentation. The City requires that two (2) sets of revised plan pages, specifications and/or other documentation be resubmitted with the appropriate revision block. In order to better expedite your resubmittal, a 'Revision Submittal Sheet' must accompany every resubmittal. I have enclosed one for your convenience. Corrections/revisions must be made in person and will not be accepted through the mail or bv a messenger service. Sincerely, CIA4.ka-Ce Kandace Nichols Permit Technician File No, D19-0266 6300 Southcenter Boulevard Suite #100 • Tukwila Washington 98188 • Phone 206-431-3670 • Fax 206-431-3665 PLAN REVIEW/ROUTING SLIP PERMIT NUMBER: D19-0266 DATE: 06/24/21 PROJECT NAME: Flying Circus Extreme Air Sports Concessions SITE ADDRESS: 455 Andover Park E Original Plan Submittal Revision # before Permit Issued Response to Correction Letter # X Revision # 1 after Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS: f,Ls frcu Building Division TS5 IVA' 61 Public Works kr" 114c Fire Prevention Structural Planning Division Permit Coordinator 1,5x PRELIMINARY REVIEW: Not Applicable r (no approval/review required) DATE: 06/29/21 Structural Review Required REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: Approved Corrections Required (corrections entered in Reviews) Notation: DUE DATE: 08/24/21 Approved with Conditions Fire Fees Apply [1] Denied (ie: Zoning Issues) REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg 0 Fire 0 Ping 0 PW 0 Staff Initials: 1Z/18/2013 OPERMIT COORD COPYCI PLAN REVIEW/ROUTING SLIP PERMIT NUMBER: D19-0266 DATE: 10/11/2019 PROJECT NAME: FLYING CIRCUS EXTREME AIR SPORTS CONCESSIONS SITE ADDRESS: 455 ANDOVER PARK E Original Plan Submittal Revision # before Permit Issued X Response to Correction Letter # 1 Revision # after Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS: fl$4° uilding ivision Public Works NVU Fire Prevention Structural Planning Division Permit Coordinator n PRELIMINARY REVIEW: Not Applicable El (no approval/review required) DATE: 10/15/19 Structural Review Required REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: DUE DATE: 11/12/2019 Approved Corrections Required n n Approved with Conditions El Denied (corrections entered in Reviews) (ie: Zoning Issues) C Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg fl Fire 11 Ping 0 PW 0 Staff Initials: 12/18/2013 PLAN REVIE 'ROUTING SLIP PERMIT NUMBER: D19-0266 PROJECT NAME: FLYING CIRCUS EXTRE DATE: 08/15/19 E AIR SPORTS CONSESSIO SITE ADDRESS: 455 ANDOVER PARK E X Original Plan Submittal Response to Correction Letter # Revision # Revision # before Permit Issu after Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS: PO P— (6\0 Building Division kv\l(j ublic Works Fire Prevention Structural ctli2A Planning Division Permit Coordinator n PRELIMINARY REVIEW: Not Applicable T (no approval/review required) DATE: 08/20/19 Structural Review Required REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: Approved LI Corrections Required (corrections entered in Reviews) Approved with Conditions Denied (ie: Zoning Issues DUE DATE: 09/17/19 P Notation: REVIEWER'S A S: DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg PlngD PW Staff Initials: 12/18/2013 0 PROJECT NAME: SITE ADDRESS: ) arc(},S 62- PERMIT NO: c ),24 ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE: /to 14:70:20 REVISION LOG REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS AL) Summary of Revision: i; 'a ric - adZeoc2 c, iel(- of -4.--cA ," S -10 C C (.... f iC (--/ Received by: REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS Summary of Revision: Received by: (please print) REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS Summary of Revision: Received by: (please pr n REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS Summary of Revision: Received by: (please print) REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS Summary of Revision: Received by: (please print) REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS Summary of Revision: Received by: (please print) City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite 4 100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206-431-3670 Web site: http:F;;www.TukwilaWA.Qov REVISION/ DEFERRED SUBMITTAL Revision submittals must be submitted via paper if started as paper at the Permit Center. Revisions must be attached to your permit if started electronically at Construction Permits (asppor.com). Please notify staff of your submittal by emailing permits@tukwilatva.gov Date: W23A92. / Plan Check/Permit Number: D19-0266 ❑ Revision # before Permit is Issued ►�1 Revision # 1 after Permit is Issued ❑ Revision requested by a City Building Inspector or Plans Examiner n Deferred Submittal # RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUN 2 4 2021 PERMIT CENTER Project Name: Flying Circus Extreme Air Sports Concessions Project Address: 455 Andover Park E Contact Person: 00,41,4aa _ Phone Number: (2/'`/) `?t'- Y€ D/ Summary of Revision: ( Ki /n Seape P rlc/aalei del/ se' o [' sirs -kb a r(e.c5 '/-/i e P( Pkil car'-, a reA [ro rri 7+.e prima Poor. rs work i/s lie /d ©,r �v be inc/tided in i/rS raJPr} a f-!d t,i2€5 r i vel t✓d/1,1 p/r ri.c. 7/4/0- Nan Re 'c rP,nele was r- ort e veld 3/Kith 6/A-/o/ ; 77ft/d! - re/kide Xr7ctded. Sheet Number(s): 4/ /00 a- d //©% "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revision including date of revision C 1Lsers\jonethan\AppData\LocaltMicrosoflpVindows\INetCachc\Contcnt Outlook1ROGO7L4NIRevision I submival Form D19.0266 doc Gn.,imA Iam.ery 101I 0 City of Tukwila REVISION SUBMITTAL Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206-431-3670 Web site: http://www.TukwilaWA.gov Revision submittals must be submitted in person at the Permit Center. Revisions will not be accepted through the mail, fax, etc. Plan Cheek/Permit Number: LI Response to Incomplete Letter # IA Response to Correction Letter # _L Lil Revision # after Permit is Issued Ej Revision requested by a City Building Inspector or Plans Examiner I1 Deferred Submittal # Project Name: 019-0266 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA OCT 1 1 2019 PERMIT CENTER Fly;Ply 6-611-5 Erie SpIrti.$ meeSSIP7S Project Address: li$S iqfride Ver gr-k- rdST; -7; k to/a , w,,t qp% Contact Person: Ontallian fnewh Phone Number: 6/31 rZo Summary of Re AclaRA - Arid ecA Ackaed —adcleci sion: c or rtked--/. (AA avte rl CO( Aetab.trr• el or wue-1--;DIN-e or rnockc .5e cot-, ut.pm-lAA-71- vl CIA) tAic.4_ 15 vj cer'i plcdfor a;[ ov+ p.er c retuest Sheet Number(s): C21 0 I ') A 100 , A 1 00 "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revision including date Received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center b ykt Entered in TRAKiT on Al -// evision Asko,0 love:1S. WAPermil Ccotcr`TemplatessiForms \Revision Submittal Form.doc Revised: August 2015 CO Labor Industries (https://lni wa.pov) Contractors ACT CONSTRUCTION Owner or tradesperson Principals MURRAY. JOSEPH, PARTNER/MEMBER Doing business as ACT CONSTRUCTION WA UBI No, 603 068 668 Parent company J&K PROJECT MNGMNT CNSLTNT LLC [1:ense 350 MCDONNELL ST LEWISVILLE, TX 75057 972-436-1144 Business type Limited Liability Company Verify the contractor's active registration / license / certification (depending on trade) and any past violations. Construction Contractor Active Meets current requirements. License specialties GENERAL License no. ACTCOC*860N6 Effective — expiration 08/25/2014— 08/25/2020 Bond Ohio Cas Ins Co Bond account no, 32s604687 $12,000.00 Received by Led Effective date 03/29/2019 03/15/2019 Expiration date Until Canceled Bond history Insurance Hanover Insurance Company, The $10,000,000.00 Policy no. UH1-H136387-00 Received by L&I Effective date 01/15/2020 01/01/2020 Expiration date 01/01/2021 Hanover Insurance Company, The $1,000,000.00 Policy no. AW1-H097431-00 Received by L&I Effective date 01/15/2020 01/01/2020 Expiration date 01/01/2021 Hanover Insurance Company, The $1,000,000.00 Policy no. RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX N Z Q� K cOi J h = ,aU0 K ti� c0i O O U 4O K Z c0.� N 2 W Z o J N LU W Z o NOTES 01 GENERAL DATA PERMITS / FEES X X TEMPORARY UTILITIES X X X PROGRESS AND FINAL CLEAN UP X X X REMOVAL OF DUNNAGE X X X MOBILE STORAGE OF EQUIPMENT X X X GC TO COORDINATE AND FURNISH STORAGE FOR BOTH GC EQUIPMENT AND OWNER SUPPLIED EQUIPMENT IF NEEDED 02 SITE WORK UTILITIES: METERS, SERVICE, UNDERGROUND I X I X INCLUDES UNDERGROUND WORK FOR GREASE INTERCEPTOR 03 CONCRETE FLOORTRENCHING X X X AS REQUIRED CORING I X JX1 X I I I IF REQUIRED FINISHING I X 1XI X 04 MASONRY EXISTING EXPOSED MASONRY X X X REPAIR AND ALTER EXISTING MASONRY AS REQUIRED TO CREATE BOUNDARY WALL AT CONCESSION STAND 05 METALS STUD FRAMING X X X BOX BEAM HEADERS X X X PROVIDE CLARKDIETRICH HDS SYSTEM HEADER WHEN INDICATED ON PLANS FOR LONG SPAN OPENINGS. CONTACT TERESA CONNER (877) 932-3206 STEEL FRAMING X X X IF REQUIRED HANDRAILS X X X IF REQUIRED 06 WOOD & PLASTICS CARPENTRY X X X LAMINATES X X X INSTALL AT WALL CAPS ARCHITECTURAL MILLWORK (COUNTER TOPS, BRACKETS, BRACING, PANELS, SHELVING, TRIM) X X X IF REQUIRED, REF PLANS BLOCKING X X I X BLOCKING FOR WALL MOUNTED EQUIPMENT, ETC, 07 THERMAL & MOISTURE PROTECTION FIREPROOFING X X I X I I REPAIR ANY EXISTING FIREPROOFING IF REQUIRED DURING PROJECT, ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGH RATED WALLS ARE TO BE RATED PER LOCAL CODE REQUIREMENTS FIREPROOFING SPECIAL INSPECTIONS X X I X AS REQUIRED PER LOCAL CODE AUTHORITY SOUND INSULATION X I X I X I I 1PROVIDE AT NEW INTERIOR WALLS ADJACENT TO PARTY ROOMS AND OFFICE 08 DOORS & WINDOWS DOORS AND FRAMES X I X X MATCH PARK STANDARD AT NEW AND RELOCATED INTERIOR DOORS 09 FINISHES FRP X X X INSTALL PER MFR INSTRUCTIONS AND PROVIDE TRIM PIECES AT EDGES VCT X X X GYP. / LAY -IN X X X PROVIDE WASHABLE LAY -IN CEILING OR PAINTED GYP CEILING AS NOTED IN ELEVATIONS AND PLANS; USE MOISTURE RESISTANT GYP IN PREP AREA VINYL BASE X X X PROVIDE VINYL BASE WERE INDICATED OUTSIDE SERVING AREAS PAINT X X X X X PAINT AS INDICATED IN ELEVATIONS AND FINISH SCHEDULE QUARRY TILE AND COVE BASE X X X PROVIDE IN FOOD SERVICE AREAS PER PLANS, ELEVATIONS, AND FINISH SCHEDULE DIAMOND PLATE WAINSCOT X X X DIAMOND PLATE WAINSCOT - GC TO CONTACT LOCAL SUPPLIER. INSTALL WITH TRIM ON TOP AND EXPOSED EDGES MURALS X X X BY OWNER. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE TIMING WITH OWNER 10 SPECIALTIES CHAINLINK FENCING (INTERIOR) X X X WHEN REQUIRED ( REF PLANS) FIRE EXTINGUISHERS X X X PROVIDE BLOCKING AS NEEDED. INSTALL PER PLAN LOCATIONS, COORDINATE WITH FIRE MARSHAL IF ADDITIONAL LOCATIONS ARE REQUIRED 11 EQUIPMENT KITCHEN EQUIPMENT X X X GC TO COORDINATE RECEIVING AND PROVIDE FINAL HOOKUPS FOR EQUIPMENT. VENDING MACHINES X X X X COORDINATE WITH OWNER' FOR REMOVAL/RELOCATION OF EXISTING VENDING TVs X X X X PROVIDE POWER AS NOTED ON PLANS SNEEZE GUARDS X X X X OWNER PROVIDES MOUNTING HARDWARE. GC PROVIDES TEMPERED GLAZING AND INSTALLS 'FURNISHINGS �BLES AND CHAIRS X X X GC TO RECEIVE AND STORE 13 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION ENTRY DESK TX X X GC TO RELOCATE OR PROVIDE WHEN INDICATED ON PLANS SPACE FRAMES X X X COORDINATE RELOCATION OR INSTALLATION WITH OWNER IF REQUIRED 15 MECHANICAL PLUMBING X X X INCLUDES ALL PLUMBING NECESSARY FOR KITCHEN EQUIPMENT AND GREASE INTERCEPTOR EXHAUST SYSTEMS X X X GC TO MODIFY EXISTING SYSTEMS AS NEEDED TO SUPPORT THE CONCESSION AREA VENTILATION DUCT DETECTORS, ZONE DAMPERS X X1 X I AS REQUIRED DUCTWORK X X X PAINT BLACK WHERE EXPOSED WARRANTY X X X TESTING AND BALANCING X X X 16 ELECTRICAL LIGHT FIXTURES X X X LIGHTING CONTROLS, OCCUPANCY SENSORS, POWER PACKS, AND INVERTERS. BALLASTS, LED DRIVERS, AIRCRAFT CABLE, FIXTURE SPECIFIC BOXES X X X ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION X X X ALL EXPOSED POWERICONDUIT ABOVE SPACE TO BE PAINTED BLACK FIRE ALARM X X X REWORK AS REQUIRED FOR R NEW LAYOUTAND/OR CODE COMPLIANCE DATA COMMUNICATION SYSTEM X X X X X COORDINATE WITH OWNER FOR REQUIRED DATA LOCATIONS. RELOCATE AS NEEDED WHEN RELOCATING MAIN DESK. 17 SYSTEMS & FIXTURES COMPUTERS / TELEPHONES I X FX I X I GC TO COORDINATE INSTALLTION TIMING 21 FIRE SUPPRESSION SPRINKLER SYSTEM / FIRE ALARM X X I X CONTRACTOR TO MODIFY EXISTING SYSTEM AS REQUIRED FOR ADEQUATE COVERAGE. GC TO PROVIDE ANY DOCUMENTS, PERMITS, FEES, ETC. REQUIRED BY LOCAL AUTHORITY FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL X I X I X I I GC TO DESIGN AND PROVIDE SYSTEM PER LOCAL CODES AND ENSURE THAT THE SYSTEM WORKS WITH THE AN SYSTEM. ax -a. n y ,. ..,�": <.. a.. _ , .•. .5.. ...,.. .,.+.s.,. L .4.,,x .. ....v ... „1. „ k ..,.. :i=,� f. ,u.,. T.,a.. , . i...,. .. R _. .., i , ta. ate, .... �, t,c, axi, ,.,m, 3 ..: a .r. , ..x... r •=.K` �i.... c, .., r..= w. :. c , a. 4. r ... ,.. .,. s•' .. i . i. .. 2 , � ... .. ,.., � F'a�. .,.- ..}� =i ,.� .<. .a. ^<: :r.. _. . x., -..' _ ._,. .,.r i .- ,..,, !. u. .Nd , . e. a =. :i..,+ ��! ,..` <. ,:. 1 ,-.ff a.a �Lr:.,,. ., _. .E .,, ... �3 ,., . n, o- , ;,., .ro :�.. f _?s,i.: •G „ -,.,.. �. }. x.•, � ,. .. , ,i ,f 1 ,.., s. ,,. ' Y _ �F:;k.. � .. j :, ° . "•. '4,.- .,. �� n... �` n a < ���� - „„ _, u,a , ,. -mac.. _ .t •< �y,,k � h.;.... �, .,. .� e ,e�'" a,: � 7 ,.`,_.. ,. �� ...�. .-? �,� . �, a�:', -:..v .. ,. .�d ,...� ... - t� F x- w � vet- :>ti '.: cta Tx ,,, r, �•.. .t s �,; �,.. x�i � n ,,,1 '�:,� ��,,:. x � v,. '.�, k .. €� v='-'., :t,q TA, p:;;�,. 'r,.'s.a'ca {S .. s,n`. �s,?., 'W>�";ct... �. +��-, 1, ,,. ,�+.. .' a ��y, sf:,: =hk 5:. �' ,�"a�,`",.a,.�1..•£,.'u..2 .w'ar • :E [ °;' �. fx3$;S - a 4`°,e: 4.r�.t r`d's ..',Y• ";zPk£'I .. �' `� � $ �, kv3, f` '`„sWa4,..'' S .. a ,c-" 1s h �' �, MATERIALS AND SYMBOLS LEGEND MATERIALS LEGEND EXISTING WALL ® ROUGH WOOD (BLOCKING) 1=1.��-III-�� _COMPACTED - _ - - - WALL TO BE 1( I I I I DEMOLISHED ® -ROUGH WOOD FILL (CONTINUOUS) _ - NEW INTERIOR - UNDISTURBED WALL - FINISH WOOD III -III EARTH (FIRE RATED) -NEW INTERIOR - RIGID INSULATION WALL - CRUSHED STONE (NON -RATED) RIGID ROOF ® -NEW INTERIOR (INSULATION) �� WALL W/ BATT 117-, 1 GYP. BD. (SECTIO CONCRETE INSULATION AND ELEVA TION) ) ( TED P NON - RA ) ) LAN NEW EXTERIOR PLYWOOD CMU WALL ® (SECTION) -CONCRETE (SECTION) SYMBOLS LEGEND 1 1 - NORTH ARROW ( X ! XXXXXXXX \�-/ FED -ROOM TAG /�� -GRID LINE XXX - + -{ X ) INDICATOR - REVISION DELTA ENLARGED A - X-XXX DETAIL INDICATOR X'X" HEIGHT X.X.X..ELEVATION XXX.XX' -SPOT ELEVATION INDICATOR INDICATOR X XX.X SECTION CUT OOOA DOOR TAG O EQUIPMENT TAG INDICATOR OWINDOW TAG XX.X KEY NOTE X SIM. INDICATOR - ELEVATION XXX INDICATOR WALL TAG O FINISH INDICATOR ABBREVIATIONS ABBR. DEFINITION ABBR. DEFINITION AFF ABOVE FINISH FLOOR IBC INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR ARCH ARCHITECTURAL MAX MAXIMUM BFF BELOW FINISH FLOOR MBM METAL BUILDING MANUFATURER BO BOTTOM OF MECH MECHANICAL BRG BEARING MFR MANUFACTURER CJ CONTROL JOINT MIN MINIMUM CL CENTERLINE MISC MISCELLANEOUS CMU CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT MO MASONRY OPENING CONT CONTINUOUS MTL METAL DIA DIAMETER NTS NOT TO SCALE EIFS EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEM OC ON CENTER EJ EXPANSION JOINT OH OPPOSITE HAND EL ELEVATION PLAM PLASTIC LAMINATE ELEC ELECTRICAL PT PRESSURE TREATED EQ EQUAL REF REFERENCE FF FINISH FLOOR RO ROUGH OPENING FFE FINISH FLOOR ELEVATION RTU ROOF TOP UNIT FRP FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC SIM SIMILAR FBO FURNISHED BY OWNER STRUC STRUCTURAL GA GAUGE TO TOP OF GC GENERAL CONTRACTOR I UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE GYP BD GYPSUM BOARD TYP TYPICAL 1. ALL WORK SHALL BE DONE IN A SAFE AND WORKMANLIKE 4 MANNER AND IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE LOCAL AND/OR STATE (IF APPLICABLE) BUILDING CODES, NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE (NEC), ADA-ADAAGS (ADOPTED HANDICAP ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS), OSHA AND ALL APPLICABLE CODES, REGULATIONS, ORDINANCES, AND AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. 2. EACH SUBCONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR HAVING A THOROUGH KNOWLEDGE OF ALL DRAWINGS IN THEIR RELATED FIELD. THE FAILURE TO ACQUAINT HIMSELF WITH THIS KNOWLEDGE DOES NOT RELIEVE HIM OF ANY RESPONSIBILITY FOR PERFORMING HIS WORK PROPERLY. NO ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION SHALL BE ALLOWED BECAUSE OF CONDITIONS THAT OCCUR DUE TO FAILURE TO FAMILIARIZE WORKERS WITH THIS KNOWLEDGE. 3. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL KEEP WORK AREA CLEAN AND FREE OF DEBRIS AND IS TO REMOVE ALL TRASH AND DEBRIS FROM THE CONSTRUCTION AREA DAILY. NO FLAMMABLE MATERIALS OR LIQUIDS MAY BE STORED IN THE EXISTING BUILDING OR ANY NEW ADDITION. SITE PLAN NORTH^ `•ryf6�„2`*�, �"�„" e"'fin'�t-S' � -• � fi �P k+'h� `w., 1ffi. 2y,� S '-�� � aY''i�`n'i�ry`wYi� 'u*•. tL t �,,�,,,T:e ,.,N ������ �'NS k�xu f a3.ti,. �� 4 kgro.,gk � ",R 'ar : ix,��a'�i k��tY" �'i' hi�p��'�"'ri�yY-}'Lsi"`�'�g'1`t"i G� ch •,'� z F 'tv� �k rn z 1 k�8� 2 : y � '�`��uy.`''k k S z: �,'ab 5� ". '� k �'��•Y-tea }'1+Y-5-5j :3 �. 'h ,s`-,4`K.44{h .Y S,_ r� i'�T�' �� `{+i.1„7��',7 # j =xk 4 6��'•?�'� ;. �,r. ,.',v,�+. �,�.����r ��,k„2a$,��hn�'^"�y�q ��,)"ta�a � m i '��, �, �`C ice' �. �i+' �t� C� � �.\'`� 41�a«�t 5 „x t+ i "i S'�..�}�o' ,� �. 1 Fni } '�`,• i1a`5(>L S- � �;�'`. �' t IN MAMMNA 00 SHEETINDEX # SHEET NAME l� U)o g K a rn n iR N K GENERAL G101 I COVER SHEET X X ARCHITECTURAL A100 1 CONCESSION PLANS, ELEVATIONS, AND SCHEDULES X X A101 1CONCESSION DETAILS AND FINISHES X X MECHANICAL M1.0 I MECHANICAL SCHEDULES, NOTES & LEGEND X M2.0 MECHANICAL PLANS & DETAILS X M3.0 MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS X ELECTRICAL E1.0 ELECTRICAL NOTES AND LEGEND X E1.1 OVERALL ELECTRICAL PLAN X E1.2 POWER PLAN X E2.1 LIGHTING PLAN X E3.1 ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES AND RISER X E4.0 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS X E4.1 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS X E4.2 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS X PLUMBING P1.0 PLUMBING DETAILS, LEGENDS, NOTES AND SCHEDULES X 1?2.0 PLUMBING PLANS AND ISOMETRIC X P3.0 PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS X BUILDING CODE SUMMARY AND PROJECT DATA PROJECT TEAM I I I PROJECT ADDRESS: FLYING CIRCUS REQUIRED SEPERATION: 2HR 455 ANDOVER PARK EAST TUKWILA, WA 98188 OWNER !CLIENT: REMODELED 409 SQ FT IN 77,990 SQ SQUARE FOOTAGE: FT BUILDING FIRE -RESISTANCE STRUCTURAL FRAME 0 HOURS CONTACT OWNER FOR ANY j RATING BEARING WALLS QUESTIONS ON BIDDING ETC. OCCUPANCY A3 - ASSEMBLY 43,790 SOFT REQUIREMENTS: EXTERIOR Q HOURS CLASSIFICATION: S-2 - STORAGE(PARKING) 34,200 SOFT (TABLE 601 IBC) INTERIOR 0 HOURS CIRCUS TRIX, INC (CHAPTER 3 IBC) NON -BEARING WALLS 515 N UNIVERSITY AVE EXTERIOR C HOURS PROVO, UT 84601 , INTERIOR 0 HOURS CONTACT: JAKE SKOUSEN TYPE OF III B FLOOR CONSTRUCTION 0 HOURS (385) 482-1027 X4002 CONSTRUCTION: ROOF CONSTRUCTION 0 HOURS (CHAPTER 6 IBC) ARCHITECT: INTERIOR FINISH VERTICAL EXITS CLASS A REQUIREMENTS: EXIT CORRIDORS CLASS B ERIC NIELSEN (TABLE 803.5 IBC) ROOMS AND SPACES CLASS C EN N COMMERCE 12 #25 B � ENTOVILLE AR, 727 (479)254-0112 APPLICABLE CODES: WASHINGTON STATE BUILDING CODE - INCLUDING: INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE MEP ENGINEERS: REVISIONS INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE INTERNATIONAL MECHANICAL CODE HP ENGINEERING No C:acpes snail be made to the scope INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE 1800 S OSAGE SPRINGS DR Of worn without pnot approval of the UNIFORM PLUMBING CODE ROGERS, AR 72758 Tukwila Budding Diwslon, WASHINGTON STATE ENERGY CODE CONTACT: JAMISON MIRANDA 479.899.6370 NOTE: Revisions will require a new plan submittal and may Include additional plan review. I REF. ACCESSIBILITY SHEET FOR OCCUPANCY LOADS AND EGRESS REQUIREMENTS VICINITY MAP Iva saoaer .a ISs_ zaopaorRenrc i mm SONM1cemer Plaxa WrB suanakr sivd same, siva range, elva an t�Gam Stvp-Mall Jersey Mkea$ubegl tits cram I©I ae 1NW M � �n ®tits Bjk Dp��ee QTotal wines More .� sr . xiv y "y kv Teck o, o0,alry Dr I t FLYING CIRCUS Q4C M nEleu CONepa mcunnarynnamsarna 0 EPC R¢C R �u mp le m TYkw k fhe Depanmem A - - _ I - C Poi aD N a ... O R�Dat Corym t[v ♦c�Kahls Tukwila -�Housin9ANhaikY - Meea Hame CONeclipn PercvnMmal Supplies � rwporalaws QNoresimnRack 00iaevunt Cleect _ Goo9I= tn , :+.-.CMSdpvn Pirom::o FIRE EXTINGUISHERS TO BE INSTALLED PER 2012 INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE (SECTION 906). LOCATION APPROVED BY LOCAL FIRE MARSHALL. 6.2.1 CLASS A FIRES. CLASS FIRES ARE FIRES IN ORDINARY COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS, SUCH AS WOOD, CLOTH, PAPER, RUBBER, AND MANY PLASTICS. 75 FEET FROM ANY POINT IN THE BUILDING. 5.2.2 CLASS B FIRES. CLASS B FIRES ARE FIRES IN FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS, COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS, PETROLEUM GREASES, TARS, OILS, OIL -BASED PAINTS, SOLVENTS, LACQUERS, ALCOHOLS, AND FLAMMABLE GASES. 50 FEET FROM ANYWHERE IN THE BUILDING, 5.2.3 CLASS C FIRES. CLASS C FIRES ARE FIRES THAT INVOLVE ENERGIZED ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. WITHIN AREA OF ENERGIZED ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. 5.2.4 CLASS D FIRES. CLASS D FIRES ARE FIRES IN COMBUSTIBLE METALS, SUCH AS MAGNESIUM, TITANIUM, ZIRCONIUM, SODIUM, LITHIUM, AND POTASSIUM. WITHIN AREAS CONTAINING COMBUSTIBLE METALS. 5.2.5 CLASS K FIRES. CLASS K FIRES ARE FIRES IN COOKING APPLIANCES THAT INVOLVE COMBUSTIBLE COOKING MEDIA (VEGETABLE OR ANIMAL OILS AND FATS). WITHIN 30 FEET OF COOKING SURFACE. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SCOPE OF WORK • REMOVE EXISTING VENDING MACHINES • REMOVE EXISTING KITCHEN AND STORAGE AREA • REMOVE EXISTING PARKOUR EQUIPMENT AND FENCE ON GRADE, PATCH FENCE AT PLATFORM • REMOVE FENCE PORTION AT NEW STAIR REMOVE PORTION OF WALL AT NEW CONCESSION STAND - VERIFY STRUCTURE PRIOR TO DEMO • INSTALL NEW CONCESSION STAND • INSTALL NEW SEATING FURNITURE • INSTALL NEW STAIR AT MAIN PLATFORM FACING RESTROOMS AND CONCESSION STAND INSTALL AND CONNECT NEW GREASE INTE RCEPTOR SEPARATE PERMIT R UIRED FOR: Mechanical EIQCtrical Plumbing Gas Piping City of Tukwga BUILDING DIVISION GC NOTE FILE COPY Pcamtlt No. D� I` V�'N� Plan review approval is subject to errors and omissions, Approval of construction documents does not authorize the violation of any adopted code or ordinance Receipt of approved Field Copy and By en uo p rin wietlgea: Date: ,� :-ONO-o Cuv of TUKWIIa 9UILfl NG DIVISION THE TENANTS LEASE REQUIRES THE BUILDING TO BE IN GOOD WORKING ORDER. ANY REPAIRS THAT FALL UNDER THE S Lfv� i`v'i1=,i LANDLORDS SCOPE OF WORK NEED TO BE IDENTIFIED AND RESOLVED EARLY IN THE CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE. Cl I` t' OF T(,) KVdI L `t GC TO ASSESS ALL BUILDING SYSTEMS AND BRING ANY DEFICIENCIES TO THE OWNER REPRESENTATIVES IMMEDIATE OCT 1 12019 ATTENTION NO MORE THAN 15 DAYS AFTER THE ISSUANCE OF THE BUILDING PERMIT. THE SYSTEMS INCLUDE HVAC, ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING, ROOF, STRUCTURE, LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION, SEWER, WATER, ETC. PEP(f 6-I- CrN se:. 5. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE 9. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL RESPOND TO ALL TIMELY ORDERING OF MATERIALS TO PROHIBIT DELAYS REQUIREMENTS OF THE STRUCTURAL OF THE CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE OF THIS PROJECT. IT ENGINEER/ARCHITECT FOR VERIFICATIONS, RESPONSES IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO AND SUBMISSIONS. COORDINATE DELIVERY OF MATERIALS IN A TIMELY 10, CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR MAINTENANCE ITEMS MANNER. AS DIRECTED BY CONSTRUCTION MANAGER DURING PRE- 6. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CONSTRUCTION MEETING. ENSURING THE SAFETY OF ALL PERSONS ON THE JOB 11. ALL MATERIALS ARE TO BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE SITE AT ALL TIMES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ALL WITH MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS AND ALL SUBCONTRACTORS, VENDORS, DESIGN STAFF SUBCONTRACTORS ARE TO INSURE THAT ALL PROFESSIONALS, AND INSPECTION PERSONNEL. MANUFACTURERS WARRANTIES WILL BE HONORED, 7. ALL INTERIOR FINISHES, CABINETS, FIXTURES, TRIM, ETC. 12. ALL CONSTRUCTION MATERIAL, TECHNIQUES AND WILL BE SPECIFIED BY THE CLIENT WITH APPROVAL BY PERFORMANCE VALUES ARE TO MEET APPLICABLE THE OWNER UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED WITHIN THE CODES INDICATED IN "CONSTRUCTION DATA" TABLE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. LISTED ON THIS SHEET. 8. DURING ENTIRE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD, PROVIDE ONE 13. THE APPROVAL OF THESE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS U.L. LISTED 2A:20BC DRY CHEMICAL FIRE EXTINGUISHER, DOES NOT PERMIT THE VIOLATION OF ANY SECTION OF OR ONE STANDARD U.L. LISTED 2-1/2 GALLON WATER THE BUILDING CODE, MUNICIPAL ORDINANCES, OR - (E-10) AND ONE U.L. LISTED 10BC CARBON DIOXIDE FIRE STATE LAWS EXTINGUISHER MOUNTED TOGETHER IN EACH 3000 SQ. FT. 14 THESE PLANS AND RELATED DOCUMENTS MUST BE OF WORK AREA OR FRACTION THEREOF (MINIMUM OF AVAILABLE AT THE JOB SITE DURING ANY INSPECTION TWO AVAILABLE IN ALL CONSTRUCTION AREAS AT ALL ACTIVITIY TIMES). 15. HEALTH DEPARTMENT INSPECTION REQUIRED PRIOR TO OPENING AND NO CHANGES WILL BE MADE WITHOUT HEALTH DEPARTMENT APPROVAL 16. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ENSURING THAT THIS PROJECT IS CONSTRUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THESE DOCUMENTS AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH CODES INDICATED HEREIN. THE QUALITY OF WORKMANSHIP AND INSTALLATION OF MATERIALS SPECIFIED BY THE ARCHITECT ARE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE OWNER/CONTRACTOR. THE ARCHITECT WILL NOT BE HELD RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY SUBSTANDARD OR INSUFFICIENT WORKMANSHIP, MATERIALS OR SERVICES PROVIDED IN THE EXECUTION OF ANY PHASE OF CONSTRUCTION OF THIS PROJECT. 17. THESE DRAWINGS HAVE BEEN DEVELOPED UNDER A LIMITED SCOPE OF SERVICE AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ARCHITECT AND THE OWNER. OWNER IS TO PROVIDE ADDITIONAL INFORMATION AND/OR SPECIFICATIONS AS REQUIRED TO THOROUGHLY DEFINE ALL ITEMS AND AREAS NOT COMPLETELY IDENTIFIED WITHIN THESE DOCUMENTS UNDER THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT. 18. ALL DRAWINGS AND DESIGN OF THE FOLLO ING(tVI SYSTEMS ARE TO BE PROVIDED BY OTHER , omit cot SEPARATE CONTRACT. APPRI a. I FIRE ALARM SYSTEM NOV b. CIVIL ENGINEERING -J1 C. FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM (NFPA 13) City Of -I d. STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING BUILDING E. METAL BUILDING STRUCTURE THESE SERVICES SHALL BE CONTRACTED FOR BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND/OR OWNER UNDER SEPARATE AGREEMENTS. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATION OF ALL CONSTRUCTION PROCESSES INCLUDING MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, AND PLUMBING INSTALLATION. _ N Z W N W r. W U W Q Z W Z = O -� 00 ca<�o W � Z W m I f "ERIC J7 NIELSEN STATE OF WASHINGTON PERTAINING TO ISSUES OF CONFIDENTIALITY AND COPYRIGHT, REQUEST FOR THE RELEASE OR REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS MUST BE APPROVED BY ERIC NIELSEN ARCHITECT W i O W 0- Q W vJ Z W 00 00 Q. 0 00 ' W W E, o J_ Q Z © La H PROJECT NUMBER: 2019-0057 DRAWN BY: EJN APPROVED BY: EJN ISSUE DATE: 06/2112019 COVER SHEET II4iHI1Y 7 FIRST FLOOR PLAN 3/64" = V-0" SUSPENDED GRID CEILING, REF MEP F CEILING LAYOUT AN ACCESSORIES REMOVE EXISTING VENDING MACHINES, COORDINATE WITH OWNER FOR DISPOSITION "Ir — 5F — — �._ ............_ or JL_JL—J REMOVE EXISTING WALL AT NEW CONCESSION OPENING, PROTECT EXISTING STRUCTURAL COLUMNS AND ' ( BEAMS 1 III�I II ! I� E F S DEMO UNDER MEZZANINE MENU BOARD TV. PROVIDE BLOCKING AT ATTACHMENT POINT, REF ELECTRICAL FOR POWER DIAMOND PLATE WAINSCOT, PROVIDE TRIM AT ALL EXPOSED EDGES AND SEAMS T-0"H HSS 3"X3"X1/4" POST, MOUNTED TO SLAB WITH EXPANSION ANCHORS TO SECURE SCREEN WALL 8'4' OC MAX 6 CAFE EXTERIOR ELEVATION 3/8" = V-0" SUSPENDED GRID CEILING, REF MEP F CEILING LAYOUT AN ACCESSORIES SUSPENDED GRID CEILING, REF MEP F CEILING LAYOUT AN IAGE ON CUS'&GE§SORIES PROVIDE BLOCKING DSS FACE U BOARD TV, TYP. VIDE BLOCKING AT \CHMENT POINT, ELECTRICAL FOR IER FIRST FL 0" 5 CONCESSION WEST ELEVATION CONCESSION SOUTH ELEVATION 3/8" = 1'-0" 4 1 3/8" = V-0" MEZZANINE I I MEZZANI' 1 Z-6" —L 12'-6" SUSPENDED GRID SIGNAGE ON COST( CEILING, REF MEP FOR SIDE, PROVIDE BLOB CEILING LAYOUT AND ACROSS FACE ACCESSORIES SIGNAGE ON CUSTOMER SIDE, PROVIDE BLOCKING ACROSS FACE OPEN TO BEYOND SUSPENDED GRID CEILING, REF MEP F CEILING LAYOUT AN MENU BOARD TV, TYP. ( 39 ACCESSORIES PROVIDE BLOCKING AT I n ATTACHMENT POINT, MENU BOARD TV, T REF ELECTRICAL FOR I PROVIDE BLOCKING POWER 38 ATTACHMENT POIN' 15 REF ELECTRICAL F( POWER OS 60 4,_0., � 2'-10" I 01 52 191 FIRST FL( 0" 3 CONCESSION EAST ELEVATION CONCESSION NORTH ELEVATION 3/8" = I'4' 2 1 3/8" = V-0" REMOVE EXISTING STORAGE AND KITCHEN AREA WALLS AND CEILING AS SHOWN C FLOOR BASE WALL CEILING CEILING DIMENSIONAL DATA ROOM NAME FNISH FINISH FINISH MATERIAL HEIGHT NOTES AREA PERIMETER 100 CONCESSIONS FL-1 BS-5 WC-1 ACT-2 9'-0" AFF CEILING TILE TO BE WASHABLE THROUGHOUT CONCESSION AREA. 409 SF 79' -10" v-" Y- Y r- Y WALL TYPES Type Mark Description Length Comments WT1 3-5/8" METAL STUDS W/ 1/2" GYP BD BOTH SIDES 40'-5 87/128" STUDS TO BE 20 GA, FROM FLOOR TO CAPTURE TRACK AT STRUCTURE ABOVE. PROVIDE BRIDGING AT ALL KNOCKOUTS ACROSS ENTIRE WIDTH OF WALL. PROVIDE CONTINUOUS TRACK AT BOTTOM, ATTACH SILL PLATE WITH 0.180"DIA. POWER DRIVEN SHOT PINS AT 16" OC; MIN EMBED 1" (ESR-1799 OR APPROVED EQUAL). PROVIDE A CLARK DIETRICH MC687 MOMENT CLIP @ EACH VERTICAL STUD W/ 6 #12 SCREW PROVIDE CAPTURE TRACK AT TOP PER DETAIL 4-A101. CAFE EQUIPMENT TYPE MARK COUNT DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER/SUPPLIER MODEL Comments 602 1 CO2 TANKS FOR BEVERAGE DISPENSING BY SODA VENDOR E01 1 POINT OF SALE SYSTEM BY OWNER BY OWNER BY OWNER. GC TO PROVIDE DUAL LOW VOLTAGE RUN TO OFFICE. LEAVE 6' LOOP WITH MALE END IN OFFICE AND TERMINATE IN FEMALE DATA PLATE BELOW POS. E03 1 CURVED LID DISPLAY FREEZER NORLAKE CTB31-6 FREEZER PROVIDED BY VENDOR E05 1 AMANA MICROWAVE AMANA LD10D2 E06 1 ISLAND OASIS BLENDER Taylor SB2100 BLENDER BY VENDOR, GC TO PROVIDE WATER AND DRAIN CONNECTION E08 1 18" HEATED COUNTERTOP PIZZA MERCHANDISER STAR MANUFACTURING 18MCP E12 1 Hand Sink w/Faucet, Basket Drain & Side Splashes Eagle Group OWNER TO PROVIDE SOAP AND PAPER TOWEL DISPENSERS TO MATCH BUILDING STANDARD. GCTOINSTALL E13 1 SODA SYRUP RACK TBD TBD BY SODA VENDOR. COORDINATE UTILITY NEEDS WITH VENDOR E15 1 Frozen Beverage Dispenser ICEE 563HC GC TO PROVIDE WATER CONNECTION FOR ICEE MACHINE E16 1 GLASS DOOR MERCHANDISER: SWING DOOR REFRIGERATOR WITH HYDROCARBON REFRIGERANT -TRUE STANDARD LOOK VERSION 01 TRUE FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT, INC. GDM-49-HC-TS L01 SPECIFY WITH CASTERS TO ALLOW FOR CLEANING ACCESS E38 1 HIGH PERFORMANCE DISPENSER LANCER GED2500 BY SODA VENDOR. GC TO REQUEST ADAPTOR MOUNTING PLATE FOR ICE MACHINE FROM VENDOR AND PROVIDE WATER CONNECTION E39 1 Modular Crescent Cuber-Air-Cooled HOSHIZAKI AMERICA, INC. KMD-460MAH E49 1 OVEN, CONVEYOR TURBOCHEF HCS-9500 E50 1 Food Prep Table Solid Door Pizza Prep Table TRUE FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT, INC. TPP-60 E51 1 REACH -IN SOLID DOOR REFRIGERATOR TRUE FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT, INC. T-49 E52 1 Reach -In Solid Stang Door -10°F Freezer TRUE FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT, INC. T-72F E53 1 SINGLE SPECIALTY WARMERS STAR MANUFACTURING 11WLA-P E54 1 MERCHANDISER WARMERS STAR MANUFACTURING 12NCPW E60 1 MOBILE WARMING CABINET LOCKWOOD CA67-PF34-SD- R E61 1 Undercounter Solid Door Freezer TRUE FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT, INC. TUC-48F FBI 3 WORKTABLE F11 1 Work Table Advance Tabco AG-248 F12 1 Work Table Advance Tabco AG-367 F13 1 Stainless Steel Top Work Tables John Boos ST4-2448GSK F18 1 3-COMP CORNER SINK ADVANCE TABCO TSA-3C-DI F20 1 SNEEZE GUARD CR LAWRENCE PP56 OWNER SUPPLIES POSTS/ GC INSTALLS. GLASS: (2) 24X48 AT FRONT; (2) 46X12 AT EAST SIDE; (2) 35X12 AT WEST SIDE. TEMPERED GLAZING FE1 1 TYPE 2A:K FIRE EXTINGUISHER ULINE S-15617 FE2 1 TYPE 2A:tOB:C FIRE EXTINGUISHER ULINE S-9873 TV 2 50" LED MONITOR ON DROPDOWN TV MOUNT STARTECH.COM FPCEI" BSP V-8" V-21 /2" Y-31 X' 15'-6 1 /4" 1 314" A,00 (A101 6 3 0 11 08 E2 13 O 1 I N tV 54 <@> 16 � I CONCESSIONS 400 _ _ ® 409 SF N 2 iv 3'-3 1 /4" � 2'-2112" 9'-5" <5 A100 36'-3114" 4 Et M FF7TTTti— — 61 12 ( 0L4 o Io 1 p ° 49 50 I I d N ro O, 1 0 O 0 13 o Q I `O 52 o a a 51 0 0 1 6'-3 1 /4" I 12'-51 /4" i 2'-8 21'-51 1" I I I i i I I I I I I I i I I I I I I I i I i I I I I I i I 1 I I I I I I I I 1 I I I I I i i I I I I I i I i I I I I I i I i I I I i 1 I 1 I I I I I i I I I ------------------ -- REVIMED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED NOV 14 2019 II i II II ----------------- City City of Tukwila o —---IIr--------- w---- 7r---- n----- IF----T----- Ir ---- 7 BUILDING DIVISION II I II II II II II II II II I u u n n uRECEIVE n n u u CITY II � II it II II II II a II I � 11 I II II II II II II II it I it I II II If II II II Il it I P I it it II it II it II it I OCT 1 12019 rell nnnrn nn�n�c+rn d I it it II it II it II II i II I it II II it it II I i II I II II It it II it II II i �LH n�slnrc+nl�el �' 1�1\L/-11\V LI../ 1 1\VI VV1�v VV1\VI�VVIV11 1/2" = V-0" .. D1 Iy C\1 r W W tN U W U W Q L W Z=0—> OUQU� U`CU)O W Z MWM W REGISTERED STATE OF 10/07/19 PERTAINING TO ISSUES OF CONFIDENTIALITY AND COPYRIGHT, REQUEST FOR THE RELEASE OR REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS MUST BE APPROVED BY ERIC NIELSEN ARCHITECT 10 f CL � 1 �j • r �,.. 1 00 00 Uj �r • • PROJECT NUMBER: 2019-0057 DRAWN BY: EJN APPROVED BY: EJN ISSUE DATE: 06/21 /2019 REVISIONS TDESCRIPTION 1 10/07/19 REVISION 1 SHEET CONTENTS: CONCESSION PLANS, ELEVATIONS, AND SCHEDULES PROVIDE (2) 2X6 BLOCKING AT OPENING EDGE FOR ATTACHMENT OF FENCING. (MATCH EXISTING) EXISTING PERPENDICULAR JOISTS, PROVIDE CONTINUOUS TRACK OVER TRIMMED END, #8 SCREW AT EACH JOIST FLANGE PONY WALLS MUST BE IN PLACE BEFORE TRIMMING JOISTS FOR STAIR POCKET (PLYWOOD HIDDEN TO SHOW DETAIL) 400 S162-33 STRUT; 2 #10 TEK SCREWS AT EACH CONNECTION PONY WALL TOP AND BOTTOM TRACK TO BE CONTINUOUS 352 T 150-43. ATTACH SILL PLATE WITH 0.180"DIA. POWER DRIVEN SHOT PINS AT 16" OC; MIN EMBED 1" (ESR-1799 OR APPROVED EQUAL) ACT-2 PL-5 BS-1A FLA PT-1 EXISTING ECK EXISTING FLOOR JOIST AND PLATFORM DECKING CONTINUOUS CHANNEL AT CUT END, #8 SCREW AT EACH FLANGE 3-5/8" 18GA STRUCTURAL STUD BRACING @ 32" O.C. PERPENDICULAR PONY WALL: 18 GA. 3-5/8" STRUCTURAL STUDS @ 16" O.C.; EXTEND TO NEXT UNMODIFIED EXISTING PONY WALL, ALIGN VERTICAL STUDS WITH EXISTING JOISTS BS-5 PT-2 40 Btack (A101 1 1/2" MIN. CHAIN LINK FENCE @ CLEAR, TYP. 4'4' A.F.F., TYP. ALL HANDRAILS ARE TO may be slack HAVE A V MIN. EXTENSION AND RETURN TO FLOOR OR WALL 1 CHAIN LINK FENCE ON —lighting fixture EXISTING PLATFORM EDGES iv 1-112" DIAMETER STEEL seismic clap HANDRAIL, PAINT BLACK TYP. 44" MIN. 2' HANRAIL EXTENSION / BETWEEN GUARD RAILS AT BOTTOM EDGE TYP. HANDRAIL REQUIREMENTS 6 1/2"=1'-0" #0 x 1/4" sheet metal Screw tee (by others) rSip 0 UgN Fkbm Aft@Omd ft M=40C� C @ftg@flco 0,E, � 4-way 0 ° seismic ° expansi joint clip 4-way seismic expansion joint clip one side of splice cap field cut main tee fastener crimped to allow movement cross tee fastener main tee only on opposite end \ o o o a a 0 ° main tee 1"gap between field O ° one side of splice capL cut main tee ° crimped to allow move- 1" tee face sleeve cross tee ment only on opposite min. tee -face end tYp. sleeve ATC 4-Way Clip 1 Expansion Joint Clip 5 TYPICAL CEILING MOUNTING DETAIL 1 112" = V-0" 2 3D View 12 PROVIDE INTERMIDIATE POSTS EVERY 4FT MAX EXTEND HANDRAIL I'4' PAST TOP AND TREAD DEPTH PLUS V-0" PAST BOTTOM TREAD, TYP. ALL HANDRAILS ARE TO RETURN TO FLOOR OR WALL 1 1/2" DIAMETER CIRCULAR STEEL HANDRAIL WITH METAL BASE, TYP. CHAIN LINK FENCE @ 4'4' A.F.F., TYP. WITH BOTTOM RAIL 1/2" OFF TREAD NOSING TOP OF PLYWOOD T-0" AFF EXISTING PLATFORM JOIST INSTALL BOTTOM RAIL AS REQUIRED TO PREVENT A 6" MAX SPHERE FROM PASSING (2) LAYERS 3/4" FIRE RATED PLYWOOD ON TREADS, AND (1) LAYER OF 3/4" RATED PLYWOOD ON RISER AS SHOWN. RISER HEIGHTS TO BE EQUAL. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL LAYERS OF 1/2" RATED PLYWOOD OR OTHER FURRING AS REQUIRED ON BOTTOM STEP BRACE VERTICAL STUDS AS REQUIRED FLOOR/DECK REF. PLANS PREMOLDED TREADS ON MEZZANINE AND MAIN STAIR PROVIDED BY OWNER INSTALLED BY OWNER. RUBBER ON RAISED FLOOR STAIRS AND RAMPS PROVIDED BY OWNER INSTALLED BY OWNER. Wall Moulding Mounting 4" LONG MIN. PIECE OF STUD, SAME GAUGE AS WALL STUD, TO FIT INSIDE TRACK WEB ATTACH USING: 4 - #8-18 ATTACH TRACK TO STRUCTURE WAFERHEAD's FOR 20 GAUGE OR 4 - # AS REQ'D PER DESIGN. CENTERED 10-16 SCREWS FOR HEAVIER GAUGES AT EACH SLOT LOCATION. BETWEEN SLOTS AS SHOWN. CLARK DIETRICH BUILDING — SYSTEMS MAX TRAK 2D SLOTTED �� J DEFLECTION & DRIFT TRACK, SIZE PER WALL TYPE, OR EQUAL GAPTO ALLOW FOR U VERT AL DEFLECTION. O Q Q� O WALL STUD,33MILS. 0 1 - #8-18 WAFERHEAD FOR 20 GAUGE OR 1-#10-16 SCREW FOR HEAVIER GAUGES. FRAMING SCREWS @ EACH STUD LOCATION. 4 (;AV I UI 3/4" = V-0" MEZZANINE 12'-6" — CAFE SIGNAGE ON BUILT DOWN HEADER SUPPORTED FROM ABOVE, CONFIRM STRUCTURE PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. PROVIDE BLOCKING ACROSS FRONT GC TO PROVIDE LOW VOLTAGE RUN TO OFFICE FOR SECURITY CAMERA. COORDINATE LOCATION IN CEILING WITH OWNER. MENU BOARD TV. PROVIDE BLOCKING AT ATTACHMENT POINT, REF ELECTRICAL FOR POWER WALL TOP MOUNTED SNEEZE GUARD. POSTS PROVIDED BY OWNER, GLASS BY GC CONTINUOUS TOP TRACK W/ PLYWOOD PLAM ON 1 LAYER OF 3/4" PLY, TOP AT 2'-10" AFF AT SERVING COUNTER, 4'-0" AFF AT SIDE WALLS BLOCKING AT WALL MOUNTED EQUIPMENT, AS REQUIRED 3-5/8" 20GA METAL STUD WALL WITH 1/2" GYP BOTH SIDES, FRP ON PREP AREA SIDE, PAINT ON CUSTOMER SIDE TYPICAL BRIDGING AND CLIPS FULL LENGTH OF WALL AND AT ALL KNOCKOUTS PROVIDE A CLARK DIETRICH MC687 MOMENT CLIP @ EACH STUD W/ 6#12 SCREW 1 CAFE S 3/4" = V-0" ABOVE REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED NOV 14 2019 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION os ;-DECEIVED ,1 'Y OF T UK�VILA OCT 1 1 2019 rEFIMIT CENTER ry CV C) T— W W r J F— W W W W <C Z'—�J Z 7 0 J O0Uzz �dU)o W C:) z r W REGISTERED STATE OF 10/07/19 PERTAINING TO ISSUES OF CONFIDENTIALITY AND COPYRIGHT, REQUEST FOR THE RELEASE OR REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS MUST BE APPROVED BY ERIC NIELSEN ARCHITECT � �rt �� MM *< iz CM Z• a" PROJECT NUMBER: 2019-0057 DRAWN BY: EJN APPROVED BY: EJN ISSUE DATE: CONCESSION DETAILS AND FINISHES 1 01 PROJECT NO. 19157R 100 / COMPLETE MECHANICAL LEGEND O THERMOSTAT SUPPLY DIFFUSER (MOUNTED AT 48" A.F.F) (CEILING MOUNTED) AHU-1 EQUIPMENT OR DEVICE EXHAUST GRILLE MOUNTED) TAG (CEILING CFM STANDARD CUBIC CD-2 DIFFUSER CALLOUT FEET PER MINUTE 225 CFM TAG RECTANGULAR DUCT A.F.F. ABOVE FINISHED 24x12 (FIRST DIMENSION, FLOOR SIDE SHOWN) GENERAL MECHANICAL NOTES 1 SUBMISSION OF PROPOSAL IN CONNECTION WITH THIS WORK SHALL IMPLY THAT THE BIDDER HAS EXAMINED THE JOB SITE UNDER WHICH HE WILL BE OBLIGATED TO OPERATE SHOULD HE BE AWARDED THE WORK UNDER THIS CONTRACT. NO EXTRA CHARGE WILL BE ALLOWED FOR FAILURE OF ANY BIDDER TO EXAMINE THE SITE PRIOR TO BID. 2 ALL RECTANGULAR DUCT SIZES SHOWN ARE THE OUTSIDE METAL DIMENSIONS. DUCT DIMENSIONS ALREADY HAVE ALLOWANCES FOR THE INSULATION LINER WHERE APPLICABLE IN THE RECTANGULAR DUCTS. AT DUAL WALL DUCTS, THE DIMENSION SHOWN IS THE OUTSIDE METAL DUCT SIZE AND ALREADY HAVE ALLOWANCES FOR THE INSULATION THICKNESS. 3 ALL WORK SHALL CONFORM TO STATE AND LOCAL CODES, RULES, REGULATIONS, AND ORDINANCES WHICH SHALL TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER THE PLANS IF CONFLICTS EXIST BETWEEN THEM. 4 THE DRAWINGS INDICATE THE GENERAL LAYOUT REQUIREMENTS FOR EQUIPMENT, FIXTURES, PIPING, DUCTWORK, ETC. FINAL LAYOUT SHALL BE MODIFIED TO FIT ACTUAL SITE CONDITIONS. 5 COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH THE OWNER AND ALL OTHER CONTRACTORS. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL RIGGING, HANDLING, AND PROTECTION OF MATERIALS. PROVIDE LABOR TO RECEIVE UNLOAD, STORE, PROTECT, AND TRANSFER TO POINT OF INSTALLATION OF ANY OWNER -FURNISHED ITEMS. 6 IN CASES OF EQUIPMENT SUBSTITUTION, CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING THAT ALL SYSTEMS AND COMPONENTS WILL FIT PROPERLY PRIOR TO FABRICATION OR ORDERING. INSTALLED DUCTS MAY BE RESIZED BY THE CONTRACTOR TO FIT FIELD CONDITIONS AS LONG AS THE INSTALLED DUCTS SHALL HAVE EQUAL FRICTION LOSS TO THOSE SHOWN. RECTANGULAR DUCTS SHALL NOT BE CHANGED TO ROUND DUCTS. PROVIDE COMPLETE SHEET METAL SHOP DRAWINGS TO ENGINEER SHOWING ACTUAL DUCT SIZES, ARRANGEMENTS, AND UNIT LOCATIONS TO BE INSTALLED. THIS SHALL BE DONE PRIOR TO FABRICATION OR INSTALLATION. 7 INSTALL ACOUSTIC TURNING VANES IN ELBOWS IN RECTANGULAR DUCTS 20" AND LARGER. INSTALL RADIUS TYPE ELBOWS IN RECTANGULAR DUCTS SMALLER THAN 20". 8 USE 45 DEGREE TAKE -OFF FITTINGS AT ALL ROUND SUPPLY BRANCH TAKEOFFS. PROVIDE BALANCE DAMPERS AT ALL SUPPLY DUCT RUNOUTS TO GRILLES. LOCATE AS FAR AS POSSIBLE FROM GRILLES IN AN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION. PROVIDE ACCESS PANELS IN SOLID WALLS AND CEILINGS FOR BALANCING DAMPERS. 9 USE FLEX DUCTS FOR FINAL CONNECTION TO ALL CEILING DIFFUSERS, AND WHERE NECESSARY, SIDEWALL DIFFUSERS, AND LIMIT TO 6- MAX. LENGTHS. 10 PROVIDE A COMPLETE AND OPERATING MECHANICAL SYSTEM, INCLUDING ALL INCIDENTAL ITEMS AND CONNECTIONS NECESSARY FOR PROPER OPERATION OR CUSTOMARILY INCLUDED, EVEN THOUGH EACH AND EVERY ITEM MAY NOT BE INDICATED. 11 THE MECHANICAL INSTALLATION SHALL BE SAFE, RELIABLE, ENERGY EFFICIENT AND EASILY MAINTAINED WITH ADEQUATE PROVISIONS ALLOWED FOR ACCESS TO EQUIPMENT, 12 THE MECHANICAL SYSTEM SHALL OPERATE QUIETLY WITH NOISE LEVELS BELOW THE CRITERIA RECOMMENDED FOR THE APPLICATION BY ASHRAE. PROVIDE CORRECTIVE ACTION AS REQUIRED TO REDUCE OBJECTIONABLE NOISE OR VIBRATION. 13 UNDERCUT DOORS 3/4 INCH WHERE NO RETURN NOR EXHAUST GRILLE IS SHOWN TO ALLOW FOR AIR TRANSFER (DO NOT UNDERCUT FIREDOORS.) 14 REFER TO ARCH. PLANS AND DETAILS FOR EXACT LOCATION OF ALL WALL AND CEILING MOUNTED DEVICES. ADJUST LOCATION OF SIDEWALL DEVICES AS NECESSARY TO AVOID INTERFERENCE WITH MOLDING OR OTHER ELECTRICAL DEVICES. 15 WHERE CONDUIT, CABLES, DUCTWORK OR PIPING PASSES THROUGH FIRE -RATED FLOORS OR WALLS, THE SLEEVES SHALL BE COMPLETELY SEALED WITH A FIRE STOP MATERIAL THAT IS UL LISTED AND ACCEPTED BY LOCAL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION (AHJ) AS BEING SUITABLE FOR THIS SERVICE SUCH AS DOWN CORNING CORP "SILICONE ELASTOMER, RTV FOAM, OR SIMILAR MATERIAL TO MAINTAIN FIRE RATING OF THE WALL OR FLOOR. 16 CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL CORING AND BEAM PENETRATIONS AS IT RELATES TO HIS WORK. 17 CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT INSTALL ANY MAINTENANCE ITEMS ABOVE HARD CEILINGS. THIS SHALL INCLUDE VALVES, DAMPERS, OR ANY OTHER ITEMS THAT REQUIRE ACCESS AFTER CONSTRUCTION IS COMPLETED. IF INSTALLATION ABOVE A HARD CEILING OF THESE ITEMS CANNOT BE AVOIDED, THEN PROVIDE CEILING ACCESS DOORS EQUAL TO ACUDOR MODEL FW-505 WHERE REQUIRED. AT FIRE -RATED WALLS, USE EQUIVALENT OF ACUDOR MODEL FB-5060. MINIMUM SIZE SHALL BE 12"x12". USE 18"x18" WHEN PERSONNEL ACCESS IS REQUIRED. 18 PROVIDE AN INSULATED BACK ON ALL THERMOSTATS AND TEMPERATURE SENSORS THAT ARE MOUNTED ON CMU OR HOLLOW WALLS. PROVIDE SHALLOW DEVICE EXTENSION BOX BEHIND T-STATS AND SENSORS ON MASONRY WALLS IN COMMERCIAL I RETAIL SPACES. 19 AT PENETRATIONS THROUGH FIRE WALLS: ANY PVC PIPE OR DUCT SHOULD BE EXTERNALLY SLEEVED WITH STEEL, FERROUS, OR COPPER MATERIALS, SECURELY FASTENED TO THE FIRE RATED ASSEMBLY, AND ANY SPACE BETWEEN THE SLEEVE AND THE ASSEMBLY PENETRATED SHALL BE PROTECTED USING MATERIAL THAT CONFORMS TO ASTM E 814 OR UL 1479, SUCH AS FIRE STOP FS-1900, OR FLAME STOPPER 5000. 20 REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR SMOKE DAMPER AND DAMPER DETAIL. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AND INSTALL ALL DAMPERS WITH MOTORIZED ACTUATORS AND INSTALL SMOKE DETECTORS AND PROVIDE WIRING FOR FAN SHUTDOWN CONTROLS. COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR AND PROVIDE DAMPER ACTUATOR COMPATIBLE WITH ELECTRICAL WIRING PROVIDED. PROVIDE ANY WIRING OR COMPONENTS NOT PROVIDED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR THAT ARE REQUIRED TO PROVIDE A COMPLETE AND OPERATIONAL SYSTEM. 21 SEISMIC PROTECTION FOR CONCERNS OF ALL BUILDING SYSTEMS INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO MECHANICAL, PLUMBING, AND ELECTRICAL MUST MEET MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS OF ALL APPLICABLE CODES FOR BUILDINGS' CLASSIFIED SEISMIC PROTECTION MEASURES TO BE APPLIED SHALL BE INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE LOCAL, STATE, AND/OR FEDERAL CODES AND WITH MANUFACTURERS'S REQUIREMENTS, THE MOST STRINGENT SHALL APPLY 22 NO RECTANGULAR DUCT SMALLER THAN 10"X10" AIR DEVICE SCHEDULE FRAME MATERIAL/ MAX TAG DESCRIPTION MNFR MODEL FACE SIZE SIZE FINISH FLOW CD-2 CEILING DIFFUSER, LOUVERED FACE, TDCA-AA 18x18 24x24 ALUMINUM! 250 CFM ADJUSTABLE WHITE EG-1 RECIRCULATING GRILLE, EGGCRATE CORE - TITUS 50F 22x22 24x24 ALUMINUM/ 2000 CFM 1 /2xi 12x1 /2 REF ARCH SG-1 GRILLE WITH 35 DEGREE DEFLECTION TITUS 272 36x18 38x20 ALUMINUM! 4000 CFM WHITE GENERAL NOTES APPLICABLE TO ALL UNITS: 1. COORDINATE AIR DEVICE DEFLECTION ADJUSTMENTS WITH THE MECHANICAL ENGINEER DURING AIR BALANCE. 2. PROVIDE 2" FACTORY FIBERGLASS WRAP ON ALL SUPPLY DIFFUSERS WITH BACKSIDE NOT EXPOSED TO SPACE. 3. FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. 4. ALL AIR DEVICES ARE 4-WAY THROW UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED IN SCHEDULES OR WITH FLOW ARROWS ON DRAWINGS. '. 5. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR APPROVED ALTERNATES. 6. BRANCH DUCT SIZE SHALL BE SAME AS NOTED DIFFUSER NECK SIZE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. PROVIDE TRANSITION WHERE DUCT SIZE '.. DIFFERS FROM NECK SIZE. 7. WHERE FINISH AND COLOR ARE NOTED TO BE SELECTED BY ARCHITECT/OWNER, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A COLOR PALETTE SAMPLE FOR FINAL APPROVAL WITH THE SUBMITTALS, 8. COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECT'S REFLECTED CEILING PLAN TO PROVIDE APPROPRIATE FRAME TYPE AND MOUNTING ACCESSORIES. 9. EQUALS PER SPECIFICATIONS. GENERAL NOTE: ALL RECTANGULAR DUCT SIZES SHOWN ARE THE OUTSIDE METAL DIMENSIONS. DUCT DIMENSIONS ALREADY HAVE ALLOWANCES FOR THE INSULATION LINER WHERE APPLICABLE IN THE RECTANGULAR DUCTS. AT DUAL WALL DUCTS, THE DIMENSION SHOWN IS THE OUTSIDE METAL DUCT SIZE AND ALREADY HAS ALLOWANCES FOR THE INSULATION THICKNESS. NOTE: NO LINED DUCT IN KITCHEN MECHANICAL DUCTWORK & INSULATION SCHEDULE SERVICE DUCT TYPE INSULATION TYPE INSULATION FRESH AIR EXHAUST DUCT ROUND WRAPPED OR RECTANGULAR LINED, FIBERGLASS WRAP OR MATTE FACED FIBERGLASS 2" WRAP OR 1-1/2" IN" AS INDICATED ON PLANS. LINER. NIA IF IN UNCONDITIONED SPACE VALUE=6.0 :D FOR PLIANC NED NOV 14 2019 FAN SCHEDULE BUILDING CONTROL MARK DESCRIPTION MFR I MODEL DRIVE FLOW ESP RPM VOLTS PH HP TYPE F-1 RECTANGULAR GREENHECK SQ-160-VG VARI-GREEN 4000 CFM 0.4 1,483 208 V 1 2 WALL SPEED INLINE DUCT FAN I CONTROLLER GENERAL NOTES APPLICABLE TO ALL UNITS: 1. PROVIDE PRE -WIRED FACTORY MOUNTED INTEGRAL DISCONNECT DEVICE. 2. PROVIDE VARIABLE SPEED CONTROLLER. WALL MOUNTED. 3. PROVIDE SPUN ALUMINUM VENT CAP, COOK MODEL "PR" WITH ROOF CURB. pi kwila SE ARATE M{T AN APPROVAL RECEIj E�lUIRED CITY OF T(( KF-WQILA AUG 15 2019 PERMIT CENTER W N Q r � U W W W Q J 00 O �U�// <C L0 I— W oZ UMJ W 04 �u0,WASy R� r o N ' 46U53 06/21 /2019 PERTAINING TO ISSUES OF CONFIDENTIALITY AND COPYRIGHT, REQUEST FOR THE RELEASE OR REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS MUST BE APPROVED BY ERIC NIELSEN ARCHITECT W r J Q i w J VI N W e�� V Z a t� ® ® N z e PROJECT NUMBER: 2019-0057 DRAWN BY: KJIP APPROVED BY: SRW ISSUE DATE: 06/21/2019 REVISIONS # . DATE __ ---- DESCRIPTION SHEET CONTENTS: MECHANICAL DULES, NOTES & LEGEND AIRFLOW 45' 45* TAKE -OFF FITTING CAN BE PURCHASED AS FUEXMASTER MODEL MAIN L.P. SUPPLY AIR DUCT FLEX DUCT, MAX. 6'-0" "STO" OR EQUIVALENT. LENGTH FLEX DUCT SIZE SHALL MATCH NECK SIZE OF DIFFUSER. L.P. BRANCH DUCT HAND VOLUME DAMPER *- EQUALS WIDTH OF BRANCH DUCT UP TO 12". 12" FOR ALL BRANCH DUCTS LARGER THAN 12". 6 TYPICAL AIR BRANCH DUCT TAKE -OFF ��NT S 2 MECHANICAL I?AL REFLCTED CEILING PLAN it =1 MOUNT FAN FROM STRUCTURE ABOVE WITH THREADED RODS. PROVIDE NEOPRENE ISOLATOR PADS. ACOUSTICAL LINING EXTEND 4'FROM FAN DISCHARGE . BACKD AFT ACOUSTICAL L DAMPFR----' h LINING USE RIGID GID ELBOW TO MAKE FINAL CONNECTION TO DIFFUSER 2" WRAP INSULATION MANUFACTURED FOR SPECIFIC DIFFUSER SIZE AND TYPE. DRAW BAND WITH SILICONE SEALER KEYNOTES 23.01 TERMINATE DUCT AT BULKHEAD WITH SG-1 MOUNTED AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE. 23.02 RELOCATE EXISTING CEILING DIFFUSER TO LOCATION SHOWN, EXTEND AND PROVIE NEW DUCTWORK AS REQUIRED. MATCH EXISTING SIZES. MAINTAING EXISTING AIRFLOWS. MANUAL BALANCE DAMPER ATALL DIFFUSER RUNOUTS. DAMPER TO HAVE NYLON BEARING AND DAMPER LEVER TO EXTEND OUTSIDE OF DUCT WRAP. MAIN TRUCK SUPPLY DUCT PROJECT NO. 191577R 100 -/. COMPLETE C-4 0 z Lu U cl) _j F—() W UJ W < W m-- F— -- W 75; 1 Z 0 _j C) — > Z 0 F— w C) z W ELBOW UP THRU ---J GASKETED \— FLEXIBLE I ROOF TO COOK ACCESS CONNECTIO MODEL PR ROOF PANEL N CAP CEILING DIFFUSER W') IN -LINE CEILING EXHAUST FAN DETAIL TYPICAL DIFFUSER CONNECTION WITH INSULATION 4 &N �4wgSHoo N.T.S. N.T S 4f.53 -IST HA 06121/2019 PERTAINING TO ISSUES OF CONFIDENTIALITY AND COPYRIGHT, REQUEST FOR THE RELEASE OR REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS MUST BE APPROVED BY ERIC NIELSEN ARCHITECT m RELOCATED CD (2102 F-1 SPEED CONTROLLER 0 co J Z z YO z W 0: 4 0 lu IL lu > 0 a () z 0 J z PROJECT NUMBER: 2019-0057 DRAWN BY: KJP APPROVED BY: SRw ISSUE DATE: 06/21/2019 REVISIONS # DATE DESCRIPTION SHEET CONTENTS: MECHANICAL PLANS & DETAILS � ti I 5 � 9 � I � � I � 1i � I , I ,3 H Z.&. I t � f�, 2' � A S6 23A HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING rev - 20160529 23A I GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS 23AI-1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Requirements under Division 1 and the general and supplementary conditions of these specifications apply to this section and division. Mere the requirements of this section and division exceed those of Division 1, this section and division take precedence. Become thoroughly familiar with all their contents as to requirements that affect this division, section or both. The work required under this section includes material, equipment, appliances, transportation, services, and labor required to complete the entire system as required by the drawings and specifications, or reasonably inferred to be necessary to facilitate each system's functioning as implied by the design and the equipment specified. The specifications and drawings for the project are complementary, and portions of the work described in one, shall be provided as if described in both. Inthe event of discrepancies, notify the engineer and request clarification prior to proceeding with the work involved. Drawings are graphic representations of the work upon which the contract is based, They show the materials and their relationship to one another, including sizes, shapes, locations, and connections. They also convey the scope of work, indicating the intended general arrangement of the equipment and other materials without showing all of the exact details as to elevations, offsets, control lines, and other installation requirements. Use the drawings as a guide when laying out the work and to verify that materials and equipment will fit into the designated spaces, and which, when installed per manufacturers'requirements, will ensure a complete, coordinated, satisfactory and properly operating system. Determine exact locations by job measurements, by checking the requirements of other trades, and by reviewing all contract documents. Correct errors that could have been avoided by proper checiring and inspection, at no additional cost to the owner. Specifications define the qualitative requirements for products, materials, and workmanship upon which the contract is based. 23A 1-2 DEFINITIONS Menever used in these specifications or drawings, the following terms shall have the indicated meanings: Furnish: "to supply and deliver to the project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembling, installing, and similar operations." Install: "to perform all operations at the project Site, including, but not limited to, and as required: unloading, unpacking, assembling, erecting, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning, testing, commissioning, starting up and shnilar operations, complete, and ready for the intended use." Provide: "to furnish and install complete, and ready for the intended use," Furnished by owner (or owner-fumished) or furnished by others: "an item furnished by the owner or under other divisions or contracts, and installed under the requirements of this division, complete, and ready for the intended use, including all items and services incidental to the work necessary for proper installation and operation. Include the installation under the warranty required by this division. Engineer: where referenced in this division, "engineer" is the engineer of record and the design professional for the work under this division, and is a consultant to, and an authorized representative of, the architect, as defined in the general and/or supplementary conditions. When used in this division, it means increased involvement by, and obligations to, the engineer, in addition to involvement by, and obligations to, the "architect". AHJ: the local code and/or inspection agency (authority) having jurisdiction over the work. NRTL: nationally recognized testing laboratory, as defined and listed by OSHA in 29 CIFIR 1910.7 (e.g., UL, ETL, CSA), and acceptable to the AHJ over this project. The terms "approved equal", "equivalent7, or "equal" are used synonymously and shall mean "accepted by or acceptable to the engineer as equivalent to the item or manufacturer specified". The term "approved" shall mean labeled, listed, certified, or all three, by an NRTL, and acceptable to the AHJ over this project. 23AI-3 PRE -BID SITE VISIT Prior to submitting bid, visit the site of the proposed work and become fully informed as to the conditions under which the work is to be done. Failure to do so will not be considered sufficierdjusfification to request or obtain extra compensation over and above the contract price. 23AI-4 MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP Provide all material and equipment new and in first class condition. Provide markings or a nameplate for all material and equipment identifying the mar�ufacturer and providing sufficient reference to establish quality, size and capacity. In general, provide the following quality grade(s) for all materials and equipment: Commercial Specification Grade Light Duty and Residential Grade Pipe, pipe fiffings, pipe specialties and valves shall be manufactured in plants located in the United States. Work performed under this contract shall provide a neat and 'workmanlike" appearance when completed, to the satisfaction ofthe architect and engineer. Workmanship shall be the finest possible by experienced mechanics of the proper trade. The complete installation shall function as designed and intended with respect to efficiency, capacity, noise level, etc. Abnormal or excessive noise from equipment, devices or other system components will not be acceptable. Remove from the premises waste material present as a result of work. Clean equipment installed under this contract to present a neat and clean installation at the termination of the work. Repair or replace public and private property damaged as a result of work performed under this contract to the satisfaction of authorities and regulations having jurisclicton, In other articles where lists of manufacturers are introduced, subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the manufacturers specified. Where a list is provided, manufacturers listed are not in accordance with any ranking or preference. Where manufacturers are not listed, provide products subject to compliance with requirements from manufacturers that have been actively involved in manufacturing the specified product for no less than 5 years. 23A 1-6 COORDINATION Coordinate all work With other divisions and trades so that the various components of the systems will be installed at the proper fine, fit the available space, and will allow proper service access to those items requiring maintenance, Refer to all other division's drawings, and to relevant equipment submittals and shop drawings to determine the extent of clear spaces, Components which are installed without regard to the ubvvc shall be relocated at no additional cost to the owner. Unless otherwise indicated, the general contractor will provide chases and openings in building construclion required for installation of the systems specified herein. Contractor shall furnish the general contractor with information where chases and openings are required. Make all offsets required to clear equipment, beam and other structural members, and to facilitate concealing system components in the manner anticipated in the design. Keep informed as to the work of other trades engaged in the construction of the project, and execute work in a manner as to not interfere with or delay the work of other trades. Figured dimensions shall be taken in preference to scale dimensions. Contractor shall take his own measurements at the building, as variations may occur. Contractor will be held responsible for errors that could have been avoided by proper checking and inspection Provide materials with trim that will properly fit the types of ceiling, wall, or floor finishes actually installed. Model numbers listed in the construction documents are not necessarily intended to designate the required trim. 23A 1-7 ORDINANCES, CODES, AND STANDARDS Work performed under this contract shall, at a minimum, be in conformance with applicable national, state and local codes having jurisdiction. Equipment furnished and associated installation work performed under this contract shall be in strict compliance with current applicable codes adopted by the local AHJ including any amendments and standards as set forth by the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), Underwriters Laboratories (UL), Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME), American Society of Heating, Refrigeraflon, and Pir Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE), American National Standards Institute (ANSI), American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM) and other national standards and codes where applicable. Additionally, comply with rules and regulations of public utilities and municipal departments affected by connection of services. Where the contract documents exceed the requirements of the referenced codes, standards, etc., the contract documents shall take precedence. Promptly bring all conflicts observed between codes, ordinances, rules, regulations, referenced standards, and these documents to the engineers attention for final resolution. Contractor will be held responsible for any violation of the law, Procure and pay for permits and licenses required for the accomplishment of the work herein described. Where required, obtain, pay for and furnish certificates of inspection to owner. Contractor will be held responsible for violations of the law. 23A 1-8 PROTECTION OF EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS Store and protect from damage equipment and materials delivered to job site, in accordance with manufacturers'recommendations. For materials and equipment susceptible to changing weather conditions, dampness, or temperature variations, store inside in conditioned spaces. For materials and equipment not susceptible to these conditions, cover with waterproof, tear -resistant, heavy tarp or polyethylene plastic as required to protect from plaster, dirt, paint, water, or physical damage. Equipment and material that has been damaged by construction activities will be rejected, and contractor shall furnish new equipment and material as required at no additional cost to the owner. Keep premises broom clean from foreign material created during work performed under this contract. Piping, equipment, etc. shall have a neat and clean appearance at the termination of the work. Plug or cap open ends of cluctwork and piping systems while stored and installed during construction when not in use to prevent the entrance of debris into the systems. 23A 1-9 SUBSTITUTIONS Include in the base bid the products specifically named in these specifications or on the drawings. Submit, in the form ofalternates, with bid, products of any other manufacturers for sirnilar use, provided the differences in cost, if any, are included for each proposed alternate. No substitutions will be considered with receipt of Bids, unless the Architect and Engineer have received from the Bidder a written request for approval to bid a substitution at least ten calendar days prior to the date for receipt of Bids, and have approved the substitution request. Include, with each such request, the name of the material or equipment for which substitution is being requested, and a complete description of the proposed substitution, including drawings, cut sheets, performance and test date, and all other information necessary for an evaluation. Include also a statement setting forth changes in other materials, equipment or other work that would be required to incorporate the substitution. The burden of proof of the merit of the proposed substitute is upon the proposer. The proposer of any substitutions shall compensate the Engineer at a rate of $150.00 per hour for time spent evaluating proposed substitutions and or the subsequent revisions to the design required to utilize the substitution. The Architects or Engineer's decision to approve or disapprove a substitution in a Bid is final If the proposed substitution is approved prior to receipt of Bids, such approval will be stated in an Addendum. Bidders shall not rely upon approvals made in any other manner, including verbal. No substitutions will be considered after receipt of Bids and before award of the Contract. No substitutions will be considered after the Contract is awarded unless specifically provided in the Contract Documents 23A1-10 SUBMITTALS Assemble and submitto the architect, for engineer's review, manufacturers' product literature for material and equipmeritto be himished, installed, or both, under this division, including shop drawings, manufacturers! product data and performance sheets, samples, and other submittals required by this division. Highlight, mark, list or indicate the materials, performance criteria and accessories that are being proposed. Provide the number of submittals required by division 1; however, at a minimum, submit two (2) sets, Before submitting, verify that all materials and equipment submitted are mutually compattile, and suitable for the intended use, fit the available spaces, and allow ample and code -required room for access and maintenance. Submittals shall contain the following Information. Submittals not so idenfified will be returned to the contractor without action: The project name. The applicable specification section and paragraph. The submittal date. The contractors stamp, which shall certify that the stamped drawings have been checked by the contractor, comply with the drawings and specifications, and have been coordinated with other trades. Submittals and shop drawings shall not contain HIP Engineering's firm name or logo, nor shall it contain the HP Engineering's engineers'seal and signature. They shall not be copies of HIP Engmeering�s work product. Transmit submittals as early as required to support the project schedule. Allow for two weeks engineer review time, plus mailing time, plus a duplication ofthis time for re -submittals, if required. The engineer's submittal reviews will not relieve the contractor from responsibility for errors in dimensions, details, size of members, or quantifies; or for ornitting components or fiffings; or for not coordinating items with actual building conditions. Refer to division 1 for acceptance of electronic submittals for this project. For electronic submittals, contractor shall submit the documents in accordance with the procedures specified in division 1. Contractor shall notify the architect and engineer that the shop drawings have been posted. If electronic submittal procedures are not defined in division 1, contractor shall include the website, user name and password information needed to access the submittals. For submittals sent by e-mail, contractor shall copy the architect and engineer's designated representatives. Contractor shall allow the engineer review time as i specified above in the construction schedule. Contractor shall submit only the documents required to purchase the materials and/or equipment in the electronic submittal and shall clearly indicate the materials, performance criteria and accessories being proposed. General product catalog data not specifically noted to be part of the specified product will be rejected and returned without review. 23AI-111 ELECTRONIC DRAWNG FILES In preparation of shop drawings or record drawings, contractor may, as an option, obtain electronic drawing files in Revit, AutoCAD, or DXF format from the engineer for a fee of$200 for the first sheet and $100 per sheet for each additional sheet. Contact the architect for written authorization; and, contact the engineer to obtain the necessary release agreement form and to indicate the desired shipping method and drawing format. In additionto payment, architects written authorization and engineer's release agreement form must be received before electronic drawing files will be sent. 23A 1-1 2 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS Submit to the architect for engineer's review, copies each of operations and maintenance instruction manuals, appropriately bound into manual form including approved copies of the following, revised if necessary to show system and equipment as actually installed. Paper clips, staples, rubber bands, and mailing envelopes are not considered approved binders, Provide the number of submittals required by Division 1; however, at a minimum, submit two (2) sets, and include, at a minimum, the following information: Cover sheet that lists the project name, date, owner, architect, consulting engineer, general contractor, sub -contractor, and an index of contents. Manufacturers' catalogs and product data sheets Wiring diagrams Operation and Maintenance instructions Parts lists Approved shop drawings Test reports as defined for the systems and equipment provided or furnished or installed under this contract. Names, addresses, telephone numbers, and e-mail addresses of local contacts for warranty services and spare parts. Submit manuals prior to requesting the final punch list and before any requests for substantial completion, Final approval of this division's systems installed under this contract will be withheld until this equipment brochure is received and deemed complete by the architect and engineer. I Provide 'as -built' drawings (see Division 1 and general conditions). 23A 1-1 3 TRAINING At a time mutually agreed upon between the owner and contractor, provide the services of a factory trained and authorized representative to train owners designated personnel on the operation and maintenance of the equipment provided for this project. Provide training to include but not be limited to an overview of the system and/or equipment as it relates to the facility as a whole; operation and maintenance procedures and schedules related to startup and shutdown, troubleshooting, servicing, preventive maintenance and appropriate operator intervention; and review of data included in the operation and maintenance manuals. Submit a certification letter to the architect stating that the owner's designated representative has been trained as specified herein. Letter shall include date, time, attendees and subject of training. The contractor and the owner's representative shall sign the certification letter indicating agreement that the training has been provided. Schedule owner training with at least 7 days' advance notice. 23A 1-14 WARRANTIES Warrant each system and each element thereof against all defects due to faulty workmanship, design or material for a period of 12 months from date of substantial completion, unless specific items are noted to carry a longer warranty in the construction documents or manufacturers standard warranty exceeds this duration. Warranties shall include labor and material. Remedy all defects, occurring within the warranty period(s), as stated in the general conditions and Division I without any additional costs to the owner. I Perform any required remedial work promptly, upon written notice from the engineer or owner. At the time of substantial completion, deliver to the owner all warranties, in writing and properly executed, including term limits for warranties extending beyond the required period, each warranty instrument being addressed to the owner and stafing the commencement date and term. 23A 1-1 5 CUTTING AND PATCHING Perform cutting of walls, floors, ceilings, etc. as required to install work under this section. Obtain permission from the architect prior to cutting, Do not cut or disturb structural members without prior approval from the architect. Cut holes as small as possible. General contractor shall patch walls, floors, etc. as required by work under this section. Patching shall match the original material and construction. Repair and refinish areas disturbed by work to the condition of adjoining surfaces in a manner satisfactory to the architect. 23AI-16 ROUGH -IN Coordinate without delay roughing -in with general construction. Conceal piping and conduit rough -in except in unfinished areas and where otherwise shown. 23A 1-1 7 CONCRETE BASES Provide concrete bases for equipment where indicated on the drawings and as specified herein, Concrete bases shall have chamfered edges. Size of pad shall be a minimum of 4" greater than the footprint of the equipment that it is supporting and shall have a minimum height of 3-1/2". Construct equipment bases and housekeeping pads shall be ofa minimum 28 day, 4000 psi concrete conforming to American Concrete Institute standard building code for reinforced concrete (ACI 318-99) and the latest applicable recommendations of the ACI standard practice manual. Concrete shall be composed of cement conforming to ASTM C 150 Type 1, aggregate conforming to ASTM C33, and potable water. Exposed exterior concrete shall contain 5 to 7 percent air entrainment. Unless otherwise specified or shown on the structural drawings, reinforce equipment bases and housekeeping pads with No. 4 reinforcing bars conforming to ASTIM A 615 or 6x6 - W2.9 x W2.9 welded wire mesh conforming to ASTM At 85, Place reinforcing bars 24" on center with a minimum of two bars each direction. Provide galvanized anchor bolts for equipment placed on concrete equipment bases and housekeeping pads or on concrete slabs. Anchor bolts size, number and placement shall be as recommended by the manufacturer of the equipment. 23A 1-1 8 STRUCTURAL STEEL Structural steel used for support of equipment, cluctwork and piping shall be new, clean, and conform to ASTM designation A-36. Support mechanical components from the building structure. Do not support mechanical components from ceilings, other mechanical or electrical components, and other non-structural elements, 23A 1-1 9 ACCESS DOORS Provide access doors in ceilings, walls, etc. where indicated or required for access or maintenance to concealed valves and equipment installed under this section. Provide concealed hinges, screwdriver -type lock, anchor straps; manufactured by Milcor, Zurn, Titus, or equal. Obtain architecil's approval oftype, size, location and color before ordering. 23A 1-20 PENETRATIONS Provide sleeves for pipes passing through above grade concrete or masonry walls, concrete floor or roof slabs. Sleeves are not required for core drilled holes in existing masonry walls, concrete floors or roofs. Provide 1 0 gauge galvanized steel sleeves for sleeves 6" and smaller. Provide galvanized sheet metal sleeves for larger than 6". Schedule 40 PVC sleeves are acceptable for installation in areas without return air plenums. Seal elevated floor, exterior wall and roof penetrations waterbght and weatherfight with non -shrink, non -hardening commercial sealant, Pack with mineral wool and seal both ends with minimum of 112" of sealant. Seal around penetrations of fire rated assemblies. Coordinate fire ratings and locations with the architectural drawings, Refer to architectural specifications for fire stoppings. Provide a product schedule for UL listing, location, wall or floor rating and installation drawing for each penetration fire stop system. Extend pipe insulation for insulated pipe through floor, wall and roof penetrations, including fire rated walls and floors. The vapor barrier shall be maintained. Size sleeve for a minimum of 1" annular clear spare between inside of sleeve and outside of insulation. Provide prefabricated roof curbs manufactured by Custom Curb, Inc., Pate Company, Thycurb or approved equal. Provide roof curb with factory installed wood nailer; welded, 1 8 gauge galvanized steel shell, base plate and flashing; 1- 1 /2' thick, 3 pound rigid insulation; fully mitered 3-inch raised cant; cover of weather -resistant, weather-proof material and pipe collar of weather -resistant material with stainless steel pipe clamps. Provide box frames for rectangular openings welded 12 gauge galvanized steel attached to forms and ofa maximum dimension established by the architect. Notify the general contractor or architect before installing any box openings not shown on the architectural or structural drawings. Seal concrete or masonry exterior wall penetrations below grade with "wall pipes" and mechanical sleeve seals. Provide cast iron "wall pipes" with integral waterstop ring manufactured by Josam, Jay R. Smith, Wade, Watts or Zum. Provide modular mechanical sleeve seals, manufactured by Thunderline / Link Seal, Calpico, Inc. and Metraflex, Seal elevated concrete slab with water proof membrane penetrations with 'Wall pipes' and water proof sealant. Secure waterproof membrane flashing between 'Wall pipe" clamping flange and clamping ring. Provide cast iron "wall pipes" with integral waterstop ring manufactured by Josam, Jay R. Smith, Wade, Watts or Zurn. Provide sleeves for horizontal pipe passing through or under foundation, Sleeves shall be cast iron soil pipe two nominal pipe sizes larger than the pipe served. Provide Schedule 40 PVC pipe sleeves for vertical pressure pipe passing through concrete slab on grade. Sleeves shall be one nominal pipe size larger than the pipe served and two pipe sizes larger than pipe served for ductile iron pipes with restraining rods. Seal water -tight with silicone caulk, Provide 1/2"thick cellular foam insulation around perimeter of non -pressure pipe passing thru concrete slab on grade. Insulation shall extend to 2" above and below the concrete slab. 23A 1-21 AIR FILTERS Provide MERV 8 pleated, throwaway type filters, unless otherwise indicated. Air units shall have new filters installed when they are operated before final acceptance. Filters shall be manufactured by American Air Filter, Farr, Flanders, or approved equal. If HVAC equipment is used during the construction period, contractor shall provide one set of filters when the unit is started and replace filters when needed, but not less than every month. Install new filters prior to testing, adjusting, and balancing work. On the day ol'substrantial completion, the contractor shall clean the unit and provide a new set of fifters in the unit before turning system over to owner. Furnish to owner, with receipt, One set of spare filters of each type required for each unit. 23A 1-22 MOTORS AND STARTERS Provide motors and starting equipment where not fumished with the equipment package. Motors shall have copper windings, Class B insulation, and be standard squirrel cage with starting torque characteristics suitable for the equipment served. Motors for air handling equipment shall be selected for quiet operation. Each motor shall be checked for proper rotation after electrical connection has been completed. Provide drip -proof enclosure for locations protected from weather and not in air stream of fan; and totally enclosed fan cooled enclosure for motors exposed to weather. Motors shall be manufactured by Century, General Electric, Westinghouse, Louis Allis, or approved equal, Furnish to owner, with receipt, one complete set of belts for each relative motor utilizing a belt drive Provide every motor, except fractional horsepower single phase motors with an approved type of"built-in" thermal overload protection, with a motor starter. Each starter shall be provided with overload heaters sized to the motor rating, and every three phase motor starter shall have overload heaters in each phase. Ambient compensated heaters shall be installed wherever necessary. Unless noted otherwise, motor starters strall be furnished by this Divisions contractorfor installation and connection by the Division 26 contractor. Starters shall be Allen-Bradley, Clark, Furnas, Square D, or approved equal. 23A 1-23 ELECTRICAL WIRING Line Voltage control and interlock Wring shall be provided by the Division 26 contractor. Low Voltage control Wring shall be provided by the Division 23 contractor. Required conduit and rough -ins for low Voltage control wiring shall be provided by the Division 26 contractor. Furnish wiring diagrams to the Division 26 contractor as required for proper equipment hookup. Coordinate with the Division 26 contractor the actual wire sizing amps for the equipment (from the equipment nameplate) to ensure proper installation. 23AI-24 REFRIGERANT AND OIL Provide full refrigerant and oil charge in new air conditioning refrigeration systems, and maintain it for full term of the guarantee. 23A 1-25 FINAL TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS Final system testing, balancing and adjustments shall be performed by a contractor cerfified by the National Environmental Balancing Bureau (NEBB), Associated Air Balance Council (AABC) or other approved agency. Perform test readings on fans, units, coils, etc. and adjust equipment to deliver specified amounts of air. Prepare testing and balancing report log showing air supply quantities, air entering and leaving ternperatures and pressures, fan and unit test readings, motor voltage and amp draws, etc., and submit six copies of the linal compilation of data to the architect for evaluation and approval before final inspection of the project. Balance air systems to within plus or minus I 0 percent for terminal devices and branch lines and plus or minus 5 percent for main ducts and air handling equipment of the amount of air shown on the drawings. Further adjustments shall be made to obtain uniform temperature in spaces. Adjust equipment to operate as intended by the specification. Align bearings and replace bearings that have dirt or foreign material in them with new bearings without additional cost to the owner. Balance contractor shall include in the report any improperly installed or missing balancing devices that would negatively impact the system operation. Adjust thermostats and control devices to operate as intended. Adjust burners, pumps, fans, etc. for proper and efficient operation. Certify to architect that adjustments have been made and that system is operating satisfactorily. Further adjustments shall be made to obtain uniform temperature in spaces. Calibrate, set, and adjust automatic temperature controls. Check proper sequencing of interlock systems, and operation of safety controls. NISHED BY OTHERS Provide necessary equipment and accessories that are not provided by the equipment supplier or owner to complete installation of cooking equipment, washing equipment, etc., furnished by others, in locations as indicated on the drawings andlor described in the general notes to this contractor. Equipment and accessories not provided by the equipment supplier may include flues, vents, intakes, associated roofjacks and caps to outdoors, dampers, in -line fans, roof fans, control interlocks, etc. as required for proper operation of the complete system in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Contractor shall be responsible for correct rough -in dimensions, and shall verify same with architect andtor equipment supplier prior to service installations 23A 1-28 BUILDING OPERATION Comply with the schedule of operations as ouffined in the architectural portions of this specification. Building shall be in continuous operation, Accomplish work requiring interruption of building operation at a time when the building is not in operation, and only with written approval of building owner and/or tenant. Coordinate interruption of building operation Wth the owner and/or tenant a minimum of seven days in advance of work. 23A 1-29 VIBRATION ISOLATION Manufacturers: Provide vibration isolation equipment and materials by a single manufacturer. Approved manufacturers provided their systems are in compliance with the specified design and performance requirements include Amber Booth, Kinetics Noise Control, Mason Industries, Inc., Vibration Eliminator Co., Inc., and Vibration Mounting and Controls. General requirements: Select vibration isolators by the weight distribution to produce uniform deflection. Vibration isolators shall have either known un-deflected heights or calibration markings so that, after adjustment, the state deflection can be verified, thus determining that the load is within the proper range ofthe isolator. Isolators shall operate in the linear portion of their load versus deflectioncurves. Spring isolators shall have 50 percent excess capacity without becoming coil bound. Coat vibration isolators with Ifictory-applied paint Coat vibration isolators exposed to weather and other corrosive environments with factory -applied corrosion resistance protection. Install and adjust vibration isolators in accordance with manufacturers written instructions. Pipe connections: Provide flexible connectors for piping system connections on equipment side of shutoff valves for all pumps, mechanical equipment supported or suspended by spring isolators, and where indicated on drawings. Fabricate flexible piping connectors from stainless steel, bronze or rubber materials as suitable for system fluid. Flexible piping connectors shall be bellows, spherical or braided hose type as recommended by the manufacturer for the application, Isolator types Type WIP (waffle pads): Provide 5/16" thick neoprene pads ribbed or waffled on both sides. Manufacture pads with bridge bearing quality neoprene, and select for a maximum durometer of 50 and designed for 15 percent strain. Incorporate steel load -spreading plates vvhere required between the equipment and the neoprene pad. If the isolator is bolted to the structure, install a neoprene vibration isolation washer and sleeve (Uniroyal Type 6201660 or as approved) shall be installed under the bolt head between the steel washer and the base plate. Provide Mason Industries Type W or equal. Type SPNH (spring and neoprene hangers): Provide a steel spring in series with a neoprene isolating element The spring shall have a minimum additional travel to solid equal to 50 percent of the specified deflection. The neoprene element shall have a static deflection of not less than 0.3" with a strain not exceeding I 5 percent, Unless otherwise specified, the static deflection of SPNH hangers shall be 2". Spring diameter and hanger box hole size shall be large e ough to permit the hanger rod to swing through a 30 degree arc, Provide neoprene sleeve where the lower hanger rod passes through the steel hanger box, such that the hanger rod cannot contact the steel hanger. The diameter of the clear hole in the hanger box shall be at least 314 inch larger than the diameter of the hanger rod. When installed, do not cock the spring element and do not allow the hanger box to rotate through a full 360 degree arc without encountering obstructions. Provide Mason Industries Type 3ON or equal. Type SPNM (spring and neoprene mounts): Provide free-standing and laterally stable steel spring without a housing. Design springs so the ratio of the horizontal to vertical spring constant is between one and two. The spring diameter shall be not less than 80% of the compressed height of the spring at rated load. Loaded springs shall have a rnininium additional travel to solid equal to 50% ofthe specified state deflection, Unless otherwise specified, the minimum state deflection of SPNM isolators for equipment mounted on grade slabs shall be I ", and the minimum static deflection for equipment mounted above grade levelshallbeT. Bond two Type WIP isolation pads sandwiching a 16 gauge stainless or galvanized steel separator plate to the isolator baseplate. Unless otherwise specified, isolators need not be bolted to the floor for indoor installations. lifthe base plates are bolted to the structure, install a neoprene vibration isolation washer and sleeve (Uniroyal Type 620/660 or as approved) under the bolt head between the steel washer and the base plate. Provide Mason Industries Type SLFH or equal. Type CMB (curb mounted base): Curb mounted base for roof -mounted equipment shall be a structural steel base mounted directly to the structure with an upper floating section on adjustable steel springs, The upper tame shall provide continuous support for the equipment Steel springs shall rest on 1/4" min. thickness neoprene pads and shall have a minimum static deflection of 2" unless otherwise specified. All-directionai snubber bushings shall be 1/4" minimum thickness neoprene. All hardware shall be cadmium or Zinc electroplated to provide a rust resistant finish. Weather proofing shall consist of a continuous galvanized flexible counterflashing nailed over the lower curb's waterproofing and joined at the comers by EPDM bellows. All spring locations shall have access ports with removable waterproof covers to allow for adjustment or replacement of springs. Lower curbs shall have provision for2" insulation. Duct connect ns shall be made using a length of flexible duct dimensioned to match the equipment opening, using a foam rubber gasket to seal against the unit bottom. 'Provide Mason Industries Type RSC or equal. 23AI-30 MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION Provide manufacturer's standard pre-printed, semi -rigid snap -on or permanent adhesive, pressure -sensitive vinyl pipe markers. Color code pipe markers to comply with ANSI At 3.1. Install pipe markers on each HVAC piping system and include arrows to show normal direction of flow. Locate pipe markers and color bands wherever piping is exposed to view in occupied spaces, machine rooms, accessible maintenance spaces (shafts, tunnels, plenums) and exterior non -concealed locations. Provide plastic laminate or brass valve tag on every valve, cock and control device in each HVAC piping system; exclude check valves, valves within factory fabricated equipment units, and shut-off valves at HVAC terminal devices and similar rough -in connections of end -use fixtures and units. Provide manufacturer's standard larninated plastic, color coded equipment markers. Conform to the following color code: green for cooling; yellow for heating; yellow/green for combination cooling and treating; brown for energy reclamation; blue for other equipment types, Conform to ANSI At 3.1 for hazardous equipment. Provide stenciled signs for equipment identification at contractor's option or where distance of required identificalion requires lettering larger than 1" height. Stencil paint shall be exterior type, oil -based, alkyd enamet, mini mum 1-1 /4" height or greater as required for long distance identification, white or black color for best contrast. Provide duct markers or provide stenciled signs and arrows indicating ductwork service and flow direction in black or white lettering for best contrast with duct or insulation color. Locate markers maximum 50 feet along each duct side and within 5 feet of all control and balancing dampers or branch ducts more than 25 feet length and within 5 feet on each side of wall, floor, and ceiling penetrations. Provide additional markers in congested areas or at multiple duct runs as required for clarity. 23A 2 INSULATION AND SHEET METAL WORK 23A2-1 DUCTINSULATION Cover concealed rigid round supply and return air ductwork, round and rectangular outside air ductwork, and round and rectangular exhaust and reliefair cluctwork in unconditioned spaces and Within I 0 feet of exterior discharge outlets with 2 1/4" thick, 3/4 pound density, minimum R-6.0 ductwrap, Certainteed or equivalent Owens -Coming or Knaufwith heavy-duty foil-scrim-kraft facing, and with joints taped with 3" wide foil tape. Where contractor has the option to provide duct liner, in lieu of duct wrap, in rectangular supply and return air ductwork. Liner shall be 2 pound density fiberglass, minimum R-6.0 Certainteed Corp. "toughgard" or equivalent Owens-Corning or Knauf long textile fiber duct liner. Liner surface shall serve as a barrier against infiffiration of dust and dirt, shall meet ASTM C 1338 for fungi resistance and shall be cleanable using duct cleaning methods and equipment oulfined by North American Insulation Manufacturers Association (NAIMA, duct cleaning guide. Install with liner adhesive and mechanical fasteners in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Duct dimensions already have allowances for the insulation liner where applicable in the rectangular ducts. At dual wall ducts, the dimension shown is the outside metal duct size and already has allowances for the insulation thickness, Insulating materials, adhesives, coatings, etc., shall not exceed flame spread rating of 25 and smoke developed rating of 50 per ASTM E 84. Containersfor in astcs and adhesives shall have UL label. � For ductwork that is located exterior to the building, insulate with T(minimum R-8.0) thick fibrous board insulation and provide minimum 20 gauge aluminum jacket sealed with approved weatherproof sealant. 23A 2-2 DUCTWORK Provide galvanized steel ductwork and housings as shown on drawings. Construct ductwork including fiffings and transitions in conformance with current SMACNA standards relative to gauge, bracing, joints, etc. Minimum thickness of duct shall be 26-gauge sheet metal. Reinforce housings and ductwork over 30" with 1-1 /4" angles not less than 6-6" on centers, and closer if required for sufficient rigidity to prevent vibration. Support horizontal runs of duct from strap iron hangers on centers not to exceed 8�-O". Do not support ceiling grid, conduits, pipes, equipment, etc. from ductwork. Coordinate rouling of ductwork with other contractors such that piping, electrical conduit, and associated supports are not routed through the ductwork Construct supply duct to meet SMACNA positive pressure of2"w.g. Construct return, outdoor and exhaust ductwork upstream of fans to meet SMACNA negative pressure of 11' w.g. Construct exhaust ductwork downstream offans to meet SMAGNA positive pressure of 1"w.g. Provide mill phosphafized or galvanealed finish for exposed ductwork to be field painted. Shop treated sheet metal shall have galvanized metal primer applied in the shop after fabrication and prior to shipping. Ductwork above roof or otherwise exterior to building shall be minimum #1 8 gauge with longitudinal and transverse joints welded Sea I ductwork with heavy liquid sealant, Hardcast I rongrip 60 1, Design Polymer DIP 1 01 0, United McGflI duct sealer or approved equal, applied according to sealant manufacturer's instructions. For ducts with pressure classification of 2" w.g. and greater seal longitudinal and transverse ductwork joints airtight to meet SMACNA Class B. For ducts with pressure classification less than 2"w,g, seal transverse joints airtight to meet SMACNA Class C. Tapes and mastics shall be listed and labeled in accordance with UL 181A. Provide radius elbows, turns, and offsets with a minimum centerline radius of 1-1/2 times the duct width. Where space does not permit full radius elbows, provide short radius elbows with a minimum of two continuous splifter vanes. Vanes shall be the entire length of the bend. Provide mitered elbows where space does not permit radius elbows, where shown on the drawings, or at the option of the contractor mdth the engineer's approval. Mitered elbows less than 45 degrees shall not require turning vanes. Mitered elbows 45-clegrees and greater shall have single thickness turning vanes of same gauge as ductwork, rigidly fastened with guide strips in ductwork. Vanes for mitered elbows shall be provided in all supply and exhaust ductwork and in return and outside air ductwork that has an air velocity exceeding I 000 fpm. Do not install vanes in grease duchivork. Ducts shall be connected to fans, fan casings and fan plenums by means offlexible connectors. Flexible connectors shall be neoprene coated glass cloth canvas connections, Duro-Dyne, Elgen, Ventlabric or equal. Flexible connectors shall have aflame spread of25 or less and smoke developed rating not higherthan5O. Make airtight joints and install with minimum 1-1/2" slack. Provide balancing dampers, manufactured by Ruskin, Greenheck, Nailor Industries, Cesco, Louvers & Dampers, Poftorff or approved equal, where shown on drawings and wherever necessary for complete control of air flow. Spitter dampers shall be controlled by locking quadrants; provide Young's Regulator or Venflok end bearings for the damper rod. Rectangular volume dampers shall be opposed blade interlocking type, Round volume dampers shall be butterfly type consisting of circular blade mounted to a solid shaft. Damper leakage for outside air dampers shall not exceed 6.5 cfnilsquare foot in full closed position at 4"wg pressure differential across damper. Reference manufacturer and model number for outside air dampers is Ruskin model CD-50. Provide Flexmaster model STO or equal 45 degree rectangular/round side takeoff fitfing with model SLBO double bearing damper with insulation build out for round ductwork branch takeoffi; to individual air devices. Omit damper at takeoff fiffing when damper is located downstream of takeoff. Where access to dampers through a hard ceiling is required, provide a Metropolitan Air Technology model RT-250 or equal by Younys Regulator concealed, cable operated volume damper with remote operator. Damper shall be adjustable through the diffuser face or frame with standard 114" nutdriver or flat screwdriver. Cable assembly shall attach to damper as one piece with no linkage adjustment. Positive, direct, two-way damper control shall be provided with no sleeves, springs or screw adjustments to come loose after installation. Support cable assembly to avoid bends and kinks in cable. Where approved by architect, a ceiling cup with cover plate can be used for access to cable operator. Round or oval ductwork shall be Semco, United, Wesco or equal, sheetmetal, with smooth interior surface, with low pressure (duct pressure class up to and including 2"w.g.) round duGtwork gauges per the following table (reference SMACNA HVAC duct construction standards for gauges when pressures exceed 2" w.g.): Size Ductgauge Fiffing gauge 14" & under 26 24 15"thru 26" 24 22 28"thru 36' 22 20 38" thru 50" 20 20 52"thru 60" 18 is Undab Sprosafe, Lewis & Lambert or approved equal factory manufactured round ductwork and fittings may be substituted for specified round branch ductwork, at contractor's option. Heavy liquid joint sealant may be omitted on factory-manufaGtured round ductwork. Low pressure (duct pressure class up to and including 2" w.g,) fittings 24" in diameter and less shall be prefabricated, spotwelded and internally sealed. Continuously weld fittings larger than 24' in diameter. Fitting gauge shall be 22 gauge for 36" fiffings and under, 20 gauge for larger sizes, 90 degree tee's shall be conical type. Seal longitudinal and transverse ductworkjoints airtightwith heavy liquid sealant applied according to manufacturrer's instructions. Provide gauge thickness in medium pressure (duct pressure class 3" to 6" w.g.) Ductwork as recommended by SMACNA, At contractor's option, provide Ductmate, Gripple, or approved equal wire rope duct hanging system. Provide Ductmate WRI 0 through WR40 or gripple No. 1 through No. 5 wire rope using 7x7 or 7x19 aircraft quality zinc coated cable or galvanized steel wire rope. Secure wire rope to duct using Ductmate Clutcher or Gripple Hang Fast adjustable rope attachment. Where applicable for upper attachment, provide Ductmate EZ-Lock Wre rope beam clamp with locking nut adjustment or Gripple ceiling, beam, or purfin clips. Wire rope, adjustable duct attachment, and upper attachment to structure shall each have minimum 5 to I load safety factor. 23A 2-3 FLEXIBLE DUCT Low pressure (duct pressure class up to and including 2" w.g.) and medium pressure (duct pressure class 3' to 6" w,g.) flexible duct shall be Flexmaster Type 8B, Thermallex Type G-KM, M-KE, or equal (fire retardant polyethylene) protective vapor barrier, UL1 81 Class 1, acoustical insulated duct, R-6.0 fiberglass insulation. Provide CPE liner with steel wire helix mechanically locked or permanently bonded to the liner. High pressure (duct pressure class over 6" w.g.) flexible duct shall be Flexmaster Type 4B, Thermarflex Type M-KC, or equal (fire retardant polyethylene) protective vapor barrier, UL181 Class 1, acoustical insulated duct, steel wire helix core, mechanical lock construction, R-6.0 fiberglass insulation. Connect each end with stainless steel screw operated metal draw bands. Flexible duct runs shall not exceed 5 feet in length, and shall be installed fully extended and straight as possible avoiding tight turns. Install flexible duct in accordance with manufacturers instructions. Support flexible duct at maximum 5 feeton center and within 6 inches of bends. Bends shall not exceed a centerline radius of one duct diameter. Duct sag shall not exceed 1/2". Supporting material in direct contact with the duct shall not be less than 1-1/2" in width. Connect flexible duct to rigid metal duct or air devices as recommended by the manufacturer. At a minimum, install two wraps of duct tape around the inner core connection and a metallic or non-metallic clamp over the tape and two wraps of duct tape or a clamp over the outer jacket. Duct clamps shall be labeled in aGGordancewiffi UL-1811a and marked 18lb-c. Duct tape shall be labeled in accordance with UL 181b and marked 18lb-fir. PROJECT NO� 19157R I 00 % COMPLETE 23A 2-7 AIR DEVICES Provide air devices as scheduled on drawings, manufactured by Cames, Price, Krueger, Nailor Industries, Titus, or Tuttle & Bailey. Select air devices to limit room noise level to no higher than NC-30 unless otherwrise shown. Provide devices with a soft plastic gasket to make an airtight sea] against the mounting surface. Coordinate final location, frame, and mounting type of air devices with architectural reflected ceiling plans. Submit complete shop drawings including information on noise level, pressure drop, throw, cfm for each air device, styles, borders, etc, clearly marked with specified equipment number. Submit samples of each air device as requested by the engineer. Provide wall supply air registers with double cleflection blades and opposed blade dampers unless indicated otherwise. Provide wall return air grilles and exhaust air registers with horizontal 35 or 45 degree angle vision -proof bars. Provide concealed fasteners for wall mounted registers and grilles. Provide ceiling supply air registers of aluminum curved blade type with blades parallel to long dimension and with throw pattern as indicated on drawings. Provide opposed blade dampers for supply air registers and exhaust air registers unless indicated otherwise. Provide ceiling supply air diffusers and return air grilles of lay -in or surface mounted type as required to be compatible with ceiling construction, Provide ceiling diffusers and grilles with white enamel finish unless noted otherwise. Provide linear slot diffusers of standard one-piece lengths up to 6-feet and furnish in multiple sections greater than 6-feet. Join multiple sections together end -to -end with alignment pins to form a continuous slot appearance. Provide alignment components by the manufacturer. Provide plenums by the slot diffuser manufacturer. Provide drop box diffusers with minimum 22 gauge galvanized steel construction, factory assembled and welded, and provided with standard duct connections and mounting brackets for field installation. Diffusers shall have double deflection grilles or drum louvers that are individually adjustable to customize horizontal and vertical throws and factory installed air diverters or turning vanes. Insulate diffusers with 1 " thick, 1.5 lb duct liner insulation. Provide factory primed and painted diffusers, color as selected by the architect. 23A 3 HVAC EQUIPMENT Provide an auxiliary drain pan for suspended units with auxiliary condensate drain provided by plumbing contractor. 23A 3-20 REFRIGERANT PIPING AND INSULATION Provide ASTM B 88, Type I or ASTM B 280, Type ACR hard drawn copper refrigerant piping, cleaned and seated at the factory, and specifically designed for refrigerant. Fittings shall be hard drawn and have long radius turns. Solder joints with "siffos" (1 5 percent silver, 5 percent phosphorus, 80 percent copper, 1300 degrees Fahrenheit flow temperature). Solder joints with a slow stream of dry nitrogen passing through the piping. Insulate suction lines with foamed plastic insulation, Armallex or equal. Piping insulation shall have a flame spread of 25 or less, and a smoke developed rating of 50 or less when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. Coat insulation that is exposed to the elements with a protective sealer, lnstall and support piping to keep noise and vibration to a minimum. Support and secure piping to Unistrut type supports so that no vibration passes to the building structure. Pipe attachments shall be copper -plated or have nonmetallic coating for electrolyfic protection where attachments are in direct contact with copper tubing. Install a support within one foot of each change of direction. Mount pipe hangers around the outside of the insulation with saddles to prevent hangers from rupturing the insulation. Replace insulation that is cut or broken by the hangers, Run refrigerant lines parallel and perpendicular to wall and floor lines and to appear straight and in good order. Pitch suction lines down slightly (1 " in 20') towards the compressor. Provide oil traps at the base ofverfical suction risers over 6 feet high. Install liquid line sight glasses in liquid lines nearest the expansion valve. Factory mount expansion valves with the sensing bulbs shipped loose. Field mount expansion valve bulb after refrigerant piping is complete (damage may occur if bulbs come in contact with heat). For systems of 5 ton capacity and smaller, the contractor shall have the option to provide copper refrigerant tubing line set sized as recommended by equipment manufacturer and of length as required for the installation. Provide foamed plastic insulation, Armarflex or equal, on the suction line. Provide quick -connect flare tubing compression fittings or solder connections as required to match the connections of the condensing unit and evaporator coil. 23A 3-21 SYSTEM EVACUATION AND CHARGING Blow out refrigeration lines with dry nitrogen at a suitable pressure before making final connection at the condensing unit or coil to ensure against dirt, scale, or other foreign material being in the lines. Draw a vacuum to 29" of mercury, Break this vacuum by charging dry refrigerant gas into the system, raising the pressure to 0 psig. Repeat the latter two steps for a triple evacuation before the final evacuation is started. Make final evacuation by reducing the system absolutepressure to a maximum of 0.5 millimeters (500 microns) and allowing the pump to run at this pressure for a minimum oftwo hours. Repeat with the proper amount of refrigerant charge per the manufacturer's recommendations. Record the amount of refrigerant by weight charged into the system for each circuit recorded to the nearest 1/4 pound on tags and attach tags to the liquid line near the condensing unit. Refrigerant shall be supplied by the HVAC contractor. 23A 4-2 EQUIPMENT Manufacturers and model numbers are listed for reference as to quality and features required for the control devices. Provide control devices by Barber -Colman, Alerton, Honeywell, Johnson Controls, Carrier, Trane or White Rodgers with quality and features as indicated, Low voltage type 7-DAY programmable treating and cooling thermostats shall be Honeywell series T FocusPro 5000 or equal with integral subbase. Install thermostats at 48"AFF to meet ADA requirements unless otherwise noted on the plans. Provide damper operator for each automatic damper with sufficient capacity to operate the damper under all conditions and to guarantee fight close -off of dampers against system pressure encountered. Each operator shall be provided with spting-retum for normally closed or normally open position for fail safe operation to account for fire, low temperatures, or power interruption as required by the sequence of operation. Damper operators shall be manufactured by Belimo, Johnson Controls or approved equal. END OF SECTION 23A MCI=, _ REVIEWED FOR � CODE COMPLIANCE I I APPROVED I NOV 1 4 2019 . City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION SEPARATE R E C E 11,PER M IT AN D CITY OF TupmEOVAL 5 SPIIIEI AUG 11 PERMIT CENTER � I \ , C� N , 0 T_ Z r1_ W (14 W [,- W _J F- Of W- UJ 0 W < ��; W --- �_ ,--- UJ — 5 _3 Z -r 0 _J 0 () — 3 W () > C) < 3: Z — 0 U) W �_ UJ C) Z T- UJ ["- M T_ N114 W. 17. W A I - � , i . � 0 4603 - 4SIONAI, 06/21/2019 PERTAINING TO ISSUES OF CONFIDENTIALITY AND COPYRIGHT, RECILIEST FOR THE RELEASE OR REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS MUST BE APPROVED BY ERIC NIELSEN ARCHITECT - � I - I I - 0- _ - PROJECT NUMBER: 2019-0057 DRAWN BY: IKJP APPROVED BY: SRW ISSUE DATE: 06121/2019 REVISIONS # DATE DESCRIPTION - --- - SHEET CONTENTS: MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS ---------- - � T ''� P, I I � 1� 1 I , ;; ,- �IV t EXISTING ELECTRICAL AND DEMOLITION NOTES 1 PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID, VISIT THE JOB SITE AND BECOME FULLY ACQUAINTED WITH THE EXISTING CONDITIONS OF THE FACILITY AND RELATED SITE. REVIEW THE GENERAL NOTES AND ALL OTHER TRADE DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS THAT MAY NOT BE CALLED OUT IN THIS PORTION OF THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. NOTIFY ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER, AS SPECIFIED, OF ANY CONFLICTS OR DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID. 2 ANY EXISTING CONDITIONS REFLECTED WERE TAKEN FROM ORIGINAL DRAWINGS AND SITE VISITS AND MAY NOT REFLECT EXACT "AS -BUILT" S. FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND FULLY CONDITION G 0 CARE COORDINATE NEW WORK AND DEMOLITION WITH ALL OTHER DISCIPLINES 1AND EXISTING CONDITIONS. 3 PROVIDE ALL DEMOLITION OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS AND NEW ELECTRICAL SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS REQUIRED BECAUSE OF BUILDING REMODELING, AS NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS, OR NECESSARY FOR PROPER OPERATION AND NEW CONSTRUCTION. REMOVE ALL ABANDONED CABLES AND WIRING ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILINGS AND VENTILATION SHAFTS. 4 COORDINATE INTERUPTION OF ALL BUILDING SERVICES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO BRANCH CIRCUITS, DATA, TELEPHONE, ETC WITH BUILDING OWNER PRIOR TO INTERUPTION. PROVIDE LABOR AND MATERIALS AS REQUIRED TO REDUCE INTERUPTIONS IN ORDER TO MAINTAIN EXISTING OPERATION. 5 PAY SPECIAL ATTENTION NOT TO DAMAGE THE FINISH OF EXISTING WALLS AND CEILINGS THAT ARE TO REMAIN WHEN REMOVING OR REPLACING LIGHT FIXTURES AND OTHER ELECTRICAL DEVICES. REPAIR ANY DAMAGE CAUSED DURING WORK AT NO EXTRA COST TO THE OWNER. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 6 RELOCATE ALL EXISTING ELECTRICAL, FIRE ALARM, AND OTHER LOW -VOLTAGE SYSTEMS REQUIRED TO BE IN OPERATION AT SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION OF THE CONTRACT, IF REQUIRED, AS A RESULT OF WORK INCLUDED UNDER THIS CONTRACT, EVEN IF NOT SPECIFICALLY INDICATED IN THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS. 7 SEAL ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGH FLOORS, WALLS, CEILINGS, AND ROOF WHERE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS ARE REMOVED AND WHERE THE EXISTING PENETRATION IS NOT USED FOR THE NEW INSTALLATION. REPAIR DAMAGED SURFACES TO MATCH ADJACENT AREAS OR AS DIRECTED BY THE ,OWNER, 8 UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, ABANDONED CONDUIT ASSEMBLIES SERVING DEMOLISHED DEVICES SHALL BE REMOVED BACK TO NEAREST JUNCTION BOX OUTSIDE OF AREA OF DEMOLITION AND LABLED AS REQUIRED FOR FUTURE USE. ASSOCIATED WIRING SHALL BE REMOVED BACK TO SERVING PANELBOARD, UPDATE PANELBOARD CIRCUIT DIRECTORY AS REQUIRED TO INDICATE RELATED CIRCUIT(S) AS "SPARE". 9 ANY PANELBOARD CIRCUIT DISCRIPTIONS SHOWN AS "existing" OR IN OTHER LOWER CASE LETTERING IS INTENDED TO REFLECT AN EXISTING CIRCUIT TO REMAIN UNLESS OTHERWISE IDENTIFIED DIFFERENTLY THRU THE COURSE OF CONSTRUCTION, 10 ALL CIRCUIT BREAKERS SERVING BRANCH CIRCUITS TO BE REMOV:E:[HALLREMAIN IN RESPECTIVE PANELBOARD FOR FUTURE USE UNLESS ND OTHERWISE. GENERAL POWER NOTES 1 ALL RECEPTACLES SHALL BE GROUNDING TYPE. 2 ALL RECEPTACLES INSTALLED IN BATHROOMS, OUTDOORS AND KITCHENS SHALL HAVE GROUND -FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER PROTECTION AS REQUIRED BY THE NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE. 3 COORDINATE MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT CONNECTION REQUIREMENTS WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. LOCATE FEEDERS, DISCONNECTS AND MAINTENANCE RECEPTACLES SO THAT THEY WILL NOT INTERFERE WITH OPERATION OR MAINTENANCE OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT. 4 PROVIDE POWER TO MECHANICAL, PLUMBING, AND ALL OTHER EQUIPMENT AS REQUIRED FOR PROPER OPERATION COORDINATE AND VERIFY EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENTS POWER/CONTROL REQUIRMENTS PRIOR TO ORDERING RELATED ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. REFER TO RELATED MECHANICAL, PLUMBING, AND OTHER RELATED DOCUMENTS FOR LOCATIONS OF EQUIPMENT AND REQUIRED CLEARANCES AROUND EQUIPMENT. 5 COORDINATE EXACT MOUNTING HEIGHT OF EACH ABOVE COUNTER RECEPTACLE WITH ARCHITECT AND OWNER PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. 6 ALL OUTLETS LOCATED IN AREAS REQUIRING GROUND -FAULT CIRCUIT '.. INTERRUPTER PROTECTION PER NEC-210 SHALL CONSIST OF A GFCI PROTECTED DEVICE, EVEN IF NOT SPECIFICALLY INDICATED IN THE DRAWINGS. THE GROUND -FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER SHALL BE INSTALLED IN A READILY ACCESSIBLE LOCATION AS DEFINED IN THE NEC. ALL RECEPTACLES SUPPLIED THROUGH A GROUND -FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER SHALL BE MARKED "GFCI PROTECTED." '. GENERAL LIGHTING NOTES 1 WHERE RECESSED LIGHTING FIXTURES ARE INDICATED IN A FIRE RATED CEILING, PROVIDE A ONE HOUR RATED'TENT" FOR FIXTURE 2 PROVIDE ALL MOUNTING AND SUPPORT HARDWARE FOR LIGHT FIXTURES TO MEET SPECIFIED MOUNTING HEIGHTS, REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS FOR EXACT MOUNTING HEIGHTS OF FIXTURES. 3 CONNECT "UN -SWITCHED" HOT CONDUCTOR FROM CIRCUIT SERVING SPACE LIGHTING TO EACH EXIT SIGN, EMERGENCY LIGHT, AND ANY FIXTURE DESIGNATED AS NIGHT LIGHT SERVING THE SPACE. 4 COORDINATE ALL DEVICES AND WALL -MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE LOCATIONS WITH THE ARCHITECTURAL WALL FINISHES AND ELEVATIONS. SPECIAL ATTENTION AND COORDINATION OF WALL TYPES AND FINISHES IS REQUIRED PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. EXACT LOCATION OF DEVICES SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN TO AVOID INSTALLATION ON SPECIAL ARCHITCTURAL WALL FINISHES, DEVICES NOT PROPERLY COORDINATED WITH THE SPECIAL WALL FINISHES INDICATED IN THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN SHALL BE RELOCATED AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. 5 ELECTRICAL CONTRATOR SHALL VERIFY CHEVRON DIRECTIONS OF ALL EXIT SIGNS PRIOR TO ORDERING. 6 FOR BATTERY FED EMERGENCY LIGHTS: PROVIDE EMERGENCY BALLAST. PROVIDE "HOT" WIRE TO EMERGENCY BALLAST. SWITCH FIXTURE AS INDICATED ON PLANS. 7 COORDINATE AND PROVIDE DIMMER SWITCHES RATED FOR AND COMPATABLE WITH INTENDED LIGHT FIXTURE(S) TO BE CONTROLLED. CIRCUITS CONTROLLED WITH LINE -VOLTAGE DIMMER SWITCHES SHALL NOT SHARE NEUTRAL CONDUCTORS. GENERAL LOW VOLTAGE NOTES 1 PROVIDE (1) 1/2" CONDUIT, AND 4" SQUARE BOX WITH SINGLE GANG DEVICE RING FOR ALL THERMOSTAT LOCATIONS INDICATED ON THE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS, ROUTE CONDUIT FROM BOX TO ACCESSIBLE CEILING CAVITY, PROVIDE PLASTIC BUSHINGS ON EXPOSED CONDUIT ENDS. PROVIDE PULL STRING IN ALL EMPTY CONDUIT SYSTEMS. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATIONS AND MOUNTING HEIGHTS WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN, 2 PROVIDE CABLE HOOKS ABOVE CEILING ON 6' CENTERS IN ALL CORRIDORS. MOUNT 61NCHES ABOVE CEILING. 3 PROVIDE ROUGH -IN OF ALL BACK BOXES, CONDUITS (WITH BUSHINGS AND PULL STRINGS) AND OTHER WIRE WAYS AS REQUIRED FOR LOW VOLTAGE SYSTEMS, COORDINATE ALL REQUIRED LOCATIONS WITH OWNER AND RESPONSIBLE CONTRACTOR(S). 4 PROVIDE BACK BOX AND CONDUIT TO ABOVE THE ACCESSIBLE CEILING AS REQUIRED FOR THE HVAC BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM DEVICES. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATIONS AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS WITH RELATIVE MEP DRAWINGS AND THE CONTROLS CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. THERMOSTATS, TEMPERATURE SENSORS, STATIC PRESSURE SENSORS, HUMIDISTATS, ETC. SHALL BE INSTALLED AT THE SAME ELEVATION AS THE LIGHT SWITCHES UNLESS REQUIRED OTHERWISE, EXIT SIGN REMOTE EMERGENCY HEAD � EMERGENCY LIGHT EXIT GENERAL ELECTRICAL NOTES 1 DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC ONLY AND REPRESENT THE GENERAL SCOPE OF THE WORK. REVIEW ALL GENERAL NOTES, SPECIFICATIONS AND PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS THAT MAY NOT BE SPECIFICALLY CALLED OUT IN THIS PORTION OF THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. 2 SPECIAL ATTENTION SHALL BE GIVEN TO ALL RACEWAYS WITHIN FINISHED AREAS ''. WITHOUT CEILINGS AND EXPOSED TO STRUCTURE. IN GENERAL, ALL RACEWAYS SHALL BE CONCEALED WITHIN WALLS ABOVE STRUCTURE FINISH OR BELOW FLOOR SLABS WHEN SPECIFIED, WHERE EXPOSED CONDITIONS ARE NECESSARY OR UNAVOIDABLE DUE TO OTHER CONDITIONS, THE BID SHALL INCLUDE ANY REASONABLE MEANS TO MINIMIZE THE AMOUNT OF SURFACE MOUNTED EQUIPMENT. UIPMENT. 1 Q PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN, COORDINATE ALL EXPOSED RACEWAY AND BOX CONDITIONS WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION OF WALLS, ROOF DECK, OR FLOOR SLABS. ATTACHMENT TO ROOF DECK OR JOIST WEBBINGS IS NOT ALLOWED, MAINTAIN A MINIMUM SPACING OF 1-1/2" FROM CONDUIT TO ROOF DECK. IN AREAS WHERE EXPOSED RACEWAYS ARE REQUIRED, INSTALL SYSTEMS SQUARE AND TIGHT TO STRUCTURE AND PAINT TO MATCH THE STRUCTURE PER ARCHITECT AND/OR OWNER SPECIFICATIONS. FAILURE TO PROPERLY COORDINATE THE ROUTING OF EXPOSED RACEWAYS MAY RESULT IN RELOCATION OF SUCH RACEWAYS AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. 3 OPENINGS AROUND ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS THROUGH FIRE -RESISTANT -RATED WALLS, PARTITIONS, FLOORS OR CEILINGS SHALL BE FIRESTOPPED USING APPROVED METHODS TO MAINTAIN THE FIRE RESISTANCE RATING. PROVIDE PENETRATION FIRE STOPPING WITH RATINGS DETERMINED PER ASTM E 814 OR UL 1479. FIRE STOPPING SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN FIRE RESISTANCE RATING OF CONSTRUCTED PENETRATIONS. 4 FIELD MOUNTED DEVICES SUCH AS SWITCHES, MOTOR STARTERS, RECEPTACLES, ETC., ARE SHOWN IN THEIR APPROXIMATE LOCATION. SWITCH MOUNTING HEIGHT SHALL BE 48" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR AND RECEPTACLE MOUNTING HEIGHT SHALL BE 18" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR LION. REFER TO THE TYPICAL MOUNTING HEIGHT DETAIL. 5 INSTALL EQUIPMENT IN A MANNER TO REMAIN ACCESSIBLE WITH REASONABLE MEANS BY THE OWNER FOLLOWING COMPLETION OF WORK. SPECIAL ATTENTION AND ADDITIONAL COORDINATION IS EXPECTED IN AREAS OF THE BUILDING WHERE THE CEILING AND STRUCTURE HEIGHTS HAVE SIGNIFICANT DIFFERENT ELEVATIONS. EQUIPMENT REQUIRING POSSIBLE FUTURE ACCESS SHALL BE INSTALLED SUCH THAT IT MAY BE SAFELY ACCESSED FROM A STANDARD STEP LADDER OR PERSONNEL LIFT SUITABLE FOR THE LOCATION AND CEILING HEIGHT, WITHOUT REMOVING OR DAMAGING THE CEILING GRID STRUCTURE. 6 COORDINATE ALL CEILING MOUNTED ELECTRICAL ITEMS WITH OTHER DISCIPLINES, WITH CEILING, AND STRUCTURE. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN, 7 FIELD VERIFY LOCATIONS OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, INCLUDING POWER POLES, TELEPHONE PEDESTALS, OVERHEAD AND UNDERGROUND FEEDERS, METERS, PANELS, DEVICES, ETC. PROVIDE FOR COORDINATION WITH EXISTING EQUIPMENT. 8 ROOM NAMES/NUMBERS SHOWN IN PANELBOARD SCHEDULES ARE PER '.., ARCHITECTURAL FLOOR PLANS. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE FINALIZED PANELBOARD SCHEDULES AT COMPLETION OF PROJECT WITH OWNER PROVIDED ROOM NAMES/NUMBERS. 9 CONDUCTORS FOR BRANCH CIRCUITS AS DEFINED IN ARTICLE 100, SHALL BE SIZED TO PREVENT A VOLTAGE DROP EXCEEDING 3% AT THE FARTHEST LOAD, AND WHERE THE MAXIMUM TOTAL VOLTAGE DROP ON BOTH FEEDERS AND BRANCH CIRCUITS TO THE FARTHEST LOAD DOES NOT EXCCED 5%. 10 ALL WORK IS TO BE PERFORMED IN STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH THE NATIONAL '.... ELECTRICAL CODE, STATE LAWS, AND ALL OTHER REGULATIONS GOVERNING WORK OF THIS NATURE. 11 THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL WORK, MATERIAL, AND LABOR TO SATISFY A COMPLETE AND WORKING SYSTEM WHETHER SPECIFIED OR IMPLIED. 12 CONTRACTOR TO CONFIRM EXACT LOCATION OF EXISTING AND NEW EQUIPMENT. 13 THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL GROUNDING SYSTEMS (AS '.. REQUIRED) IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE. 14 ALL ELECTRIC MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT FOR THE PROJECT SHALL BE NEW AND U.L. OR EQUALLY LISTED. 15 SUBMIT TO THE OWNER CERTIFICATES OF INSPECTIONS IN DUPLICATE FROM AN APPROVED INSPECTION AGENCY UPON COMPLETION. 16 _ THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SECURE ALL PERMITS OR APPLICATIONS AND PAY ANY AND ALL FEES AS REQUIRED, 17 THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH ALL INSTRUMENTS AND QUALIFIED PERSONNEL '.. OR FIRM TO PERFORM ALL REQUIRED TESTS. 18 NO EQUIPMENT SHALL BE ENERGIZED UNTIL ALL TEST AND ADJUSTMENTS HAVE '.. BEEN MADE. THREE COPIES OF ALL TEST RESULTS SHALL BE DELIVERED TO THE OWNER 19 ALL ELECTRICAL WORK SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH THE MECHANICAL WORK AS CALLED FOR IN MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND PLANS. 20 JUNCTION BOXES LOCATED ABOVE GRID CEILINGS SHALL BE LOCATED NO GREATER THAN 4-FEET ABOVE THE CEILING IN A LOCATION ACCESSIBLE VIA A LADDER FROM THE ROOM BELOW. 21 ALL WIRING DEVICE COVERPLATES SHALL INDICATE PANELBOARD AND CIRCUIT SERVING THE DEVICE. UTILIZE CLEAR VINYL (BLACK LETTERING) IDENTIFICATION CABLES MANUFACTURED BY 3M COMPANY OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT), 22 THE TYPE OF CONDUIT SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS FOR ALL FEEDERS AND DISTRIBUTION CIRCUITS, UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. APPLICATION - TYPE OF CONDUIT BURIED IN CONCRETE OR OUTDOORS - PVC WITH RIGID GALVANIZED STEEL ELBOWS SERVICE ENTRANCE - GALVANIZED RIGID STEEL OR SERVICE UTILITY SPECIFICATIONS 23 SEISMIC PROTECTION FOR SEISMIC CONCERNS OF ALL BUILDING SYSTEMS INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO MECHANICAL, PLUMBING, AND ELECTRICAL MUST MEET MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS OF ALL APPLICABLE CODES FOR BUILDINGS' CLASSIFIED SEISMIC USE GROUP AND SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY. ANY REQUIREMENTS FOR SEISMIC PROTECTION MEASURES TO BE APPLIED SHALL BE INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE LOCAL, STATE, AND/OR FEDERAL CODES AND WITH MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS, THE MOST STRINGENT SHALL APPLY. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR DETERMINING THE TYPE AND LOCATION OF SEISMIC RESTRAINTS REQUIRED FOR THE VARIOUS SYSTEM'S ELEMENTS CONTAINED IN THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BASED ON THE RELATED SEISMIC CODE CRITERIA, THE SIZE AND WEIGHT OF THE SUPPORTED ELEMENT AND THE DISTANCE FROM STRUCTURE THAT THE ELEMENT WILL BE INSTALLED. IF REQUIRED BY LOCAL, STATE, FEDERAL CODES AND/OR OTHER AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION (AHJ) THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT DESCRIPTIVE CATALOG DATA OF SEISMIC RESTRAINTS, SHOP DRAWINGS SHOWING THE TYPES, LOCATIONS AND INSTALLATION DETAILS OF SEISMIC RESTRAINTS AND CALCULATIONS SHOWING THAT THE SEISMIC RESTRAINTS MEET THE SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS TO THE LOCAL AHJ FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL. CALCULATIONS SHALL BE SIGNED AND SEALED BY A REGISTERED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER, LICENSED IN THE STATE OF THE PROJECT LOCATION AND EMPLOYED BY THE MANUFACTURER OF THE SEISMIC RESTRAINT PRODUCTS. CALCULATIONS SHALL INCLUDE DEAD LOADS, STATIC SEISMIC LOADS AN CAPACITY OF MATERIALS UTILIZED FOR CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT AND STRUCTURE. 24 PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF (3) SPARE V CONDUITS FROM RECESSED PANELBOARD, UP TO ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE, 25 UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE PROVIDE MINIMUM #8 AWG CONDUCTORS IN 1" CONDUIT(S) FOR ALL UNDERGROUND SITE POWER AND LIGHTING CIRCUITS. INCREASE CONDUCTOR AND RELATED CONDUIT SIZE AS NOTED OR OTHERWISE REQUIRED TO LIMIT VOLTAGE DROP TO LESS THAN 5 % FOR THE ENTIRE LENGTH OF SYSTEM. 26 UNDERGROUND UTILITIES/FEEDERS/BRANCH CIRCUITS/ETC. SHALL NOT BE ROUTED THROUGH OR WITHIN 25 FEET OF ANY AREAS DEDICATED FOR FUTURE BUILDING ADDITION. 27 THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL ENGAGE A LICENSED FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE A DESIGN FOR THE CAFETERIA FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW FIRE ALARM DEVICES AND TIE INTO EXISTING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SHALL MEET OR EXCEED THE REQUIREMENTS OF NFPA 72 FOR VISUAL AND AUDIBLE NOTIFICATION, PROVIDE PLANS WITH THE REQUIRED dB LEVELS FOR APPROVAL BY THE FIRE MARSHALL, IF THE SHUTDOWN OF ANY EQUIPMENT IS REQUIRED, IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE WITH THE ELECTRICIAN TO ACCOMPLISH THE WORK AND INCLUDE THE PRICING FOR THE WORK IN THE BASE BID. DOOR OPENING ABOVE COUNTER DEVICE rn COUNTER oa _ I DUPLEX RECEPTACLE COORDINATE MOUNTING HEIGHTS LIGHT SWITCH TELEPHONE/DATA WITH MILLWORK OUTLET SINGLE RECEPTACLE o I � FLOOR r, l TYPICAL MOUNTING HEIGHT N.T.S. ABBREVIATIONS AC ABOVE COUNTER IG ISOLATED GROUND AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR MCC MOTOR CONTROL CENTER CB CIRCUIT BREAKER NEC NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE E EXISTING NEMA NATIONAL ELECTRICAL EC ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR MANUFACTURERS ASSOC. EP EXPLOSION PROOF NIC NOT IN CONTRACT GFI GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER NL NIGHT LIGHT GR GROUND UG UNDERGROUND HP HORSE POWER LION UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED WP WEATHERPROOF WR WEATHER RESISTANT WIRING WIRING CONCEALED IN CEILING OR WALLS UON. ALL WIRE IS NUMBER #12 AWG MINIMUM. EXPOSED RACEWAY. - - - - -r UNDERGROUND RACEWAY; TYPE, SIZE, CONDUCTORS, AND ARRANGEMENT BY NOTATION OR SCHEDULE. SWITCHES V SWITCH MOUNTED AT+48"; SINGLE POLE LION. LOWER CASE LETTER, WHEN PRESENT, INDICATES FIXTURES CONTROLLED. "ABBREVIATIONS FOR SWITCH 2 DOUBLE POLE SWITCH 3 3-WAY SWITCH 4 4-WAY SWITCH D DIMMER SWITCH (SHALL BE COMPATABLE WITH FIXTURE BEING DIMMED) F FAN SWITCH: DUAL OPERATION WITH DIMMER K KEYED SWITCH M MOTOR RATED SWITCH OS DUAL TECHNOLOGY OCCUPANCY SENSOR V VOLUME CONTROL SWITCH OOS CEILING MOUNTED DUAL TECHNOLOGY OCCUPANCY SENSOR WITH SPARE DRY CONTACTS. HUBBELL OMNIDIARP SERIES RECEPTACLES tt DUPLEX RECEPTACLE (NEMA 5-20R) DUPLEX RECEPTACLE (NEMA 5-20R); MOUNTED 8" ABOVE COUNTERTOP. qpU (ALL RECEPTACLE TYPES) WITH USB CHARGING PORTS GFI DUPLEX RECEPTACLE (NEMA 5-20R) GFI DUPLEX RECEPTACLE (NEMA 5-20R); MOUNTED 8" ABOVE COUNTERTOP. QUADRUPLEX RECEPTACLE (TWO NEMA 5-20R) qP SPECIAL RECEPTACLE: VERIFY NEMA TYPE WITH MANUFACTURER ® FLOOR BOX WITH DATA: LEGRAND WIREMOLD SERIES RFB4E-OG OR RFB6E- OG WITH EVOLUTION COVER. ROUTE (2)1" FOR DATA FROM FLOOR BOX TO NEAREST ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE. ON FLOOR LEVELS WITH ACCESSIBLE SPACE BELOW, USE POKE-THRU STYLE FLOOR BOXES: LEGRAND 6AT SERIES. SEE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR LOCATION LION. _QTVI TELEVISION: PROVIDE HUBBELL NSAV62M JUNCTION BOX (OR EQUAL) WITH 1/2" CONDUIT FOR POWER AND 1" CONDUIT (WITH PULL STRINGS) FOR A/V ROUTED TO ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE. PROVIDE CONNECTIONS FOR POWER, DATA, COAX, AND HDMI. MOUNT AT +60" AFF UNO. CONFRIM HEIGHTS WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. T SINGLE RECEPTACLE (NEMA 5-20R) tt SPLIT WIRED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE (NEMA 5-20R) ® DIRECT EQUIPMENT CONNECTION: VERIFY CONNECTION DETAILS WITH MANUFACTURER ® FLOOR BOX HUBBEL 3SFBSS WITH 3SFBC COVER. EC SHALL ROUTE A 1"C FOR FLOOR BOX TO NEAREST ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE, ON FLOOR LEVELS WITH ACCESSIBLE SPACE BELOW, USE POKE-THRU STYLE FLOOR BOXES: HUBBELL PT2X2 SERIES. SEE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR LOCATION LION. ® CEILING MOUNTED RECEPTACLE(NEMA 5-20R) ® POWER POLE PANELS AND MISC. [� LIGHT OR POWER PANEL �j 4x4 JUNCTION BOX. ❑ EQUIPMENT DISCONNECT: INTERIOR DISCONNECTS SHALL BE NEMA 1 TYPE. EXTERIOR DISCONNECTS SHALL BE NEMA 3R TYPE. SIZE AS INDICATED IN THE PLANS AND PER NAMEPLATE RATING. PHONEIDATA: PROVIDE 4"X4", 30-1/4 CUBIC INCH OUTLET BOX AT 8" ABOVE COUNTER (UON) WITH (2) 3/4" CONDUITS (WITH PULL STRINGS) ROUTED TO ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE. PROVIDE SINGLE GANG MUD RING WITH BLANK COVER. PROVIDE PLASTIC BUSHINGS ON EXPOSED CONDUIT ENDS. WIRING BY OTHERS. 0 PHONE/DATA: PROVIDE 4"X4", 30-1/4 CUBIC INCH OUTLET BOX AT+18" (LION) WITH (2) 34' CONDUITS (WITH PULL STRINGS) ROUTED TO ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE. PROVIDE SINGLE GANG MUD RING WITH BLANK COVER. PROVIDE PLASTIC BUSHINGS ON EXPOSED CONDUIT ENDS. WIRING BY OTHERS. ® PHONEIDATA: PROVIDE 4"XC, 30-1/4 CUBIC INCH OUTLET BOX IN CEILING. PROVIDE SINGLE GANG MUD RING WITH BLANK COVER. WIRING BY OTHERS. J—� t T�i TELEVISION: PROVIDE 4X4 JUNCTION BOX WITH (2) 3/4" CONDUITS (WITH PULL �{ STRINGS) ROUTED TO ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE. PROVIDE SINGLE GANG MUD RING WITH BLANK COVER. CONFRIM HEIGHTS WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. O CEILING MOUNTED SPEAKER CR CARD READER: REFER TO SYSTEM PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. AT EACH DOOR WITH A CARD READER PROVIDE ALL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS FOR DOOR HARDWARE SYSTEMS AS REQUIRED TO MAKE A COMPLETE OPERATIONAL SYSTEM. WHERE REQUIRED, BACK TO BACK 2"X4" BOXES ARE ALLOWED FOR CARD READER AND PUSH TO EXIT SWITCH. PROVIDE POWER TO THE LOCK SYSTEM IN THE I.T. ROOM WHERE NEEDED BY CONTRACTOR INSTALLING SYSTEM. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED NOV 14 2019 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION SEPARATE PERMIT AND CITY OREU41 CP AUG 15 2019 PERMIT CENTER c\1 ❑ r W W (N WUWQ = Oj O U o <C 5' 0 CC O F- W C) Z W MM W 06/20/2019 PERTAINING TO ISSUES OF CONFIDENTIALITY AND COPYRIGHT. REQUEST FOR THE RELEASE OR REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS MUST BE APPROVED BY ERIC NIELSEN ARCHITECT LUIJ :P C yj v 00 00 "rt • , µ • • • 111.0 .:L PROJECT NUMBER: 2019-0057 DRAWN BY: DLM APPROVED BY: DEM ISSUE DATE: 06/20/19 REVISIONS _ # DATE DESCRIPTION SHEET CONTENTS: ELECTRICAL NOTES ANDLEGEND uu� u t f I I I Ims-01A U DN I REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED NOV 14 2019 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION NEW PANEL K ---/ I I I I SEPARATE NEW TRANSFORMER TR EC To VERIFY THAT PROPOSED LOCATIONS PERT ITAN EC TO VERIFY EXACT LOCATION OF PANELK AND TRANSFORMER TR MEETS THE RE C E I V-80"rROVAL OF PANEL MOP PRIOR TO BID CLEARANCES THAT ARE REQUIRED PER THE NEC. CITY OF TURWURED CONTACTOR FOR IF ALTERNATE LOCATION IS REQUIRED. AUG 15 2019 OVERALL ELECTRICAL PLAN -----)RE—RfAIT CENTER ' =2WO bu C) z W W U) —j F- WOW< 75; , 15; W F- X 0 -j 0 0 z U) F- W z Lij 06/20/2019 PERTAINING TO ISSUES OF CONFIDENTIALITY AND COPYRIGHT, REQUEST FOR THE RELEASE OR REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS MUST BE APPROVED BY ERIC NIELSEN ARCHITECT F- Uj 0 0� Z (L 2 _j < U) W CL Z (1) 0 z U' F<- 00 00 Z (L 00 0 ce c/) Uj > 0 U=0 z < z 0 C) A 116 Ln 'Rut) PROJECT NUMBER: 2019-0057 DRAWN BY: OLM APPROVED BY: DEM ISSUE DATE: 06/20/19 REVISIONS # DATE DESCRIPTION SHEET CONTENTS: OVERALL 'TRICAL PLAN 1 /2" = 1'-0" POWER PLAN NOTES COORDINATE MOUNTING HEIGHTS FOR POWER ASSOCIATED WITH TV OUTLETS WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. TV OUTLETS ARE MOUNTED ABOVE CEILING. PROVIDE TAMPER -RESISTANT RECEPTACLES AS REQUIRED BY THE NEC. PRIOR TO BID AND ROUGH -IN, ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW AND VERIFY ALL FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT PROVIDED INFORMATION AND REQUIREMENTS, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO CUTSHEETS, SHOP DRAWINGS, NAMEPLATE INFORMATION, AND DEVICE LOCATIONS. CONTACT FOR WITH ANY DISCREPRENCIES BETWEEN INFORMATION AND PLANS. VERIFY LOCATION OF EQUIPMENT AND ASSOICATED ELECTRICAL DEVICES WITH OWNER PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. KEYNOTES 26.04 PROVIDE 1" CONDUIT FROM POINT OF SALES STATION TO FRONT DESK. EC TO COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION OF DATA TERMINATION WITH OWNER PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. 26.05 INSTALL TWISTLOCK RECEPTACLE PER KITCHEN EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE. FIELD MODIFY FACTORY CORD PROVIDED WITH EQUIPMENT BY REPLACING PLUG WITH TWISTLOCK EQUIVALENT THAT WILL CONNECT WITH TW ISTLOCK RECEPTACLE.IF REQUIRED, REPLACE FACTORY CABLE WITH EQUAL CABLE OF SUFFICIENT LENGTH TO MAKE CONNECTION TO RECEPTACLE. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THAT MODIFICATIONS DO NOT VOID EQUIPMENT WARRANTY. KITCHEN EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE EQUIPMENT MOUNTING TYPE DESCRIPTION SERVED ELEC DATA PANEL CCT # HEIGHT E03 NEMA 5-20 DISPLAY FREEZER 120 V/1-360 VA K 5 1' - 6" E04 NEMA 5-20 CUBE ICE MAKER 120 WI-1584 VA K 14 T - 6" E05 NEMA 5-20 MICROWAVE 120 Wl-1800 VA K 20 T -6" E06 NEMA L5-20 2 SPEED BLENDER 120 WI-1320 VA K 18 CEILING E07 NEMA 5-20 HOT DOG AND BUN 120 Wl-800 VA K 11 1' - 6" STEAMER E08 NEMA 5-20 HEATED 120 V/1-255 VA K 1 T -6" COUNTERTOP PIZZA MERCHANDISER E13 NEMA 5-20 SODA SYRUP RACK 120 V/1-180 VA K 21 1' - 8" E15 NEMA L5-20 FROZEN BEVERAGE 120 Wl-1440 VA K 16 CEILING DISPENSER E16 NEMA 5-20 GLASS DOOR 120 V/1-1020 VA K 1' - 6" MERCHANDISER E38 NEMA L5-20 HIGH PERFORMANCE 120 V/1-900 VA K 8 CEILING DISPENSER E38.1 NEMA L5-20 ICE MACHINE 120 V/1-1200 VA K 17 CEILING E49 NEMA L15-30P OVENTION 208 V13-8286 VA K 22,24,26 1' - 6" CONVEYOR E50 NEMA L5-20 SOLID DOOR PIZZA 120 V/1-948 VA K 10 CEILING PREP TABLE E51 NEMA 6-15 REACH IN FREEZER 120 WI-1157 VA K 25 1' - 6" E52 NEMA 5-20 REACH IN 120 V/1-1092 VA K 15 V - 6" REFRIGERATOR E53 NEMA 5-20 HEATED PROOFER / 120 Wl-1680 VA K 23 V - 6" PIZZA HOLDER E60 NEMA 5-20 SINGLE SPECIALTY 120 V/1-530 VA K 6 1' - 6" WARMERS E60.1 NEMA 5-20 MERCHANDISER 120 Wl-1630 VA WARMER E61 NEMA5-20 MOBILEWARMWG 120V/1-530VA K CABINET i S LI i L�LLL C ._� ll �..� T .- _- ....._... � rA::_, �� E60��..�._ E60,1• - ---- (-- aacl L_II ---- ---� ( '� \ i W71 — i li r E05 E08 / L--="� 1 ( ,� - 26.04 i j v I � _ � � � POS STATION E16 r K-12 / K-7 E13 E52 U� 2 KITCHEN POWER PLAN CONCESSIONS 00 B, I D O O Ara -- ---- �— - I I _ 0 10 %qoom — , POWER PLAN W N d r W W IN U UJ W < 0 C) U`CO W o Z t�- L!J 06/20/2019 PERTAINING TO ISSUES OF CONFIDENTIALITY AND COPYRIGHT, REQUEST FOR THE RELEASE OR REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS MUST BE APPROVED BY ERIC NIELSEN ARCHITECT i i 0 1 ■ co co z T_ ;s uj Lo PROJECT NUMBER: 2019-0057 DRAWN BY: DLM APPROVED BY: DEM ISSUE DATE: 06/20/19 FOR L....\ CODI OVER OMPLIANCE (�J d142019 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION SEPARATE PERMIT AN A;' -ROVAL RECEIVt� Er l� !EKED CITY OF TUK17GiCA AUG 15 2019 PERMIT CENTER # DATE DESCRIPTION ... SHEET CONTENTS: �' , POWER PLAN 1 02 LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE NOTES: 1. EC SHALL PROVIDE A SUBMITTAL PACKAGE INCLUDING CUTSHEETS FOR EACH FIXTURE. 2. EC SHALL PROVIDE ALL ACCESSORIES FOR A COMPLETE ASSEMBLY INCLUDING MOUNTING HARDWARE. 3. THE MOUNTING TYPE OF EACH FIXTURE SHALL BE COMPATIBLE WITH INSTALLATION SURFACE OF EACH FIXTURE. 4. ALL FINISHES AND MOUNTING HEIGHTS SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH ARCHITECT AND DOCUMENTED ON SUBMITTALS. BALLAST ! TYPE LAMP DRIVER VOLTS WATTS DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER B LED, 4000K STANDARD 120 32 W _ 12X4, TROFFER, 4852 LM LSI - LPASC EM (2) LED BATTERY 120/277 -IOW I EMERGENCY LIGHT, BUGEYE, SELF DIAGNOSTIC _ LSI - EAR LIGHTING PLAN NOTES EXISTING DEVICES AND CIRCUITRY NOT SHOWN SHALL REMAIN. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE REMOVAL AND RELOCATION OF EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURES ABOVE CAFE WITH OWNER. O B B B CONC®10 0 S B B B i K-3 R I WED COD OMP ROV PIOV 14 2 FOR LIANCE ED "I kwila VISION SEPARATE P'E' 'MITAND .-.n RECEI. 'IUVAL CITY OF T� P IRED AUG 15 2019 1 LIGHTING PLAN P.,,Rjy, IT -CENTER � N LL1 WIN _j~ry Lu W U < �F--�->J z=O� 0n�> U`CU)O uj a Z W MM W I 06/20/2019 PERTAINING TO ISSUES OF CONFIDENTIALITY AND COPYRIGHT, REQUEST FOR THE RELEASE OR REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS MUST EE PROJECT NUMBER: 2019-0057 DRAWN BY: DLM APPROVED BY: DEM ISSUE DATE: 06/20/19 REVISIONS_ # DATE DESCRIPTION SHEET CONTENTS: LIGHTING PLAN al= 3 Branch Panel: K Location: Supply From: TR Mounting: SURFACE Enclosure: NEMA 1 Notes: NEW Volts: 120/208 Wye Phases: 3 Wires: 4 A.I.C. Rating: 10,000 Mains Type: MCB Mains Rating: 100 A CKT Load Name CB P Wire A B C Wire P CB Load Nam CKT 1 PIZZA MERCHANDISER (4) 20 1 255 360 1 20 RECEPTACLE 2 3 CAFE LIGHTING 20 1 288 536 1 20 MOBILE WARMING CABINET 4 4 5 DISPLAY FREEZER 4 20 1 360 530 1 20 SINGLE SPECIALTY WARMERS 4 6 7 POS STATION 20 1 60Q 900 1 20 HIGH PERFORMANCE DISPENSER (4) 8 9 EF-1 20 1 ': 696 948 1 20 PIZZA PREP 4 10 11 IHOT DOG AND BUN STEAMER 4 20 1 1 1 800 1000 1 1 120 JTV STATIONS 4 12 13 GLASS DOOR MERCHANDISER (4) 20 1 1020 1584 1 1 120 1 CUBE ICE MAKER (4) 14 15 REACH IN REFRIGERATOR (4) 20 1 1092 1440 1 20 IFROZEN BEVERAGE DISPENCER (4) 16 17 ICE MACHINE (4) 20 1 1200 1320 1 20 BLENDER(4) 18 19 MERCHANDISER WARMER 4 20 1 1630 1800 1 20 MICROWAVE 4 20 21 BODE SYRUP RACK 4 20 1 180 2762 #10 3 30 OVEN (4) 22 24 26 23 HEATED PROOFER / PIZZA HOLDER (4) 20 1 'r': 1680 2762 25 REACH IN FREEZER 4 20 1 1157 2762 27 MERCHANDISER 4 20 1 �1021 2250 #10 2 30 EWH-1 28 30 29 SPACE — — — 0 2250 Total Load: Total Amps: 1 12068 VA 11206 VA 101 A 93 A 11902 VA 100 A Load Classification Connected Load Demand Factor Estimated Demand Panel Totals Lighting 288 VA 125.00% 360 VA Power 6196 VA 100.00 % 6196 VA Total Conn. Load: 35176 VA Receptacle 6768 VA 100.00 % 6768 VA Total Est. Demand: 27575 VA Kitchen 21924 VA 65.00% 14251 VA Total Conn. Current: 98 A Total Est. Demand... 77 A N.T.S. 1. CONDUIT SIZED BASED ON CONDUCTOR PROPERTIES LISTED IN THE CURRENT NEC EDITION, CHAPTER, 9, TABLES 5 AND 5A, AND CONDUIT AREAS LISTED CHAPTER 9, TABLE 4 FOR EMT WITH 40 % FILL. OTHER CONDITIONS MAY REQUIRE A LARGER CONDUIT, SUCH AS UNDERGROUND PVC, SIZED FOR NEC. 2. GROUND SIZES: EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR BASED ON NEC TABLE 250.122 - COPPER / GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR BASED ON NEC TABLE 250.66 - COPPER 3. CONDUCTOR SIZES BASED ON NEC TABLE 310.15 - COPPER 75°C. ELECTRICAL FEEDER KEYNOTES 50-0 3/4"C,4#8,1#10GR 100-4 11 - 1 1/4"C,4#3,1#8 GR PANELBOARD NOTES (#) 1. TERMINATE GROUND ON ISOLATED GROUND BUS, 2. INSTALL LOCKING DEVICE FURNISHED WITH PANELBOARD (LOCK -OFF FOR MAINTENANCE). 3. INSTALL LOCKING DEVICE FURNISHED WITH PANELBOARD (LOCK -ON FOR CRITICAL LOAD). 4. GFI BREAKER FOR PERSONNEL PROTECTION (5mA). 5. GFI BREAKER FOR EQUIPMENT PROTECTION (30mA). 6. CONDUCTOR SIZE SHOWN IN PANEL SCHEDULE HAS BEEN INCREASED FOR VOLTAGE DROP. SIZE EQUIPMENT GROUND PROPORTIONALLY PER NEC. REFERENCE GROUND WIRE SIZING CHART. 7. REFER TO ONE -LINE DIAGRAM FOR AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT FOR INTERRUPT RATINGS. 8. REFER TO ONE -LINE DIAGRAM FOR WIRE SIZES. 9. FACTORY WIRED TO LOAD. 10. THRU CONTROLLER. REFER TO LIGHTING CONTROLLER DETAIL. 11. ADD CIRCUIT BREAKER TO EXISTING PANEL. NEW CIRCUIT BREAKER SHALL MATCH MANUFACTURER AND AIC RATING OF THE ADJACENT BREAKERS. 12. USE EXISTING CIRCUIT BREAKER. EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR SIZING CHART BRKR AMPS WIRE SIZE 15-20 PHASE 12 10 8 6 4 GROUND 12 10 8 6 4 25-30 PHASE 10 8 6 4 3 GROUND 10 8 6 4 3 35-50 PHASE 8 6 4 3 2 GROUND 10 8 4 4 4 60 PHASE 6 4 3 2 1 GROUND 10 6 6 4 4 70 PHASE 6 4 3 2 1 GROUND 8 4 4 3 2 80-90 PHASE 4 3 2 1 1/0 GROUND 8 6 4 4 3 100 PHASE 3 2 1 1/0 210 GROUND 8 6 4 4 3 PER NEC 250.122(B) EQUIPMENT LABELS ALL SWITCHBOARDS AND PANELBOARDS SHALL HAVE A LABEL APPLIED TO WARN OF POTENTIAL ARC FLASH HAZARDS .i ARC FLASH AND SHOCK HAZARD. APPROPRIATE PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT (PPE) REQUIRED. NOTES: A. ALL SWITCHBOARDS AND PANELBOARDS SHALL HAVE A COMMERCIALLY PRODUCED PERMANENT LABEL APPLIED, SIMILAR TO THE ABOVE, TO WARN OF POTENTIAL ARC FLASH HAZARDS, IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC 110.16 AND NFPA 70E. B. LABELING MAY BE COMPLETED BY EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER, EQUIPMENT VENDOR/SUPPLIER, OR THE CONTRACTOR. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THAT ALL SWITCHBOARDS AND PANELBOARDS ARE PROPERLY LABELED IN THE FIELD. PROVIDE NEW 50A/3P CIRCUIT BREAKER IN EXISTING PANELBOARD MDP FOR NEW TRANSFRORMER TR/PANEL K PRIOR TO BID, VERIFY THAT EXISTING PANELBOARD MDP HAS SPARE PHSYICAL AND ELECTRICAL CAPACITY TO ACCOMMODATE NEW CIRCUIT BREAKER AND LOAD. NEW CIRCUIT BREAKER SHALL MATCH AIC RATING, MANUFACTURER, AND TYPE OF EXISTING CIRCUIT BREAKERS. UPDATE CIRCUIT DIRECTORY AS REQUIRED. PANEL MDP' PANEL K EXISTING � I TRANSFOMRER TR 30KVA P:480V S:208V/120V 50-4 100-4 GND PER NEC REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED NOV 14 2019 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION SEPARATE ri'Rf`AT AN �;i=',=ROVAL RECEI(t EQUIRED CITY OF TUKWILA 06/20/2019 TO ISSUES OF MUST SE LU U* t" i gym. 1 J. Uj 00 00 x • lot x Uj -. n1 li PROJECT NUMBER: 2019-0057 DRAWN BY: DLM APPROVED BY: DEM ISSUE DATE: 06/20/19 REVISIONS # DATE I DESCRIPTION SHEETCONTENTS: ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES AND RISER E e� �0 AUG 15 2019 PERMIT CENTER %J" SECTION 26A GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS Rev -20150422 26A 1 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS 26A 1-1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Requirements under Division 1 and the general and supplementary conditions of these specifications apply to this section and division. Where the requirements of this section and division exceed those of Division 1, this section and division take precedence. Become thoroughly familiar with all their contents as to requirements that affect this division, section or both. The work required under this section includes material, equipment, appliances, transportation, services, and labor required to complete the entire system as required by the drawings and specifications, or reasonably inferred to be necessary to facilitate each system's functioning as implied by the design and the equipment specified. The specifications and drawings for the project are complementary, and portions of the work described in one, shall be provided as if described in both. In the event of discrepancies, notify the engineer and request clarification prior to proceeding with the work involved. Drawings are graphic representations of the work upon which the contract is based. They show the materials and their relationship to one another, including sizes, shapes, locations, and connections. They also convey the scope of work, indicating the intended general arrangement of the equipment and other materials without showing all of the exact details as to elevations, offsets, control lines, and other installation requirements. Use the drawings as a guide when laying out the work and to verify that materials and equipment will fit into the designated spaces, and which, when installed per manufacturers' requirements, will ensure a complete, coordinated, satisfactory and properly operating system. Determine exact locations by job measurements, by checking the requirements of other trades, and by reviewing all contract documents. Correct errors that could have been avoided by proper checking and inspection, at no additional cost to the owner. Specifications define the qualitative requirements for products, materials, and workmanship upon which the contract is based. 26A 1-2 DEFINITIONS Whenever used in these specifications or drawings, the following terms shall have the indicated meanings: Furnish: "to supply and deliver to the project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembling, installing, and similar operations." Install: "to perform all operations at the project site, including, but not limited to, and as required: unloading, unpacking, assembling, erecting, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning, testing, commissioning, starting up and similar operations, complete, and ready for the intended use." Provide: "to furnish and install complete, and ready for the intended use." Furnished by owner (or owner -furnished) or furnished by others: "an item furnished by the owner or under other divisions or contracts, and installed under the requirements of this division, complete, and ready for the intended use, including all items and services incidental to the work necessary for proper installation and operation. Include the installation under the warranty required by this division. Engineer: where referenced in this division, "engineer" is the engineer of record and the design professional for the work under this division, and is a consultant to, and an authorized representative of, the architect, as defined in the general and/or supplementary conditions. When used in this division, it means increased involvement by, and obligations to, the engineer, in addition to involvement by, and obligations to, the "architect". AHJ: the local code and/or inspection agency (authority) having jurisdiction over the work. NRTL nationally recognized testing laboratory, as defined and listed by OSHA in 29 CFR 1910.7 (e.g., UL, ETL, CSA), and acceptable to the AHJ over this project. The terms "approved equal", "equivalent", or "equal" are used synonymously and shall mean "accepted by or acceptable to the engineer as equivalent to the item or manufacturer specified". The term "approved" shall mean labeled, listed, certified, or all three, by an NRTL, and acceptable to the AHJ over this project. 26A 1-3 PRE -BID SITE VISIT Prior to submitting bid, visit the site of the proposed work and become fully informed as to the conditions under which the work is to be done. Failure to do so will not be considered sufficient justification to request or obtain extra compensation over and above the contract price. 26A 1-4 MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP Provide all material and equipment new and in first class condition. Provide markings or a nameplate for all material and equipment identifying the manufacturer and providing sufficient reference to establish quality, size and capacity. In general, provide the following quality grade(s) for all materials and equipment: Commercial Specification Grade Work performed under this contract shall provide a neat and "workmanlike" appearance when completed, to the satisfaction of the architect and engineer. Workmanship shall be the finest possible by experienced mechanics of the proper trade The complete installation shall function as designed and intended with respect to efficiency, capacity, noise level, etc. Abnormal or excessive noise from equipment, devices or other system components will not be acceptable. Remove from the premises waste material present as a result of work. Clean equipment installed under this contract to present a neat and clean installation at the termination of the work. Repair or replace public and private property damaged as a result of work performed under this contract to the satisfaction of authorities and regulations having jurisdiction. 26A1-5MANUFACTURERS In other articles where lists of manufacturers are introduced, subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the manufacturers specified. Where a list is provided, manufacturers listed are not in accordance with any ranking or preference. Where manufacturers are not listed, provide products subject to compliance with requirements from manufacturers that have been actively involved in manufacturing the specified product for no less than 5 years. 26A 1-6 COORDINATION Coordinate all work with other divisions and trades so that the various components of the systems will be installed at the proper time, fit the available space, and will allow proper service access to those items requiring maintenance. Refer to all other division's drawings, and to relevant equipment submittals and shop drawings to determine the extent of clear spaces. Components which are installed without regard to the above shall be relocated at no additional cost to the owner. Unless otherwise indicated, the general contractor will provide chases and openings in building construction required for installation of the systems specified herein. Contractor shall furnish the general contractor with information where chases and openings are required. Make all offsets required to clear equipment, beams and other structural members, and to facilitate concealing system components in the manner anticipated in the design. Keep informed as to the work of other trades engaged in the construction of the project, and execute work in a manner as to not interfere with or delay the work of other trades. Figured dimensions shall be taken in preference to scale dimensions. Contractor shall take his own measurements at the building, as variations may occur. Contractor will be held responsible for errors that could have been avoided by proper checking and inspection Provide materials with trim that will properly fit the types of ceiling, wall, or floor finishes actually installed. Model numbers listed in the construction documents are not necessarily intended to designate the required trim. 26A 1-7 ORDINANCES, CODES, AND STANDARDS Work performed under this contract shall, at a minimum, be in conformance with applicable national, state and local codes having jurisdiction. Equipment furnished and associated installation work performed under this contract shall be in strict compliance with current applicable codes adopted by the local AHJ including any amendments and standards as set forth by the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), Underwriters Laboratories (UL), Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME), American Society of Heating, Refrigeration, and Air Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE), American National Standards Institute (ANSI), American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM) and other national standards and codes where applicable. Additionally, comply with rules and regulations of public utilities and municipal departments affected by connection of services. Where the contract documents exceed the requirements of the referenced codes, standards, etc., the contract documents shall take precedence. Promptly bring all conflicts observed between codes, ordinances, rules, regulations, referenced standards, and these documents to the engineers attention for final resolution. Contractor will be held responsible for any violation of the law. Procure and pay for permits and licenses required for the accomplishment of the work herein described, Where required, obtain, pay for and furnish certificates of inspection to owner. Contractor will be held responsible for violations of the law. 26A 1-8 PROTECTION OF EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS Store and protect from damage equipment and materials delivered to job site, in accordance with manufacturers' recommendations. For materials and equipment susceptible to changing weather conditions, dampness, or temperature variations, store inside in conditioned spaces. For materials and equipment not susceptible to these conditions, cover with waterproof, tear -resistant, heavy tarp or polyethylene plastic as required to protect from plaster, dirt, paint, water, or physical damage. Equipment and material that has been damaged by construction activities will be rejected, and contractor shall furnish new equipment and material as required at no additional cost to the owner. Keep premises broom clean from foreign material created during work performed under this contract. Piping, equipment, etc. shall have a neat and clean appearance at the termination of the work. Plug or cap open ends of conduits while stored and installed during construction when not in use to prevent the entrance of debris into the systems. 26A 1-9 SUBSTITUTIONS Include in the base bid the products specifically named in these specifications or on the drawings. Submit, in the form of alternates, with bid, products of any other manufacturers for similar use, provided the differences in cost, if any, are included for each proposed alternate. No substitutions will be considered with receipt of Bids, unless the Architect and Engineer have received from the Bidder a written request for approval to bid a substitution at least ten calendar days prior to the date for receipt of Bids, and have approved the substitution request. Include, with each such request, the name of the material or equipment for which substitution is being requested, and a complete description of the proposed substitution, including drawings, cut sheets, performance and test data, and all other information necessary for an evaluation. Include also a statement setting forth changes in other materials, equipment or other work that would be required to incorporate the substitution. The burden of proof of the merit of the proposed substitute is upon the proposer. The proposer of any substitutions shall compensate the Engineer at a rate of $150.00 per hour for time spent evaluating proposed substitutions and or the subsequent revisions to the design required to utilize the substitution. The Architect's or Engineer's decision to approve or disapprove a substitution in a Bid is final If the proposed substitution is approved prior to receipt of Bids, such approval will be stated in an Addendum. Biddersshall not rely upon approvals made in any other manner, including verbal. No substitutions will be considered after receipt of Bids and before award of the Contract. No substitutions will be considered after the Contract is awarded unless specifically provided in the Contract Documents. 26A 1-10 SUBMITTALS Assemble and submit to the architect, for engineer's review, manufacturers' product literature for material and equipment to be furnished, installed, or both, under this division, including shop drawings, manufacturers' product data and performance sheets, samples, and other submittals required by this division. Highlight, mark, list or indicate the materials, performance criteria and accessories that are being proposed. Provide the number of submittals required by division 1; however, at a minimum, submit two (2) sets. Before submitting, verify that all materials and equipment submitted are mutually compatible and suitable for the intended use, fit the available spaces, and allow ample and code -required room for access and maintenance. Submittals shall contain the following information. Submittals not so identified will be returned to the contractor without action: The project name. The applicable specification section and paragraph. The submittal date. The contractor's stamp, which shall certify that the stamped drawings have been checked by the contractor, comply with the drawings and specifications, and have been coordinated with other trades. Submittals and shop drawings shall not contain HP Engineering's firm name or logo, nor shall it contain the HP Engineering's engineers' seal and signature. They shall not be copies of HP Engineering's work product. Transmit submittals as early as required to support the project schedule. Allow for two weeks engineer review time, plus mailing time, plus a duplication of this time for re -submittals, if required. The engineer's submittal reviews will not relieve the contractor from responsibility for errors in dimensions, details, size of members, or quantities; or for omitting components or fittings; or for not coordinating items with actual building conditions. Refer to division 1 for acceptance of electronic submittals for this project, For electronic submittals, contractor shall submit the documents in accordance with the procedures specified in division 1. Contractor shall notify the architect and engineer that the shop drawings have been posted. If electronic submittal procedures are not defined in division 1, contractor shall include the website, user name and password information needed to access the submittals. For submittals sent by e-mail, contractor shall copy the architect and engineers designated representatives. Contractor shall allow the engineer review time as specified above in the construction schedule. Contractor shall submit only the documents required to purchase the materials and/or equipment in the electronic submittal and shall clearly indicate the materials, performance criteria and accessories being proposed. General product catalog data not specifically noted to be part of the specified product will be rejected and returned without review. 26A 1-11 ELECTRONIC DRAWING FILES In preparation of shop drawings or record drawings, contractor may, as an option, obtain electronic drawing files in Revit, AutoCAD, or DXF format from the engineer for a fee of $200 for the first sheet and $100 per sheet for each additional sheet. Contact the architect for written authorization; and, contact the engineer to obtain the necessary release agreement form and to indicate the desired shipping method and drawing format. in addition to payment, architect's written authorization and engineer's release agreement form must be received before electronic drawing files will be sent. 26A 1-12 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS Submit to the architect, for engineers review, copies each of operations and maintenance instruction manuals, appropriately bound into manual form including approved copies of the following, revised if necessary to show system and equipment as actually installed. Paper clips, staples, rubber bands, and mailing envelopes are not considered approved binders. Provide the number of submittals required by Division 1; however, at a minimum, submit two (2) sets, and include, at a minimum, the following information: Cover sheet that lists the project name, date, owner, architect, consulting engineer, general contractor, sub -contractor, and an index of contents. Manufacturers' catalogs and product data sheets Wiring diagrams Operation and Maintenance instructions Parts lists Approved shop drawings Test reports as defined in NETA ATS for the systems and equipment provided or furnished or installed under this contract. Names, addresses, telephone numbers, and e-mail addresses of local contacts for warranty services and spare parts. Submit manuals prior to requesting the final punch list before any requests for substantial completion. Final approval of this division's systems installed under this contract will be withheld until this equipment brochure is received and deemed complete by the architect and engineer. Provide "as -built" drawings (see Division 1 and general conditions) 26A 1-13 TRAINING At a time mutually agreed upon between the owner and contractor, provide the services of a factory trained and authorized representative to train owner's designated personnel on the operation and maintenance of the equipment provided for this project. Provide training to include but not be limited to an overview of the system and/or equipment as it relates to the facility as a whole; operation and maintenance procedures and schedules related to startup and shutdown, troubleshooting, servicing, preventive maintenance and appropriate operator intervention; and review of data included in the operation and maintenance manuals. Submit a certification letter to the architect stating that the owners designated representative has been trained as specified herein. Letter shall include date, time, attendees and subject of training. The contractor and the owners representative shall sign the certification letter indicating agreement that the training has been provided. Schedule training with owner with at least 7 days advance notice. 26A 1-14 WARRANTIES Warrant each system and each element thereof against all defects due to faulty workmanship, design or material for a period of 12 months from date of substantial completion, unless specific items are noted to carry a longer warranty in the construction documents or manufacturers standard warranty tyexceeds this duration. Warranties shall inc lude labor and material. Remedy all defects, occurring within the warranty period(s), as stated in the general conditions and Division 1 without any additional costs to the owner. Perform any required remedial work promptly, upon written notice from the engineer or owner At the time of substantial completion, deliver to the owner all warranties, in writing and properly executed, including term limits for warranties extending beyond the required period, each warranty instrument being addressed to the owner and stating the commencement date and term. 26A2 ELECTRICALWORK 26A 2-1 BUILDING OPERATION Comply with the schedule of operations as outlined in the architectural portions of this specification. Building shall be in continuous operation. Accomplish work that requires interruption of building operation at a time when the building is not in operation, and only with written approval of building owner and/or tenant. Coordinate interruption of building operation with the owner and/or tenant a minimum of 7 days in advance of work. 26A 2-2 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILLING Perform excavation and backfill required for installation of underground work under this contract. Trenches shall be of sufficient width. Crib or brace trenches to prevent cave-in or settlement. Do not excavate trenches close to columns and walls of building without prior consultation with the architect. Use pumping equipment if required to keep trenches free of water. Backfiil trenches in maximum 6" layers of well -tamped dry earth in a manner to prevent future settlement. Excavation as herein specified shall be classified as common excavation. Common excavation shall comprise the satisfactory removal and disposition of material of whatever substances and of every description encountered, including rock, if any, within the limits of the work as specified and shown on the drawings. Excavation shall be performed to the lines and grades indicated on the drawings, Excavated materials which are considered unsuitable for backfill, and surplus of excavated material which is not required for backfill, shall be disposed of by the contractor at his own expense and responsibility, and to the satisfaction of the architect. 26A2-3 COINCIDENTAL DAMAGE Repair all streets, sidewalks, drives, paving, walls, finishes, and other facilities damaged in the course of this work. Repair materials shall match existing construction and or conform to all requirement identified in other divisions. All backfiiling and repairing shall meet all requirements of the owner, city and others having jurisdiction. Repair work shall be thoroughly first class. 26A 2-4 CUTTING AND PATCHING Following the requirements in Division 1, cut walls, floors, ceilings, and other portions of the facility as required to perform work under this division. Obtain permission of the architect, owner, or both, before doing any cutting. Cut all holes as small as possible. Patch walls, floors, and other portions of the facility as required by work under this division. All patching shall be thoroughly first class and shall match the original material and construction, including fire ratings if applicable in a manner satisfactory to the architect. 26A 2-5 ROUGH -IN Coordinate without delay all roughing -in with other divisions. Conceal all piping and rough -in except in unfinished areas and where otherwise indicated in the construction documents. 26A 2-6 SUPPORT SYSTEMS 1.Steel slotted support systems (slotted channel): comply with MFMA-3, factory -fabricated components for field assembly; 12-gauge, 1-5/8-inch by 1-5/8-inch; Cooper B-Line, Erico International Corporation, HIM, Inc., Power -Strut, Thomas & Betts Corporation, Unistrut. Finishes: A. Metallic coatings: hot -dip galvanized after fabrication and applied according to MFMA-3 B.Nonmetallic coatings: manufacturer's standard PVC, polyurethane or polyester coating applied according to MFMA-3. C.Painted coatings: manufacturer's standard painted coating applied according to MFMA-3. D. Stainless steel: type 304, per ASTM A240. 2.Aluminum slotted support systems (slotted channel): comply with MFMA-3, type 6063-T6, per ASTM B221; factory -fabricated components for field assembly; 12-gauge, 1-5/8-inch by 1-5/8-inch; Cooper B-Line, Erico International Corporation, HIM, Inc„ Power -Strut, Thomas & Betts Corporation, Unistrut. Field Fabrication: Where field cutting of standard lengths of channel are required, make cuts straight and perpendicular to manufactured surfaces. For field -cut or damaged surfaces of coated channels, dress cut ends, damaged surfaces, or both, with an abrasive material (e.g., file, grinding stone, or similar) and cleanser to remove oils, rust, sharp edges and shards. For channel with a factory -applied coating, re -finish cut edges with a coating compatible with the factory finish and as recommended by the manufacturer (e.g., manufacturers touch-up paint or zinc -rich cold -galvanizing compound, as applicable). 26A 2-7 PENETRATIONS Coordinate sleeve selection and application with selection and application of fire -stopping specified in Division 7 section 'through -penetration firestop systems." Roofs: Coordinate ail roof penetrations with engineer, owner, and as applicable, the roofing contractor providing a roof warranty. Keep all raceway penetrations within mechanical equipment curbs wherever possible. Coordinate with all other applicable Division's work. Flash and counternash all openings through roof, and/or provide pre -fabricated molded seals compatible with the roof construction installed, or as required by the engineer, owner, or roofing contractor. All roof penetrations shall be leak -tight at the termination of the work and shall not void any new or existing roof warranties. Walls and Floors: Sleeves for raceways and cables Steel pipe sleeves: ASTM A 531A 53M, type E, grade B, schedule 40, galvanized steel, plain ends and drip rings. Cast-iron pipe sleeves: cast or fabricated "wail pipe;' equivalent to ductile -iron pressure pipe, with plain ends and integral waterstop, unless otherwise indicated. Sleeves for rectangular openings: galvanized sheet steel with minimum 0.138 inch thickness and of width and length to suit application. 26A 2-8 FIRE -STOPPING THROUGH PENETRATIONS Fire-resistant through penetration sealants: two-part, foamed -in -place, silicone sealant formulated for use in through -penetration fire -stopping around cables, raceways, and cable tray penetrations through fire -rated walls and floors. Sealants and accessories shall have fire -resistance ratings indicated, as established by testing identical assemblies in accordance with ASTM E 814, by underwriters' laboratories, Inc., or other NRTL acceptable to AHJ. Acceptable manufacturers Hilti, Inc. 3m Corp. Rectorseal. Specify Technology Inc. United States Gypsum Company Submittals Submit product data, manufacturer's specifications and technical data for each material including the composition and limitations, documentation of UL firestop systems to be used and manufacturer's installation instructions to comply with Division 1. Manufacturer's engineering judgment identification number and drawing details when no UL system is available for an application. Engineering judgment shall include both project name and contractors name who will install firestop system as described in drawings. Submit material safety data sheets provided with product delivered tojob-site 26A 2-9 CONCRETE BASES Provide concrete bases (e.g., housekeeping pads) for equipment where indicated on the drawings and as specified herein. Concrete bases shall have chamfered edges. Size of base shall be a minimum of 2 inches greater than the footprint of the equipment that it is supporting. Construct equipment bases of a minimum 28-day, 4000- si concrete conforming to American Concrete Institute itute standard buildin g code for reinforced concrete (ACI 318-99) and the latest applicable recommendations of the ACI standard practice manual. Concrete shall be composed of cement conforming to ASTM C 150 type I, aggregate conforming to ASTM C33, and potable water. Exposed exterior concrete shall contain 5 to 7 percent air entrainment. Unless otherwise specified or shown on the structural drawings, reinforce equipment bases with no. 4 reinforcing bars conforming to ASTM A 615 or 6x6 — vti2.9 x w2.9 welded wire mesh conforming to ASTM A185. Place reinforcing bars 24 inches on center with a minimum of two bars each direction. Provide galvanized anchor bolts for equipment placed on concrete bases or on concrete slabs. Anchor bolts size, number and placement shall be as recommended by the manufacturer of the equipment. Concrete equipment bases shall have a minimum height of 4 inches and shall be poured -in -place. 26A 2-10 ACCESS DOORS Provide access doors in ceilings and walls, where indicated or required for access or maintenance to concealed equipment installed under this section. Provide concealed hinges, screwdriver -type lock, and anchor straps. Manufactured by Milcor, Zurn, Titus, or equal. Obtain architect's approval of type, size, location and color before ordering. 26A 2-11 EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY OTHERS Provide necessary equipment and accessories that are not provided by the equipment supplier or owner to complete installation of equipment furnished b others in locations as indicated on the drawings, y a Ings, specified herein, or both. Equipment and accessories not provided by the equipment supplier may include such items as flexible cords and plugs, as required for proper operation of the complete system, in accordance with the manufacturers' instructions. Be responsible for correct rough -in dimensions, and verify them with engineer, owner's representative, equipment supplier, or all three, prior to rough -in and service installations. 26A2-12 CLEANING In addition to the requirements of Division 1, remove from the premises dirt and refuse resulting from the performance of the electrical work, as required, to prevent accumulation. Cooperate in maintaining reasonably clean premises at all times. Immediately prior to final inspection, make a final cleanup of dirt and refuse resulting from the work. Clean all material and equipment installed under this division. Remove dirt, dust, plaster, stains and foreign matter from all surfaces. Touch up and restore all damaged finishes to their original condition. 26A 2-13 ADJUSTING, ALIGNING AND TESTING Adjust, align, and test all electrical equipment on this project provided under this division and all electrical equipment furnished by others for installation or wiring under this division, for proper operation. Test all systems and equipment according to the requirements in NETA ATS (latest edition) and all additional requirements specified in following sections. Maintain the following on the project premises at all times: a true RMS reading voltmeter, a true RMS reading ammeter, and a megohmmeter insulation resistance tester. Provide test data readings as requested or as required by the engineer. 26A 2-14 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION Provide equipment identification nameplates: -On all panelboards, switches, starters, dimmers, switches in distribution panelboards and switchboards as well as where indicated elsewhere in the construction documents. Nameplates: Engraved, contrasting color, three -layer, laminated plastic indicating the name of the equipment, load, or circuit as designated on the drawings and in the specifications: -Field-applied permanent epoxy adhesive, compatible with the equipment finish. -Attachment method shall be acceptable to the manufacturers of the equipment to which the nameplates are being applied. Color: black background with white letters for normal power; red background with white letters for emergency power. Letter height: %-inch minimum. 26A 2-15 SYSTEM STARTUP Prior to starting up the electrical systems: Check all components and devices. Lubricate items accordingly. Tighten screws and bolts for connectors and terminals according to manufacturers published torque -tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486a and UL 486b. Adjust taps on each transformer for rated secondary voltage when the transformer is at minimum load. Check and record building's service entrance voltage, grounding conditions, grounding resistance, and proper phasing. Replace all burned -out lamps and lamps used for temporary construction lighting in permanent light fixtures. After all systems have been inspected and adjusted, confirm all operating features required by the drawings and specifications and make final adjustments as necessary. 26A 4 ALTERNATES Provide all work contemplated under the different alternates to include labor, materials, equipment and services necessary for and incidental to the completion of work under each particular alternate. Furnish separate bids for each alternate applicable to contractors proposal, stating the amount to be added or deducted from the base bid in case the alternate is accepted. Comply with applicable sections of the base specifications for work required by the alternate unless otherwise specified. Refer to the architectural portion of the specification. END OF SECTION 26A REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED NOV 14 2019 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION SEPARATE RECE1V-ff"���C.'+VAL CITY OF TUkE�X)91RED AUG 15 2019 PERf0lT CENTER (Y N W W U _J LU 0 W Q qS �_ J Z=0J UUU- --�l f �" U DLOL 1� W Z r WM W 06120/2019 PERTAINING TO ISSUES OF CONFIDENTIALITY AND COPYRIGHT. REQUEST FOR THE RELEASE OR REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS MUST BE APPROVED BY ERIC NIELSEN - • -u�x tit ' t li tl; i >, • i PROJECT NUMBER: 2019-0057 DRAWN BY: DLM APPROVED BY: OEM ISSUE DATE: 06/20/19 REVISIONS # DATE I DESCRIPTION SHEET CONTENTS: ELECTRICAL PECIFICATIONS 26B BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS rev - 20150520 26B 1 METHODS 26B 1-1 RACEWAYS Metallic Conduit And Tubing: Electrical Metallic Tubing and fittings (EMT): ANSI C80.3, UL 797. Reduced wall EMT is not allowed. Flexible Metal Conduit (FMC): zinc -coated steel or aluminum, UL 1. Reduced -wall FMC is not allowed. Intermediate Metal Conduit (IMC): hot -dip galvanized rigid steel conduit: ANSI C80.6, UL 1242. Liquidtight Flexible Metal Conduit (LFMC): flexible steel conduit with PVC jacket: UL 360 Rigid Metal Conduit (RMC): hot -dip Galvanized Rigid Steel conduit (GRS): ANSI C80.1, UL 6. Plastic -coated IMC, RMC, and fittings: NEMA RN 1, UL listed. IMC and RMC fittings: NEMA FB 1; compatible with conduit type and material, UL listed Non -Metallic Conduit And Tubing: Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit (RNC): schedule 40 PVC, 90 deg C rated, NEMA TC-2, UL 651; fittings: NEMA TC 3, TC 6; UL 514, compatible with conduit/tubing type and material, UL listed. Electrical Nonmetallic Tubing (ENT): NEMA TC 13, UL listed. Liquidtight Flexible Nonmetallic Conduit (LFNC): UL 1660. ENT and LFNC fittings: Compatible with conduit/tubing type and material, UL listed. 26B 1-2 RACEWAY INSTALLATION Above Ground Use: Install all circular raceways concealed above suspended ceilings or concealed in walls or floors wherever possible except where otherwise indicated. Provide GRS for all conduits run exposed to weather, or exposed to other hazardous conditions. All other raceway may be EMT where approved by local code. Use compression type fittings for EMT, with all fittings UL listed for the environment in which they are used. Underground use: Provide GRS installed below grade with a corrosion resistant bonded -plastic or approved mastic coating. This shall include the 90-degree elbow below grade and the entire vertical transition to above grade. RNC conduit may be used underground where permitted by local code and where not specifically restricted by these documents. When used, provide coated GRS, as specified above, for all bends greater than 30 degrees, including the 90-degree elbows below grade and the entire vertical risers for transitions from belowto above grade or above -slab. Equipment Connections: Use FMC for final connection to each motor and transformer, and to any device that would otherwise transmit motion, vibration, or noise. Use LFMC where exposed to liquids, vapors or sunlight, and to connect to kitchen and food service equipment. Provide all FMC and LFMC with an insulated bonding conductor. Use only metal raceways for all power wiring from the output of variable frequency drives to their respective motors. All feeders to variable frequency drives (VFDs) shall be in EMT or other metallic conduit. PVC or fiberglass is not allowed for feeders to VFDs. General Raceway Installation Requirements: Install raceways parallel and perpendicular to building lines. Install raceways to requirements of structure and to requirements of all other work on the project; to clear all openings, depressions, pipes, ducts, reinforcing steel, and other immovable obstacles. Install raceways set in forms for concrete structure in such a manner that installation will not affect the strength of the structure. Except where approved in writing by the engineer, install no raceway in a slab -on -grade. Locate raceway in granular fill below slabs -on -grade. Install raceways continuous between connections to outlets, boxes and cabinets with a minimum possible number of bends and not more than the equivalent of four 90-degree bends between connections. Use manufactured elbows for all 45- and 90-degree bends, unless approved by the engineer in advance. Make other bends smooth and even and without flattening raceway or flaking galvanizing or enamel. Radii of bends shall be as long as possible and never shorter than the corresponding trade elbow. Use long radius elbows for all underground installations, where necessary or indicated. Securely fasten raceways in place with approved straps, hangers and steel supports as required. Attach raceway supports to the building structure. Hang single raceways for feeders with malleable split ring hangers with rod and turnbuckle suspension from inserts spaced not over 10 feet apart in construction above. Clamp groups of horizontal feeder raceways to steel channels that are suspended from inserts spaced not over 10 feet apart in construction above. Securely clamp vertical feeder raceways to structural steel members attached to structure. Install cable clamps for support of vertical feeders where required. Add raceway supports within 12 inches of all bends, on both sides of the bends. Do not support raceways from suspended ceiling components. Ream raceway ends, thoroughly clean raceways before installation, and keep clean after installation. Plug or cover openings and boxes as required to keep raceways clean during construction and fish all raceways clear of obstructions before pulling conductors. Provide raceways of ample size for pulling of wire and not smaller than code requirements and not less than 1/2-inch in size, unless indicated otherwise on drawings. Protect all raceway installations against damage during construction. Repair all raceways damaged or moved out of line after roughing -in to meet engineer's approval without additional cost to the owner. Align and install true and plumb all raceway terminations at panelboards, switchboards, motor control equipment and junction boxes. Install approved expansion/deflection fittings where raceways pass through (if embedded) or across (if exposed) expansion joints. Also when using RNC or RAC in exposed environments in accordance with the NEC and expansion/contraction properties of RNC or RAC. Install a pull wire in each empty raceway that is left for installation of conductors or cables under other divisions or contracts. Use polypropylene or monofilament plastic line with not less than 200-lb tensile strength. Leave at least 24 inches of slack at each end of pull wire. Make all joints and connections in a manner that will ensure mechanical strength and electrical continuity 26B 1-3 BUSHINGS AND LOCKNUTS Rigidly terminate conduits entering sheet metal enclosures to the enclosure with a bushing and locknut on the inside and a locknut or an approved hub on the outside. Conduit shall enter the enclosure squarely. Provide bushings and locknuts made of galvanized malleable iron with sharp, clean-cut threads. Where EMT enters a box, provide approved EMT compression connectors. Use insulated, grounding, or combination, bushings wherever connection is subject to vibration or moisture, when required by NFPA 70, or both. 26B 1-4 CONDUCTORS AND CABLES Conductor Material: Annealed (soft) copper complying with ICEA S-95-6581NEMA WC70; Conductor insulation types: 90-degree C-rated, type THHN/THWN-2 or XHHW-2 complying with ICEA 8-95-658/NEMA WC70 Sizes of conductors and cables indicated or specified are in American Wire Gage (AWG - brown and Sharpe). All feeder and branch circuit conductors no. 8 AWG and larger. stranded. All conductors, no. 10 AWG and smaller. solid copper All branch circuit wiring: not smaller than no. 12 AWG. If no conductor size is indicated on the drawings for a branch circuit, provide conductors and conduit sized per NFPA 70 and based on the indicated branch circuit overcurrent protective device (OCPD) rating and number of poles. Where no circuit size (i.e., conductors and OCPD) is indicated on the drawings for a branch circuit, provide three no. 12 AWG conductors, in 1/2-inch raceway, and a 20a circuit breaker, Control wiring: stranded copper conductors, 600v insulation, of the proper type, size and number as required to accomplish specified function. Minimum size: no. 14 AWG, unless noted otherwise. Stranded for all flexible cords and cables, or as otherwise indicated. Unless indicated otherwise, special purpose conductors and cables, such as low voltage control and shielded instrument wiring, shall be as recommended by the system equipment manufacturer. Type MC cable: 600v, unjacketed; ANSI E119 and E814, UL standards 44 or 83 (as applicable), and 1569, NFPA 70 article 330, aluminum or galvanized steel interlocked armor, THHN- or XHHW-insulated conductors; color code: ICEA method 1, with green insulated grounding conductor 26B 1-5 INSTALLATION OF CONDUCTORS AND CABLES Install all wiring in approved raceway and enclosures , except where specified or indicated, for low -voltage wiring or direct -buried cables; or, where type MC cable is indicated, specified as acceptable, or both. Support all conductors and cables in vertical installations, as required by NFPA 70, by installing cable supports or plug -type conduit riser supports, or wire -mesh safety grips. Install all conductors and cable in raceways continuous without taps or splices. Splice or tap only in approved boxes and enclosures with approved solderless connectors, or crimp connectors and terminal blocks for control wiring, and keep to the minimum required. Insulate all splices, taps, and joints as required by codes. All materials used to terminate, splice or tap conductors: designed for, properly sized for, and UL listed for the specific application and conductors involved, and installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, using the manufacturer's recommended tools. Where wiring is indicated as installed, but the connection is indicated "future" or "by other division, trades, or contracts", leave a minimum 3-foot "pigtail" at the box, tape the ends of the conductors, and cover the box. The number of conductors in a specific raceway "home run" is typically indicated with cross lines (tick marks) on each "circuit run" on the drawings. In general, the direction of branch circuit "home run" routing is indicated on the drawings, complete with circuit numbers and panelboard designation. Continue all such "home run" wiring to the designated panelboard, as though "circuit runs" were indicated in their entirety. Multi -wire branch circuits (i.e., shared neutral) shall be provided with a means that will simultaneously disconnect all ungrounded conductors at the point the branch circuit originates. Multi -pole breakers or 3 single pole breakers with a handle tie are two examples. When multiple home runs are combined into a single raceway such that the number of conductors exceeds four (conductor count is made up of any combination of phase and neutral conductors), the following restrictions apply, which are in addition to those in NFPA 70: NORMAL or NON -ESSENTIAL CIRCUITS: Maximum of 16 conductors in a single raceway. For up to eight conductors in a raceway, minimum raceway size: 3/4-inch. For greaterthan eight conductors, minimum raceway size: 1-inch. Do not install any other type of circuit in this raceway. The minimum wire sue for all conductors In this raceway: no. 10 AWG. Only 15a and 20a branch circuit homeruns may be combined into one raceway. ISOLATED GROUND (IG) CIRCUITS: The Isolated Ground conductor of each IG circuit shall be continuous (no splices) the entire length of the circuit. IG circuits shall be provided with dedicated neutrals, equipment grounds, and isolated grounds and routed in separate conduits from other circuits. GFCI CIRCUITS: Do not use multi -conductor circuits, with a shared neutral, for any GFCI circuit breaker or receptacle circuit. For branch circuits fed from GFCI circuit breakers, limit the one-way conductor length to 100 feet between the panelboard and the most remote receptacle or load on the GFCI circuit Properly identify all terminal blocks and wire terminals for control wiring with vinyl stick -on markers or equivalent. Provide engineer with a list of proposed identifying numbers for review prior to installing markers. Provide an equipment -grounding conductor, or bonding jumper, as applicable, in all feeders and branch circuits, sized in accordance with NFPA 70 tables 250.66 or 250.122, as applicable, unless indicated as larger on the drawings. Voltage drop in branch circuits shall not exceed 3 percent. Wiring shall have insulation of the proper color to match color code system in the table below unless there is a color system currently in use by the facility, in which case the colors are to match the existing system. In larger sizes, where properly colored insulation is not available, use vinyl plastic electrical tape of the appropriate color around each conductor at all termination points, junction and pull boxes System Voltage 240v and under - 208y/120, 120/240, 120/208, 240d/120 Phase A- black, phase B - red, phase C- blue, neutral -white, equipment ground green, isolated ground - green Wyeliow stripe. 480v and 480y/277v Phase A- brown, phase B - orange, phase C - yellow, neutral- gray, equipment ground- green- Use of MC Cable, May Only Be Used: In lieu of flexible conduit and wiring from light fixtures in accessible ceilings to junction boxes (attached to building structure) above the ceiling. Provide cable whips of sufficient lengths to allow for relocating each light fixture within a 5-foot radius of its installed location, but not exceeding 6 feet in unsupported lengths. For vertical drops in stud walls. In lieu of EMT, only for 15a and 20a branch circuits (with up to four (4) conductors, not including ground conductor), and only in dry concealed locations above grade, except where specifically not permitted by NFPA 70. Do Not Use MC Cable For The Following: Homeruns to panelboards. Where exposed to view. Where exposed to damage. Hazardous locations. Wet locations. When restricted otherwise above, and when specifically disallowed by the local AHJ, landlord, or both. Circuits that can be supplied by an emergency or standby power source. 26B 1-6 JUNCTION BOXES, PULL BOXES, CABINETS AND WIREWAYS Provide junction boxes, pull boxes, cabinets and wireways wherever necessary for proper installation of various electrical systems according to NFPA 70 and where indicated on the drawings, Size as required for the specific u function or as required y g h g. S qfn 1 q by NFPA 70, whichever is larger. Construction shall be of a NEMA design suitable for the environment installed. Junction boxes installed behind wall cases, and in or on other display fixtures, except where otherwise specified, shall be 4-inch square or larger, with galvanized covers. 26B 1-7 OUTLET BOXES All outlets including light fixture, switch, receptacle, and similar outlets: National Electrical, Appleton, Steel City, Race, or approved equal, galvanized steel knockout boxes, suitable in design to the purpose they serve and the space they occupy. Size as required for the specific function or as required by NFPA 70, whichever is larger. Set all outlet boxes in walls, columns, floors, or ceilings so they are flush with the finished surface, accurately set, and rigidly secured in position. Provide plaster rings, extension rings and/or masonry rings as required for flush mounting. Provide approved cast outlet boxes, with hubs and weatherproof covers, in all areas subject to damp, wet, or harsh conditions, 26B 1-8 OUTLET LOCATIONS Coordinate locations of outlet boxes. Outlets are only approximately located on the small scale drawings. Use great care in the actual location by consulting the various large scale detailed drawings used by other division trades, and by securing definite locations from the architect and/or engineer. 26B 1-9 MOUNTING HEIGHTS Unless noted otherwise, install wiring devices as indicated below (note: all dimensions are to the bottom of the outlet box unless noted otherwise): Receptacles: Vertically aligned with the ground slot mounted at the bottom: 16 inches above finished floor. Horizontally aligned, with neutral slot mounted at the top: 16 inches above finished floor. For above counters: 6 inches above top of counter or as specified by others. Mechanical and electrical equipment rooms and janitors closets: 44 inches above finished floor, vertically aligned Garages: 24 inches above finished floor, vertically aligned Weatherproof exterior receptacles: 24 inches above finished grade or as indicated on drawings, vertically aligned GFCI receptacles: same as general receptacles Isolated ground receptacles: same as general receptacles SPD receptacles: same as general receptacles Clock receptacles: 84 inches above finished floor or as specified by others. Concrete block walls: dimensions above may be adjusted slightly, as required to compensate for variable joint dimensions, such that bottom or top of boxes, as applicable, are at block joints. Switches: General: 46 inches above finished floor. Above counters: same as for receptacles. Concrete block walls: 40 inches above finished floor (dimension may be adjusted slightly, as required to compensate for variable joint dimensions, such that bottom of boxes are at block joints). Walls with wainscoting: 6 inches minimum above wainscoting, but not exceeding 48 inches above finished floor. Telephone/Data Outlet Boxes: General: match mounting height of adjacent wiring device listed above Wall -mounted telephone: 40 inches above finished floor. For other than wiring devices, refer to paragraphs, articles, sections, divisions, or drawings to obtain mounting heights for specific equipment or systems. 26B 1-10 WIRING DEVICES Unless noted otherwise on the drawings wiring devices are 20a rated devices. Where 15a rated devices are indicated on the drawings or required for circuit rating limitations, provide wiring devices equivalent to those specified for 20a, but rated for 15a Provide the following wiring devices where shown on drawings or required. Minor changes relative to the location of electrical equipment may be made to comply with structural and building requirements as determined in the course of construction. Provide all wiring devices of the same manufacturer and not mixed on the project, to the maximum extent possible. Provide color of toggles and receptacles as requested by the engineer: Duplex convenience receptacles: Specification grade, NEMA 5-20R, 125V, 20A, grounding Type, UL listed and labeled, nylon face, side and back wired, self grounding, manufactured by Leviton or approved equivalent. Hospital Grade straight blade receptacles: NEMA 5-20R, 125V, 20A, grounding type, UL listed and labeled, nylon face, side and back wired, self -grounding, manufactured by Leviton or approved equivalent. Hospital Grade straight blade safety type, tamper -resistant receptacles: NEMA 5-20R, 125V, 20A, grounding type, UL listed and labeled, nylon face, side and back wired, self -grounding, manufactured by Leviton or approved equivalent. Twist -Locking type receptacles: NEMA 1-5-20R, 125V, 20A, grounding type, UL listed and labeled, nylon face, side and back wired, self -grounding, Leviton 2310 or approved equivalent. Ground fault circuit interrupter type receptacles: Specification Grade UL listed and labeled complying with UL 943, Class A and NEMA WD-1-1.10, 125V, 20A, trip at 4.6mA within 0.25 second, and feed-thru type with integral heavy duty NEMA 5-20R receptacle arranged to protect receptacles downstream on the same circuit, manufactured by Leviton or approved equivalent Isolated ground receptacles: Specification Grade NEMA 5-20R NEMA L5-20R, 125V, 20A, grounding type, UL listed and labeled, nylon face, side and back wired, furnished with a green pigtail connected to the grounding contact, and grounding contacts electrically isolated from the mounting strap, manufactured by Leviton or approved equivalent. TVSS receptacles Specification Grade for 125V (150V maximum continuous operating voltage) service: NEMA 5-20R, 125V, 20A, self -grounding type, RFI/EMI noise filtering, UL listed 1449 Second Edition (1998) & 489; equipped with LED indicator(s) and audible alarm, manufactured by Leviton or approved equivalent. Suppression module shall protect normal and conunvn modes, with the following mode characteristics, and be suitable for ANSI/IEEE C62.41-1991 A, B installations: Peak Energy240 joules minimum Peak Current13,000A minimum UL 3000A Test400V minimum Response Times nano -seconds Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace TVSS receptacles, or replaceable surge modules (if removable), that fail in materials or workmanship within 5 years from date of Substantial Completion. Special purpose receptacles: Grounding type, UL listed with NEMA configurations as implied on the Drawings, manufactured by Leviton or approved equivalent. Switches: Specification grade, rated for 120/277V, 20A, back and side wired, and UL listed and labeled, manufactured by Leviton or approved equivalent. Pilot Light switches: 20A, 1-pole, 2-pole, 3-way switch with red neon lighted handle. Toggle shall be illuminated when the switch is in the "ON" position, manufactured by Leviton or approved equivalent. Lighted Handle switches: 20A, 1-pole, 3-way switch with clear neon lighted handle. Toggle shall be illuminated when the switch is in the "OFF' position. Manufactured by Leviton or approved equivalent. Key operated light switches: Same as standard light switches except toggle handle shall be operated by a factory provided key, manufactured by Leviton or approved equivalent. Swatches for use with mechanically -held, electrically -operated lighting contactors: Single pole, double throw, momentary, center off switch, rated for 120/277V, and UL listed and labeled, manufactured by Leviton or approved equivalent. Wall box dimmers: Specification grade slider type wall box dimmers, UL listed and labeled, with Radio Frequency Interference (RFI) filters to avoid interference with electronic equipment, and a minimum wattage as indicated on the Drawings or as required for the load manufactured by Leviton or approved equivalent, Dual Voltage Switch Relay; A normally -open, electrically -held relay that allows a single -pole switch to control loads operating at two different voltages (e.g., 120V and 277V); listed to UL Standard 916; installed in a 2-gang outlet box, with a voltage -separating barrier and plaster ring manufactured by Lighting Controls and Designs (GR 2001 DV) or approved equivalent. Wall switch occupancy sensors: Passive Infrared type, wall box switch, 120/277V, up to 20-minute time delay, light level sensor, 180-degree field of view, square -foot coverage as required for minimum coverage of the space per the manufacturer, UL listed and labeled and conforms to California Title 24 EnergyCode manufactured b Leviton or approved equivalent. y pp gwvalent. Wall switch occupancy sensors: Adaptive technology type, wall box switch, 120/277V, up to 20-minute time delay, light level sensor, 180-degree field of view, square -foot coverage as required for minimum coverage of the space per the manufacturer, UL listed and labeled, and conforms to California Title 24 Energy Code, manufactured by Leviton or approved equivalent. Ceiling mounted occupancy sensors: Passive Infrared type, 120/277V, up to 20-minute time delay, light level sensor, 360-degree field of view, square -foot coverage as required for minimum coverage of the space per the manufacturer, UL listed and labeled, and conforms to California Title 24 Energy Code, manufactured by Leviton or approved equivalent. Ceiling mounted occupancy sensors: Dual technology type, 120/277V, up to 20-minute time delay, light level sensor, 360-degree field of view, square -foot coverage as required for minimum coverage of the space per the manufacturer, UL listed and labeled, and conforms to California Title 24 Energy Code, manufactured by Leviton or approved equivalent. 266 1-11 SWITCH AND OUTLET COVER PLATES Switch and outletplates: colored smooth nylon; by the same manufacturer as the wiring device s, wherever possible. Verify desired materials and colors with architect and/or engineer before installation. Switch plates in unfinished rooms and spaces: stamped steel, cadmium plated. Install groups of switches under one ganged -plate, usually horizontally; or, where required by details, vertically. Set all cover plates plumb, parallel, and finished flush with the wall. 26B 1-12 WEATHERPROOF COVER PLATES For exterior unattended, wet locations or other locations as indicated: in -use NEMA 3R recessed or flush mount, UL-labeled plates molded from a clear high impact ultraviolet stabilized polycarbonate material for easy verification that cords are plugged in and that the GFCI is functioning. Back box must be suitable for conduit connecting. Coordinate back box with wall depth. Intermatic WP1000RC/HRC or equal. For attended wet or damp locations: weatherproof cover plates. UL-listed for wet locations with cover(s) closed; die-cast aluminum or type 302 stainless steel; single -cover for switches and vertically mounted receptacles; double -cover for horizontally mounted receptacles; self -closing covers. Cover plates: by the same manufacturer as the wiring devices; complying with NFPA 70 406.8 (A) or (B) requirements for attended or unattended use as applicable. 266 2-3 GROUNDING Permanently and effectively ground and bond the electrical installation in a thorough and efficient manner, and in conformance, at a minimum, with NFPA 70, or these documents, where they exceed code requirements. Use bare or insulated conductors, as specified herein, and other materials indicated on the drawings. 266 3 DISTRIBUTION AND CONTROL EQUIPMENT 26B 3-7 GENERAL PURPOSE PANELBOARDS Panelboards: Square D type NQOD or NF, as applicable, based on voltage and ampere ratings and required short-circuit interrupting ratings as required unless otherwise indicated on the drawings, or approved equal by Siemens, Cutler Hammer, or General Electric; complete with bolt -on thermal magnetic, molded case circuit breakers assembled in a dead -front finished cabinet containing a typewritten card directory indicating exactly what each circuit breaker controls; main circuit breaker shall be rated at 100% of the ampere size indicated, fully -rated and with the integrated short circuit current ratings as required. Plug-in type breakers will not be acceptable. All two and three pole breakers: common trip type. Breakers used as switches for 120v or 277v lighting circuits: approved for the purpose and marked "SWD". Breakers used for the protection of HVAC and refrigeration equipment: HACR type. 26B 3-8 CIRCUIT BREAKERS IN EXISTING PANELBOARDS Provide new circuit breakers, for installation in existing panelboards, of the same manufacturer, type and short circuit current interrupting ratings as the existing panelboard circuit breakers. Feeder circuit breakers 800 amps and larger and any main circuit breaker(s) shall be rated at 1001% of the ampere size indicated. 266 3-11 DISCONNECT (SAFETY) SWITCHES Disconnect (safety) switches: Square D, Siemens, Cutler Hammer, or General Electric fused or non -fused (as indicated on drawings or required) NEMA KS1, heavy duty, externally operated, visible -blade safety switches; NEMA enclosure type indicated on the drawings or suitable for the environment in which installed. Based on fusible switch and fuse sizes indicated, include class R, J, or I fuse provisions as applicable. Where indicated, provide fusible switches permanently labeled as suitable for use as service entrance equipment, with integral and separate neutral and ground assemblies, suitable for the sizes of conductors indicated. Do not double -lug any terminations not specifically listed as suitable for more than one conductor. Provide switches where not furnished with the starting equipment, at all other points required by NFPA 70, and where indicated on the drawings. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED NOV 14 2019 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVEQ ~pgyo� CITY OF TUKNIJIL'� IR; AUG 15 2019 PERMIT CENTER LL' N W W IN U W U W ZW Z=0J_ UU c�) <Q t� : LZ V J F- W c) Z W r 06/2012019 PERTAINING TO ISSUES OF CONFIDENTIALITY AND COPYRIGHT. REQUEST FOR THE RELEASE OR REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS MUST BE APPROVED BY ERIC NIELSEN ARCHITECT U W ho CL Q U LLI W/� 61� W "y W VJ 00 Z f�. oo O w LLJ 0,4 J U Z Z < O Lo 4 PROJECT NUMBER: 2019-0057 DRAWN BY: DLM APPROVED BY: DEM ISSUE DATE: 06/20/19 REVISIONS # DATE DESCRIPTION SHEET CONTENTS: ELECTRICAL PECIFICATIONS 26B 3-14 DRY -TYPE TRANSFORMERS Transformers: general purpose, UL-listed/labeled. Comply with NEMA ST-020 standards. Insulation class: for three phase transformers less than 15 kva and all single phase —185 degrees C, UL-component-recognized insulation system with a maximum of 115 degree C rise above a 40 degree C ambient temperature; for three phase transformers 15 kva and larger -220 degrees C, UL-component-recognized insulation system with a maximum of 150 degree C rise above a 40 degree C ambient temperature. UL-component-recognized insulation system replaces the UL1446 insulation rating system that used letters. Phases, voltages, and sizes: as indicated on the drawings. Sound level: not exceeding 3% less than NEMA standards for the sizes indicated Full -capacity primary taps: below 25 We —one 5 percent tap above and one 5 percent tap below, 25 kva to 500 We - six 2.5 percent taps (2 above, 4 below); above 500 kva - four 2.5 percent (2 above, 2 below). Transformer core and coil assemblies: mounted on integral vibration -absorbing pads Transformers 75 kva and larger shall be floor mounted unless indicated otherwise. Transformers 45 kva and smaller may be wall mounted where wall construction is suitable for the load. Floor mounted transformers shall be securely bolted to a 4 inch house keeping pad with vibration isolation pads. Wall mounted or suspended transformers shall have a means of isolating vibration from the support. Transformers up through 1000 We shall be mounted on elastomeric vibration isolation pads. Pad shall be constructed of neoprene, rubber, glass fiber, or a combination thereof. Pads shall be'ribbed" or'waffled' in texture. Pads shall be selected for smallest durometer (hardness), preferably less than 50. Deflection of pad shall be .25' static minimum. Stack pads until the desired deflection is achieved. Make final conduit connections to transformers with flexible conduit, with at least 6 inches of slack in all directions. Transformer enclosures: fully enclosed (except for ventilation openings), NEMA 2, drip -proof, fabricated of heavy gauge sheet steel construction Provide energy -efficient transformers complying with NEMA TP-1, when tested in accordance with NEMA TP-2. K-Rated transformers shall be provided as indicated on the drawings and be listed for 115 degree C rise. Manufacturers: Square D, Cutler Hammer, General Electric, Hammond, Acme or Siemens 266 4 LIGHT FIXTURES, LAMPS AND BALLASTS 26B 4-1 LIGHT FIXTURE LOCATIONS Light fixtures shown on the electrical drawings represent general arrangements only. Refer to architectural drawings for more exact locations. Coordinate location with all other trades before installation to avoid conflicts. Coordinate light fixture locations in mechanical rooms with final installed piping and ductwork layouts. 26B 4-2 LIGHT FIXTURES Provide light fixtures as scheduled on drawings, including all lamps, all necessary accessories, material and labor to securely hang, clean, and make light fixtures completely ready for use. Provide: all hangers, supports, and miscellaneous hardware required to install light fixtures; proper trim to fit each ceiling condition actually encountered; additional tie wires connected to structure to conform to seismic requirements where required by the applicable building code. Packaging of light fixtures will not be allowed. Only those luminares listed in the light fixture schedule, or approved in accordance with substitutions of these specifications, will be accepted. Where the light fixture schedule indicates an allowance for a specific light fixture, the price is a contractor price. Include all additional costs for freight, lamps, and installation of light fixture and lamps. Install all linear light fixtures located in areas without ceilings immediately below the roof -framing members, or suspended from chain hangers suitable in length to provide the indicated mounting height. Through wiring of recessed light fixtures, in suspended ceilings, is not permitted. Connect each light fixture by a whip to a junction box. Provide cable whips of sufficient lengths to allow for relocating each light fixture within a 5-foot radius of its installed location, but not exceeding 6 feet in unsupported lengths. 26B 4-3 EMERGENCY LIGHTING UNITS AND EXIT SIGNS Description: self-contained units complying with UL 924. Battery: sealed, maintenance -free, lead -acid type. The batteries shall be of suitable rating and capacity to supply and maintain at not less than 87 1/ 2 percent of the nominal battery voltage for the total lamp load associated with the unit for a period of at least 1 1/ 2 hours, or the unit equipment shall supply and maintain not less than 60 percent of the initial emergency illumination for a period of at least 1 1/ 2 hours. Charger: fully automatic, solid-state type with sealed transfer relay Operation: relay automatically turns lamp on when power supply circuit voltage drops to 80 percent of nominal voltage or below. Lamp automatically disconnects from battery when voltage approaches deep -discharge level. When normal voltage is restored, relay disconnects lamps from battery, and battery is automatically recharged and floated on charger. Test push button: push -to -test type, in unit housing, simulates loss of normal power and demonstrates unit operability. LED indicator light: indicates normal power on. Normal glow indicates trickle charge; bright glow indicates charging at end of discharge cycle. Integral time -delay relay: holds unit on for fixed interval of 15 minutes when power is restored after an outage Integral self -test: factory -installed electronic device automatically initiates code -required test of unit emergency operation at required intervals. Test failure is annunciated by an integral audible alarm and flashing red LED. 26B 4-4 LAMPS Provide lamps as indicated on the drawings for all light fixtures; or, if not indicated, as recommended by the light fixture manufacturer. In all cases, lamps shall be compatible with the specified light fixture. Acceptable lamp manufacturers: General Electric, Osram/Sylvania, Philips, or Venture. All fluorescent lamps shall be minimum of 4100 degrees k, with a minimum color -rendering index of 80, unless noted or directed otherwise. Incandescent lamps: type and wattage as shown on the drawings; rated 130v unless otherwise scheduled or specified 26B 4-5 BALLASTS Fluorescent ballasts: low heat type; thermally protected against overheating; ETL-CBM, class P to meet all requirements of section 410-73 (E) of the NFPA 70 as a minimum; comply with the national ballast energy law; 90-percent power factor or greater; sound levels not exceeding class A ambient noise levels. Ballasts in indoor locations shall have disconnecting means either internal or external to the luminaire. Indoor Fluorescent Ballasts: electronic type suitable for operation of specified lamps; total harmonic distortion less than 20 percent; frequency of operation of 20 khz or greater with no visible flicker; line transient withstand ratings as defined in ANSI/IEEE C62.41, category A; manufacturers: Equal to Advance Rel/vel series. Exterior and Low Temperature Fluorescent Ballasts: shall be electronic type suitable for operation of specified lamps; shall have a total harmonic distortion less than 20 percent; shall have a frequency of operation of 20 khz or greater and operate with no visible flicker, shall withstand line transients as defined in ANSIAEEE C62.41, category A; shall have a minimum starting temperature of —20 degrees F; and shall be equal to Advance ReVvel series. Compact Fluorescent Ballasts: shall be thermally protected against overheating; shall be Gass P; shall have a minimum 90 percent power factor; sound levels shall not exceed class a ambient noise levels; and shall be low heat type. All ballasts shall be equal to those by Advance. High -Intensity Discharge (HID) ballasts (includes High Pressure Sodium (HPS) and Metal Halide (MH)): shall have a power factor greater than 90 percent; comply with underwriters laboratory (UL)1029; provide normal operation and light output with the input voltage is within 10 percent of nominal ballast rating (except HPS lamps smaller than 250w which must have the input voltage within +5 percent); shall have a minimum starting temperature of-20 degrees F. Provide encapsulated and remote types where indicated on the drawings. Emergency Fluorescent Ballasts: shall be as noted on the fixture schedule or elsewhere on the drawings 26B 5 MISCELLANEOUS ELECTRICAL 268 5-1 WIRING OF EQUIPMENT Provide all raceways and power wiring for all applicable Divisions equipment requiring electrical connections, including, but not limited to, pumps, water heaters, and HVAC equipment, and all line -voltage control and interlock wiring not provided under other Divisions. Connect per manufacturers' wiring diagrams. Coordinate with applicable Divisions for disconnects furnished with equipment, and provide all disconnect switches as required. After installing wiring, verify that each motor load has the correct phase rotation. Verify the actual "maximum overcurrent protection" (MOCP) device ratings and "minimum circuit ampacity" (MCA) conductor sizing for mechanical equipment from the equipment nameplate. Base electrical installations on actual required amperages, which may vary somewhat from the conductor and equipment sizes shown on the drawings; however, in no case, reduce the size of conductors indicated on the drawings without authorization from the engineer. Provide properly sized electrical wiring and equipment without extra cost to the owner. Notify the engineer of all changes required in the electrical installation due to equipment variances so that the effects on feeders, branch circuits, panelboards, fuses and circuit breakers can be checked prior to purchasing and installation. Be responsible for coordinating with applicable Divisions to verify the actual ampacities and correct sizes of all conductors and overcurrent protective devices for all equipment, and correct overload heaters for all motors, when starters are provided under Division 26. 26B 5-2 WIRING OF THERMOSTATS, TIME AND TEMPERATURE CONTROLS Provide all raceways, power wiring, and line -voltage control and interlock wiring not provided under other Divisions, for all thermostats, temperature control devices, and controls, including, but not limited to, night-stats, water heater interlocks, time switches and override timers. See mechanical drawings for locations and temperature control diagrams. Low -voltage conductors for thermostats and temperature control system may be run exposed above finished accessible ceilings, if approved and listed forthis purpose, but shall be installed in conduit within walls and where exposed in the work areas. Provide flush mounted telephone outlet boxes with % -inch EMT stub -up concealed to accessible ceiling space at locations as indicated on the drawings. 261354 DATA SYSTEM PROVISIONS Provide flush mounted data outlet boxes with %-inch conduit stub -up concealed to accessible ceiling space at locations as indicated on the drawings. as indicated on the drawings Enclosures: NEMA rated for environment installed in or as indicated on the drawings. Coil voltage: 120v AC or as indicated on the drawings. Mechanically -held type, control interface shall be 2-wire input module with 3-wire output or as indicated on the drawings; Square D class 8903 LX or equivalent of General Electric, Siemens, Cutler Hammer or Asco. 266 5-9 MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT AND CONNECTIONS Provide all wiring and connections to equipment furnished by others, including, but not limited to, bakery equipment, deli equipment, meat room equipment, kitchen equipment, checkstand and scanners, exhaust hood fire extinguishing system, etc. Install scan system electronic communication cable in underfloor duct (cable provided by others). Provide all raceways, wiring and related connections of devices to energy management system that are not the responsibility of Division 23. All wiring and connections of exit door alarms. END OF SECTION 26B REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE' APPROVED NOV 14 2019 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION PERMIT RECEIVEDAPPRM CITY OF TUKVAUIR AUG 15 2019 (Y N r W W1C14 J ry r LyUW< Z � 15;� Z=OJ O�U� U <C Z �O W CD T M W f W 06/20/2019 PERTAINING TO ISSUES OF CONFIDENTIALITY AND COPYRIGHT, REQUEST FOR THE RELEASE OR REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS MUST BE APPROVED BY ERIC NIELSEN AKCHITECT U W nO J U LLI Wn C�Ln VJ W 00 00 0. 00 O tT) > r� Q U z =' <� Z O �� U PROJECT NUMBER: 2019-0057 DRAWN BY: DLM APPROVED BY: DEM ISSUE DATE: 06/20/19 REVISIONS # DATE DESCRIPTION SHEET CONTENTS: ELECTRICAL r 3 EClFICATlONS PERMIT CENTER f � i SHUTOFF VALVE TYP T&P RELIEF VALVE — UNION TYP ELECTRICAL SUPPLY — VACUUM BREAKER a- COLD WATER IN I � THERMAL EXPANSION �/ TANK - DRAIN PAN TO APPROVED INDIRECT WASTE DRAIN NOTE: ALL PIPING SHOWN IS DIAGRAMMATIC ONLY. ALL PIPING SHALL BE ROUTED IN FIELD TO MEET ACTUAL CONDITIONS. 9 ELECTRIC WATER HEATER -SHORT N.T.S. CLEANOUT ACCESS COVER - C.I. CLEANOUT FERRULE & PLUG 6 TWO WAY CLEANOUT N.T.S. FINISHED FLOOR OR PAVED AREA PROVIDE 18"X18"X6" CONCRETE PAD WHEN FINISHING AT EXTERIOR OF BUILDING. CLEANOUT FINISHED FLOOR OR ACCESS PAVED AREA PROVIDE COVER 18"X1HCONCRETE WE PAD WHEN FINISHING AT EXTERIOR OF BUILDING. C.I. CLEANOUT FERRUL° - PLUG - SUPP 4 FLOOR CLEANOUT 1 NUT SLY BOX N.T.S. FLASHING (EXTEND 12" BEYOND FLOOR DRAIN, SET STRAINER LEVEL DRAIN IN ALL DIRECTIONS) WITH CONCRETE (REFER TO DRAINAGE SPECIALTIES DATA) CONFORM TO WATERPROOF CONCRETE TOPPING MEMBRANE MANUFACTURER. SUMP RECEIVER (SET ON CONCRETE) METAL DECK SUMP RECEIVER (WELD TO METAL DECK) PIPE SIZE AS NOTED ON PLAN 2 FLOOR DRAIN N.T.S. METAL DECK WITH CONCRETE WEEPHOLE PROVENT TRAP GUARD CONCRETE SLAB INSIDE CAULK CONNECTION (SEE SPEC. FOR JOINING PROCEDURE) CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION WATER HAMMER ARRESTOR (WHA) -TYPICAL 20 FEET OVER 20 FEET MULTIPLE FIXTURES FED FROM ONE SIDE (B) OVER 20 FEET ALL THREAD ROD SUPPORT AT UNSUPPORTED CORNERS ATTACH TO STRUCTURE WATER HEATER METAL DRAIN PAN DRAIN NOTE: HOLDRITE QUICK STAND SUSPENDED PLATFORM WALL MOUNT 1" PVC DRAIN #40-SWHP-W SUPPORTS UP TO 20 GALLONS OR 375 LBS. #50-SWHP-W SUPPORTS UP TO 50 GALLONS OR 600 LBS. 10 WATER HEATER SHELF - METAL N.T.S. TEMPERATURE ADJUSTMENT CAP--�I-r--�-N �- LOCK SCREW HOT WATER IN COLD WATER IN i-- MIXED OUTLET ('1 POINT OF USE - THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE U N.T.S. WALL BOX 1/4" TURN BRASS BALL VALVE COLD WATER CONNECTION TO APPLIANCE COLD WATER INLET izl FLOOR StNK l J N.T.S. UP TO 20 FEET I I MULTIPLE FIXTURES FED FROM ONE SIDE (A) WALL FLOOR DRAIN, SET STRAINER LEVEL WITH CONCRETE (REFER TO DRAINAGE SPECIALTIES DATA) CONCRETE TOPPING GENERAL WHA NOTES LOCATE THE WHA IN A MULTIPLE FIXTURE SYSTEM AT THE END OF THE BRANCH LINE BETWEEN THE LAST TWO FIXTURES SERVED. FOR REMOTE INSTALLATIONS THE WHA SHOULD BE PLACED AS CLOSE TO THE POINT OF VALVE CLOSURE AS POSSIBLE. INSTALL WHA's APPROVED FOR SEALED -WALL INSTALLATION ON WATER LINES CONNECTED TO SOLENOID VALVES OR FLUSH VALVES. SIZE, LOCATE, AND INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH PDI STANDARD WH 2O1. IDEALLY THE FLOW PRESSURE IN BRANCH LINES SERVING FIXTURES SHOULD NEVER EXCEED 55 P.S.I.G. UP TO 20 FEET 20 FEET QUICK CLOSURE VALVE _ PROVIDE ACCESS PANEL AT EACH LOCATION WHERE THERE IS NOT AN ACCESSIBLE CEILING. MINIMUM SIZE I LONG RUN OF PIPING OF 8" x 8". I I I MULTIPLE FIXTURES FED FROM CENTRAL MAIN 1 WATER HAMMER ARRESTOR INSTALLATION DETAIL N.T.S. REMOTE FIXTURES 50/75 GPM grease interceptor 21` (52cm) i ■ ■ , 1 iui�lu ( 1 URETIME GUARANTEEO� w GR SE N ERCEPTQRE ®®® GREASE INTERCEPTOR SCHIER GB3 GENERAL FIRE SPRINKLER NOTES i RUN ALL PIPING PARALLEL OR PERPENDICULAR TO STRUCTURE IN ALL AREAS. SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE LOCATION OF HORIZONTAL SPRINKLER PIPING WITH OTHER TRADES TO MISS ALL LIGHT FIXTURES, DUCTS, VAV BOXES, AIR DIFFUSERS AND ALL '... OTHER ITEMS WHERE CEILING CLEARANCES ARE CLOSE. 2 DESIGN, FABRICATE, INSTALL THE FIRE PROTECTION AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM IN AN ACCEPTABLE MANNER TO THE STATE HEALTH DEPARTMENT, LOCAL FIRE MARSHALL AND THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER. 3 PAY ALL PERMITS, LICENSES, FEES, DEPOSITS AND CHARGES IN CONNECTION WITH THE WORK, EXCEPT AS NOTED HEREIN. SECURE ALL NECESSARY APPROVALS. 4 DESIGN AND INSTALL THE SYSTEM PER THE REQUIREMENTS OF NFPA NO, 13. ALL DEFICIENCIES SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR AND ANY DEVIATIONS FROM THE REQUIREMENTS IN NFPA NO. 13 AND/OR THE APPROVED PLANS SHALL REQUIRE SPECIAL PERMISSION FROM THE ARCHITECT, 5 COMPLY WITH ALL RULES, REGULATIONS, LAWS AND ORDINANCES OF THE STATE, LOCAL, CITY OR COUNTY AUTHORITIES AND UTILITY COMPANIES. 6 THE AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM SHALL BE DESIGNED, FABRICATED, INSTALLED AND TESTED BY AN EXPERIENCED CONTRACTOR APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT AND LICENSED BY THE STATE TO PERFORM SUCH WORK. 7 SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS TO THE ARCHITECT AND THE OWNER'S INSURANCE COMPANY FOR APPROVAL. BEFORE BEING SENT TO THE ARCHITECT, ALL SHOP DRAWINGS MUST BEAR THE INSURANCE SERVICE OFFICES (ISO) STAMP OF ACCEPTANCE AND THE LOCAL FIRE MARSHALL'S STAMP OF APPROVAL. 8 SUBMIT O PLETE LAYOUT DRAWING OF OVERHEAD SPRINKLER SYSTEM AND RELATED 1 COMPLETE EQUIPMENT INDICATING RELATIONSHIP OF ALL THE OVERHEAD ITEMS INCLUDING CEILING AIR DIFFUSERS, LIGHTING FIXTURES, BEAMS AND ALL OTHER ITEMS. ALL SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL BE SPACED PER NFPA. 9 SUBMIT COMPLETE DETAILS AND SECTIONS TO CLEARLY DEFINE AND CLARIFY THE DESIGN, INCLUDING A LIST OF MATERIALS DESCRIBING ALL PROPOSED MATERIALS WITH MANUFACTURER'S NAME AND CATALOG NUMBER. 10 PROVIDE SPRINKLER HEAD(S) FOR EACH ROOM/SPACE FOR COMPLETE PROTECTION. 11 UPON COMPLETION OF THE SPRINKLER SYSTEM INSTALLATION, TEST AND RE -TEST THE COMPLETE INSTALLATION AND MAKE ALL CORRECTIONS AS NECESSARY TO SECURE ACCEPTANCE BY FIRE MARSHALL. FURNISH ALL TEST EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL REQUIRED. 12 AFTER THE FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM HAS BEEN COMPLETELY TESTED, INSPECTED AND APPROVED, SECURE A LETTER OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE FROM THE ADMINISTRATIVE AUTHORITY ADDRESSED TO THE SPRINKLER COMPANY RESPONSIBLE FOR THE INSTALLATION, PREPARED IN TRIPLICATE. DELIVER ALL THREE COPIES TO THE ARCHITECT. 13 UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES (Up AND/OR FACTORY MUTUAL RESEARCH CORPORATION (FMRC) APPROVED EQUIPMENT SHOULD BE UTILIZED WHERE APPLICABLE, AND THE DETAILS OF THE INSTALLATION SHOULD CONFORM TO FACTORY MUTUAL ENGINEERING ASSOCIATION (FMEA) GOOD PRACTICES. 14 A CORROSIVE -RESISTANT PLACARD SHALL BE PLACED ON THE BASE OF THE RISER STATING THE DESIGN CRITERIA AND RESULTING DEMAND AT THE BASE OF THE RISER, INCLUDING HOSE STREAM ALLOWANCES. ALL PIPING, FITTINGS, HANGERS, VALVES, AND DEVICES ARE TO COMPLY WITH NFPA NO. 13. 15 ALL PIPES SHALL MEET OR EXCEED CORROSION RESISTANCE RATIO OF SCHEDULE 40 STEEL PIPE. FIELD COORDINATION IS REQUIRED ESPECIALLY WHEN CUTTING OR ADJUSTING PIPES FOR SPRINKLER INSTALLATION. AS PER THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH, ALL UNDERGROUND PIPING IS TO BE CHLORINATED. 16 FLOW AND TAMPER SWITCHES SHALL BE PROVIDED BY FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR AND INSTALLED BY SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR. WIRING SHALL BE PROVIDED BY FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR. EXPOSED SPRINKLER PIPING SHALL BE PAINTED, COLOR SHALL BE SPECIFIED BY ARCHITECT. 17 PROVIDE COMPONENTS FOR FULL FLOW TESTING OF BACKFLOW DEVICE. 18 SPACE MUST MAINTAIN 40 DEGREE MINIMUM OR DRY SYSTEM MAY BE NEEDED. 19 CONTRACTOR SHALL COURDINAT E COLOR OF SPRINKLER HEADS WITH OWNER/ARCHITECT. 20 CONTRACTOR SHALL MATCH TYPE AND COLOR OF EXISTING SPRINKLER HEADS. 21 FIRE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AS AN ADD ALTERNATE BID: HAVE A FLOW TEST DONE FOR THE FIRE SUPPRESSION TO DETERMINE IF A BOOSTER PUMP WILL BE REQUIRED. IF ONE IS REQUIRED, CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE IT. COORDINATE ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS WITH THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. PIPING MATERIAL SCHEDULE DESCRIPTION MATERIAL ABOVE GROUND SANITARY SEWER AND VENT PVC SCHEDULE 40 PIPE AND FITTINGS EXCEPT IN PLENUM RETURN AREAS. IN PLENUM RETURN AREAS WRAP PVC WITH V FIRE WRAP. UNDERGROUND SANITARY SEWER AND VENT PIPING INSIDE BUILDING AND OUTSIDE BUILDING PVC SCHEDULE 40 PIPE AND FITTINGS. WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPE WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPE SHALL CONFORM TO NSF 61 AND SHALL BE COPPER AND CONFORM TO THE STANDARDS LISTED IN TABLE 605.4 OF THE I.P.0 PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE INSULATION THICKNESS NOMINAL PIPE SIZE 1 TO 1-1/2 TO <1 4 TO <8 >_8 DESCRIPTION INSULATION TYPE <1-1/2 <4 DOMESTIC COLD WATER PIPING BELOW GRADE PVC OR HDPE JACKET ONLY, NO 1 1 1.5 1.5 1.5 INSULATION PVC WASTE VENT AND WASTE DRAIN IN AIR COMPRESSED FIBERGLASS OR PLENUM SPACE ELASTOMERIC WITH ASTM E84 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 COMPLIANTJACKET DOMESTIC COLD WATER, HOT WATER, AND HOT ELASTOMERIC, ADD ASTM E84 WATER RETURN PIPING ABOVE GRADE COMPLIANT JACKET IN AIR PLENUM 1 1 t.5 1.5 1.5 SPACES PVC WASTE DRAIN IN WALLS, AND WASTE VENT IN COMPRESSED FIBERGLASS OR ALL AREAS ABOVE GRADE ELASTOMERIC WITH ASTM E84 i" V 1.5" 1.5" 1.5" COMPLIANTJACKET PROJECT NO. 19157R 100 / COMPLETE PLUMBING PIPE LEGEND DESCRIPTION TAG LINETYPE COLD WATER CW --- - — GREASE GR - HOT WATER HW - SANITARYSEWER SS VENT V - - - - - - - HOT WATER RETURN HWR PLUMBING SYMBOL LEGEND CONNECT TO EXISTING °® FD-1 FLOOR DRAIN -j (-- BALL VALVE lK7 FLOOR SINK UB-1/ UTILITY BOXI SB-1 SUPPLY BOX / COTG-1/ J° TWCO-1 CLEAN OUT TO GRADE/ TWO-WAY CLEAN OUT CIRCULATION PUMP GENERAL PLUMBING NOTES 1 THE ENTIRE PLUMBING SYSTEM SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST EDITION OF THE INTERNATIONAL PLUMBING CODE REGULATIONS AND LOCAL PLUMBING INSPECTOR. 2 THE EXISTING PIPING INDICATED ON THESE PLANS SHALL BE VERIFIED IN THE FIELD FOR EXACT LOCATIONS, QUANTITY, AND PIPE SIZES. 3 THE PIPING INDICATED ON THESE PLANS ARE DIAGRAMMATICAL. ALL WORK SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH ALL OTHER TRADES PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ROUTING OF ALL PIPING WITH EXISTING CONDITIONS AND SHALL PROVIDE ANY '.. NECESSARY OFFSETS, REROUTING, TEES, ELBOWS, ETC. REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE AND COORDINATED INSTALLATION. 4 THE CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN AND PAY ALL FEES RELATED TO PERMITTING, INSPECTIONS, TAP -ON FEES, ETC. 5 THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ANY PLUMBING OR PIPING SYSTEM SHUTDOWN WITH THE OWNER 48 HOURS IN ADVANCE. 6 ALL DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SHOWN IS ABOVE CEILING, EXPOSED OVERHEAD, AND WITHIN WALLS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS SHALL BE INSTALLED AT DISHWASHERS, WASHING MACHINES, SUPPLY BOXES, AND QUICK CLOSING VALVES NOT LISTED, INSTALL WHA-1 AS CLOSE TO QUICK CLOSING VALVE AS POSSIBLE PER MANUFACTURES RECOMMENDATIONS. ISOLATION VALVES SHALL BE INSTALLED ON ALL SUPPLY FIXTURE GROUPS AND HOT WATER BALANCING VALVES. 7 ALL SANITARY AND GREASE WASTE PIPING SHOWN IS BELOW SLAB, BELOW FLOOR, OR WITHIN WALLS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. ALL SANITARY VENT PIPING SHOWN IS ABOVE CEILING, EXPOSED OVERHEAD, OR WITHIN WALLS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 8 FLOOR DRAINS ARE TO BE THE SAME SIZE AS THE DRAIN LINE IT CONNECTS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. IF SIZE IS NOT INDICATED ON DRAWINGS REFER TO PLUMBING ROUGH -IN SCHEDULE FOR PROPER SIZE. 9 CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE AND PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY PIPING & PLUMBING FITTINGS, PIPING, MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION OF ALL PLUMBING RELATED ITEMS. 10 THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THE INSTALLATION OF ALL UNDER SLAB PIPING WITH EXISTING STRUCTURAL FOUNDATIONS. UNDERGROUND UTILITY LOCATIONS SHALL BE VERIFIED PRIOR TO ANY WORK BEING PERFORMED. CONTRACTOR SHALL REPAIR OR REPLACE ALL PIPING NOT IN PROPER WORKING ORDER OR DAMAGED DURING INSTALLATION '.. OF THE NEW UNDERGROUND PIPING. 11 ALL PIPING PENETRATIONS THROUGH NEW, EXISTING WALL, OR FLOOR SHALL BE SEALED TO EQUAL THE RATING OF THE NEW EXISTING WALL OR FLOOR. Q 12 THE PLUMBING SYSTEM SHALL BE TESTED AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODE OR BY THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE LOCAL PLUMBING INSPECTOR. 13 THE ENTIRE DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEM (EXISTINGMEW) SHALL BE DISINFECTED IN ACCORDANCE TO THE LOCAL CODE & HEALTH DEPARTMENT REQUIREMENTS. 14 FINISHED FLOOR ELEVATION (F.F.E.) SHALL BE 0.00' FOR CALCULATION PURPOSES ONLY, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 15 ANY PVC PIPE PENETRATING A FIRE RATED ASSEMBLY SHALL BE EXTERNALLY SLEEVED WITH STEEL, FERROUS, OR COPPER MATERIALS, SECURELY FASTENED TO THE FIRE RATED ASSEMBLY. ANY SPACE BETWEEN THE SLEEVE AND THE FIRE RATED ASSEMBLY PENETRATED SHALL BE PROTECTED USING MATERIAL THAT CONFORMS TO ASTM E 814 OR UL 1479, SUCH AS FIRE STOP FS-1900 OR FLAME STOPPER 5000. 16 CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE ALL FINAL CONNECTIONS FOR DISHWASHER, WASHING MACHINE,'' REFRIGERATOR, ETC. 17 PROVIDE SHUT-OFF VALVES FOR PROPER OPERATION AND SERVICING OF DOMESTIC WATER' DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM. LOCATION SHALL INCLUDE BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: AT EACH FIXTURE GROUP, AT EACH BRANCH TAKE -OFF FROM MAINS AND AT THE BASE OF EACH RISER. COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECTURAL PLAN FOR ACCESS DOOR LOCATIONS. 18 VALVES SHALL BE LOCATED 6" ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING WHEN AT ALL POSSIBLE AND SHALL BE CLEAR OF ANY OBSTRUCTIONS FROM OTHER TRADES. MAINTENANCE SHALL BE ABLE TO ACCESS VALVES WITH STANDARD LADDER. SHOULD LOCATION NOT BE APPLICABLE' CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A CONTROL CHAIN AND/OR ARM. 19 TEMPERED WATER, NOT EXCEEDING A MAXIMUM OF 110' F, SHALL BE DELIVERED FROM PUBLIC HANDWASHING FACILITIES THROUGH AN APPROVED WATER TEMPERATURE LIMITING DEVICE THAT CONFORMS TO ASSE 1070. 20 PROVIDE BALANCING VALVES FOR PROPER OPERATION AND PRESSURE OF DOMESTIC ',.. WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM. LOCATION SHALL INCLUDE BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: AT EACH FIXTURE GROUP, AT EACH BRANCH TAKE -OFF FROM MAINS AND AT THE EACH RISER. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURE'S REQUIREMENTS. 21 THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL INSPECT EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO BEGINNING '.. WORK. FIELD VERIFY SIZE AND LOCATION OF ALL EXISTING SERVICES TO BE TIED INTO. 22 CAMERA SURVEY ALL EXISTING SANITARY SEWER LOCATIONS AND INVERTS BELOW SLAB OR I GRADE. NOTIFY GENERAL CONTRACTOR OF ANY POTENTIAL CONFLICTS WITH WORK PRIOR TO BEGINNING CONSTRUCTION. ROUGH -IN AND MOUNTING HEIGHT SCHEDULE NOTES: 1. ALL VENT LINE SIZES SHOWN ARE MINIMUM UNLESS SHOWN LARGER ON RISER DIAGRAMS. 2. SIZES SHOWN FOR WASTE ARE FOR RISERS ONLY, 3. ALL DRAIN AND VENT LINES BELOW SLAB SHALL BE 2" OR LARGER, 4. VENT LINES SHALL RISE 6" ABOVE FLOOD LEVEL RIM BEFORE OFFSETTING HORIZONTALLY, EXCEPT FOR INTERCEPTORS LOCATED OUTDOORS. COLD HOT FIXTURE WASTE VENT WATER WATER HEIGHT OF INSTALLATION FLOOR DRAINS/SINKS 2" 1-1/2" LAVATORIES AND SINKS, WALL MOUNTED 1-1/2" 1-114" 1/2" 1/2" NON-ADA 31"TO TOP OF RIM ADA 34" TO TOP OF RIM SUPPLY BOX 1/2" 12" TO BOTTOM OF BOX A.F.F. PLUMBING EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE FIXTURE ELECTRICAL TAG DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER TRIM REQUIREMENTS BV-1 BALL VALVE APOLLO INTERNATIONAL LEAD FREE BALL VALVE, FULL PORT, BLOWOUT -PROOF, PRESSURE RETAINING, ADJUSTABLE STEM PACKING 94ALF-A NUT CP-1 CIRCULATING PUMP ARMSTRONG THREE SPEED, BRONZE BODY WITH BRASS IMPELLER, WITH AQUASTAT AND AUTOMATIC TIMER KIT, 6 GPM @ 10 115V, 1 PH, 97 WATTS ASTRO 230 SS HEAD -FEET ET-1 EXPANSION TANK WATTS BRASS CONNECTION, WELDED STEEL CONSTRUCTION, POLYPROPYLENE LINER, BUTYL DIAPHRAGM, GROOVED PLT-5 DIAPHRAGM HOOP RING, WELDED AIR CHARGE FITTING EWH-1 ELECTRIC WATER HEATER, TALL 40 GALLON LOCHINVAR BRASS DRAIN VALVE, ANODE ROD, AUTOMATIC THERMOSTAT, HEAT TRAP, EXPANSION TANK (ET-1), CATCH PAN 208V, 4.5KW, IPH EST040KD & DRAIN, MIXING VALVE FC0-1 FLOOR CLEANOUT, SPEEDI-SET OUTLET J. R. SMITH FINISHED FLOOR CLEANOUT WITH ROUND ADJUSTABLE SCORIATED SECURED NICKEL BRONZE TOP, DUCO CAST 4020-4034 IRON, TAPERED THREAD BRONZE PLUG, REFER TO PLANS FOR SIZES FD-1 FLOOR DRAIN -ROUND MIFAB CAST IRON BODY, ANCHOR FLANGE, SECURED ROUND ADJUSTABLE STRAINER HEAD WITH HOLE GRATE, LOOSE F1000 GRATE AND SEDIMENT BUCKETS, MIFAB TRAP GUARD, REFER TO PLANS FOR SIZES FS-1 FLOOR SINK J. R. SMITH CAST IRON FLANGED RECEPTOR, SEEPAGE HOLES, ACID RESISTANT COATED INTERIOR, NICKEL BRONZE RIM, 12-1/2" CAST IRON RECEPTOR, 8" DEEP 3150, LOOSE GRATE, ALUMINUM DOME BOTTOM STRAINER, GRATE, MIFAB TRAP GUARD GI-1 GREASE INTERCEPTOR 50/75 GALLONS SCHIER GB3 50 GMP/272.7 GREASE LBS. OR 75 GPM/175.6 GREASE LBS. -POLYETHYLENE GREASE INTERCEPTOR WITH HIGHWAY TRAFFIC LOAD RATED, BOLTED, GASIWATER TIGHT COMPOSITE COVER, CONTRACTOR SHALL HAVE LOCAL SANITARIAN AND ADMINISTRATIVE AUTHORITIES APPROVAL PRIOR TO ORDERING AND INSTALLATION S-1 SINK- COMMERCIAL PROVIDED BY OWNER AND FAUCET INCLUDED, 3-1/2" OPENING DRAIN. McGUIRE 151 M HEAVY DUTY BRASS BASKET & STRAINER, 1 1/2", SINGLE COMPARTMENT, WALL MOUNT INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR CHROME PLATED TAILPIECE. McGUIRE 89121 1/2" x 1 1/2" HEAVY DUTY CHROME PLATED CAST BRASS P-TRAP W/ CLEANOUT PLUG, McGUIRE 170LK CHROME PLATED SOLID BRASS ANGLE STOPS W/ 5" CHROME PLATED COPPER REVIEWED FO EXTENSION TUBE & LOOSE KEYS, FLEXIBLE CHROME PLATED COPPER RISERS, McGUIRE 111C SERIES 1 1/2" END CODE COMPLIAN OUTLET CONTINUOUS WASTE, PROVIDE TWO FAUCET HOLES ON DECK S-2 SINK- COMMERCIAL PROVIDED BY OWNER AND ADVANCE TABCO K-1 FAUCET, 12" REACH, 3-1/2" OPENING DRAIN. ZURN Z89600 TWIST DRAIN, McGUIRE 151 M THREE COMPARTMENT INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR HEAVY DUTY BRASS BASKET & HEAVY NOV 14 DUTY CHR ME PLAT D CAST BRASS P-TRAP W/ CLEANOUT PLUG, M GUIRE 170LK C ROME PLATED SOLID 2019 BRASS ANGLE STOPS W/ 5" CHROME PLATED COPPER EXTENSION TUBE & LOOSE KEYS, FLEXIBLE CHROME PLATED COPPER RISERS, McGUIRE 1 11C SERIES 1 1/2" END OUTLET CONTINUOUS WASTE, PROVIDE TWO FAUCET HOLES ON DECK City of TUWIa SB-1 SUPPLY BOX GUY GRAY (1)1/2" SUPPLY, PROVIDE WHA-1 (WATER HAMMER ARRESTOR) BUILDING DIVISI BIM-875 TMV-1 THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE - POINT OF USE LEONARD LEAD FREE, INTEGRAL CHECK VALVE AND STRAINER, PROVIDE, TEMPERATURE CONTROL SET AT 110- 270-LF TWCO-1 TWO WAY CLEANOUT, SPEEDISET OUTLET J. R. SMITH DUCO CAST IRON CLEANOUT WITH ROUND ADJUSTABLE SCORIATED SECURED CAST IRON TOP, TAPERED SEPA 4237 THREAD BRONZE PLUG, REFER TO PLANS FOR SIZES P WHA-1 WATER HAMMER ARRESTOR SIOUX CHEIF VACURESER VACUUM BREAKER ARRESTER, TYPE L COPPER CONSTRUCTION, IF AN ACCESS DOOR IS NEEDED ER 5L 650&660 CONTACT THE ARCHITECT RE/ EIVEDAPPR HYDRARESTER I_ AUG 15 2019 PERMIT CENTER E V �p1NW,ffpQ �0 DFWAS$j y WS3 n�Q- /0 06/21/2019 PERTAINING TO ISSUES OF CONFIDENTIALITY AND COPYRIGHT, REQUEST FOR THE RELEASE OR REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS MUST BE APPROVED BY ERIC NIELSEN ARCHITECT o-w» PROJECT NUMBER: 2019-0057 DRAWN BY: KJP APPROVED BY: BW ISSUE DATE: 06/21 /2019 REVISIONS # DATE DESCRIPTION SHEET CONTENTS: PROJECT NUMBER: 2019-0057 DRAWN BY: KJP APPROVED BY: BW ISSUE DATE: 06/21 /2019 REVISIONS # DATE DESCRIPTION SHEET CONTENTS: PLUMBING DETAILS, LEGENDS, NOTES AT PANO SCHEDULES _'E Ploo n 211eGR V / I 1 1/2"aGR V tl Ili f2"oGR V 1 1J 1 I II{ Wo VTR f! 11 I Jr III N S-1 I/ 2"a VTR 2"aGR V 2"aGR Vf I FD-1 { 1 II FS 1 II (( {{ 11 FCO-1 1 ( ) I I � II II I I II II 3"aGR V--4-1 �O _ (1 TWCO-1 � _ () TWCO-1 to �r 2"aGR V 2"aGR V N.T.S. S-1 3/8" =1'-0" f t 3" FD-1 S-2 1 _ FCO-1 i � yo----�l 19 FS-1 rmr�-- () 3WaGR 0 0 0 0 ✓E EXISTING SINK AND PLUMBING. VD/OR REMOVE ALL DRAIN AND JNES NOT BEING REUSED IN A EALED LOCATION BELOW SLAB, IN )R ABOVE CEILING. AND CAP ALL ABANDONED HOT DLD WATER SUPPLY LINES NOT REMOVED OR REUSED IN A ALED LOCATION. ALL VALVES AND SHALL BE LOCATED IN A EALED LOCATION UNLESS .WISE NOTED. Q 3/4"aHW 3"aHWR 1 "eCW----- 22.05 NOTES: IT IS THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO COORDINATE WITH THE SITE CONTRACTOR TO CONFIRM THAT THE INVERT AND LOCATION OF THE SANITARY SERVICE IS COMPATIBLE WITH THE SITE UTILITIES PRIOR TO BEGINNING WORK. RELOCATE EXISTING SPRINKLER HEADS TO NEW LAYOUT, MODIFY EXISTING AND✓OR PROVIDE NEW PIPING & HEADS AS NEEDED TO ACCOMMODATE NEW LAYOUT. ALL WORK TO BE DESIGNED AND PERFORMED BY A LICENSED FIRE PROTECTION DESIGNBUILD CONTRACTOR. FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR SHALL MODIFY EXISTING SPRINKLER SYSTEM FOR NEW PLAN. REFER TO GENERAL FIRE SPRINKLER NOTES ON SHEET P1.0. TMV-1 Ell""Ocw KEYNOTES 22.01 ROUTE NEW 3" DRAIN LINE TO EXISTING DRAIN LINE. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION, DIRECTION OF FLOW, INVERT AND ADEQUATE SIZE OF EXISTING DRAIN LINE. 22.02 SAW CUT AND REPAIR FLOOR AS REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION OF NEW DRAIN LINES. COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR EXACT FIXTURE LOCATIONS. 22.03 CAMERA SURVEY ALL EXISTING SANITARY SEWER LOCATIONS AND INVERTS BELOW SLAB OR GRADE. NOTIFY GENERAL CONTRACTOR OF ANY POTENTIAL CONFLICTS WITH WORK PRIOR TO BEGINNING CONSTRUCTION. 22.04 PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL INSPECT EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO BEGINNING WORK. FIELD VERIFY SIZE AND LOCATION OF ALL EXISTING SERVICES TO BE TIED INTO. 22.05 CONNECT NEW 1" CW LINE TO EXISTING CW LINE. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION AND ADEQUATE SIZE OF EXISTING CW LINE. PROVIDE VALVE (BV-1) AT CONNECTION TO EXISTING CW LINE. 22.06 PROVIDE CAFE WITH 140 DEGREE HOT WATER PROVIDE EWH-1 AS LISTED ON SCHEDULE. ROUTE DRAIN PAN AND T&P VALVE TO FS-1. 22.07 ROUTE DRAIN FOR SODA MACHINE TO FS-1 UNDER THE ICE MACHINE. 22.08 ROUTE 1" CW LINE HIGH AND TIGHT TO STRUCTURE AS POSSIBLE. 22.09 MOUNT EWH-1 ON WALL MOUNTED PLATFORM AT 68" A.F.F. 22.10 ROUTE %"a CW LINE DOWN IN WALL TO BELOW SLAB, ROUTE TO SB-1 BELOW COUNTER. 22,11 ROUTE ''/4" a CW LINE UP TO TO SEA. 22.12 PROVIDE ASSE CERTIFIED BACKFLOW PREVENTION DEVICE AT ICE MACHINE AND SODA MACHINE. GI-1 TWCO-1 TWCO-1 i 4q ......------_._...--- PROJECT NO. 19157R 100 / COMPLETE :D FOR PLIANCE 142019 0 0 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION 0 0 ° REcElvED SEPAHA CITY OF TUKW ivlIlT AUG (y N Z W LLJ U r'' W W w LLJ z To-3 � J 0 U wry )> V` 3�:z /� VJ W oZ r W Q,tN W. HBO Q�G gyp@ W A5y! h 4"53 A9pF RA'-ISPER NAt•'E.XlV 06/2112019 PERTAINING TO ISSUES OF CONFIDENTIALITY AND COPYRIGHT, REQUEST FOR THE RELEASE OR REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS MUST BE APPROVED BY ERIC NIELSEN ARCHITECT i �r MIA �n NZ IL • 0 PROJECT NUMBER: 2019-0057 DRAWN BY: KJP APPROVED BY: BW ISSUE DATE: 06/21/2019 REVISIONS # DATE DESCRIPTION SHEET CONTENTS: PLUMBING PLANS ID ISOMETRIC �RLUMBING SUPPLY PLAN P"'T CENTER 22A PLUMBING rev - 20150529 22A 1 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS 22AI-1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Requirements under Division 1 and the general and supplementary conditions of these specifications apply to this section and division. Where the requirements of this section and division exceed those of Division 1, this section and division take precedence. Become thoroughly familiar with all their contents as to requirements that affect this d ivision, section or both. The work required under this section includes material, equipment, appliances, transportation, services, and labor required to complete the entire system as required by the drawings and specifications, or reasonably inferred to be necessary to facilitate each system's functioning as implied by the design and the equipment specified. The specifications and drawings for the project are complementary, and portions of the work described in one, shall be provided as if described in both. In the event of discrepancies, notify the engineer and request clarification prior to proceeding with the work involved. Drawings are graphic representations of the work upon which the contract is based. They show the materials and their relationship to one another, including sizes, shapes, locations, and connections. They also convey the scope ofwork, indicating the intended general arrangement ofthe equipment and other materials without showing all of the exact details as to elevations, offsets, control lines, and other installation requirements. Use the drawings as a guide when laying out the work and to verify that materials and equipment will fit into the designated spaces, and which, when installed per manu%cturers'requirements, will ensure a complete, coordinated, satisfactory and property operating system. Determine exact locations by job measurements, by checking the requirements of other trades, and by reviewing all contract documents. Correct errors that could have been avoided by proper checking and inspection, at no additional cost to the owner. Specifications define the qualitative requirements for products, materials, and workmanship upon which the contract is based. 22A 1-2 DEFINITIONS Whenever used in these specifications or drawings, the following terms shall have the indicated meanings Fumish:'Io supply and deliver to the project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembling, installing, and similar operations." Install: 'to perform all operations at the project site, including, but not limited to, and as required: unloading, unpacking, assembling, erecting, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning, testing, commissioning, starting up and similar operations, complete, and ready for the intended use." Provide: 'to furnish and install complete, and ready for the intended use." Furnished by owner (or owner-fumished) or furnished by others: "an item furnished by the owner or under other divisions or contracts, and installed under the requirements of this division, complete, and ready for the intended use, including all items and services incidental to the work necessary for proper installation and operation. Include the installation under the warranty required by this division. Engineer: where referenced in this division, "engineer" is the engineer of record and the design professional for the work under this division, and is a consultant to, and an authorized representative of, the architect, as defined in the general and/or supplementary conditions. When used in this division, it means increased involvement by, and obligations to, the engineer, in addition to involvement by, and obligations to, the "architect". AHJ: the local code andtor inspection agency (authority) having jurisdiction over the work NRTL: nationally recognized testing laboratory, as defined and listed by OSHA in 29 CFR 1910.7 (e.g., UL, ETL, CSA), and acceptable to the AHJ over this project, The terms "equivalent", 'equivalent", or "equal" are used synonymously and shall mean "accepted by or acceptable to the engineer as equivalent to the item or manufacturer spedified'. The term "approved" shall mean labeled, listed, certified, or all three, by an NRTL, and acceptable to the AHJ over this project. 22A1-3 PRE -BID SITE VISIT Prior to submitting bid, visit the site of the proposed work and become fully informed as to the conditions under which the work is to be done. Failure to do so will not be considered sufficient justification to request or obtain extra compensation over and above the contract price. 22A1-4 MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP Provide all material and equipment new and in first class condition. Provide markings or a nameplate for all material and equipment identifying the manufacturer and providing sufficient reference to establish quality, size and capacity In general, provide the following quality grade(s) for all materials and equipment: Commercial Specification Grade Pipe, pipe fittings, pipe specialties and valves shall be manufactured in plants located in the United States. Work performed under this contract shall provide a neat and 'Workmanlike" appearance when completed, to the satisfaction ofthe architect and engineer. Workmanship shall be the finest possible by experienced mechanics of the proper trade. The complete installation shall function as designed and intended with respect to efficiency, capacity,noise level, etc. Abnormal or excessive noise from equipment, devices or other system components will not be acceptable. Remove from the premises waste material present as a result of work. Clean equipment installed under this contract to present a neat and clean installation at the termination of the work. Repair or replace public and private property damaged as a result of work performed under this contract to the satisfaction of authorities and regulations having jurisdiction. 22A 1 -5 MANUFACTURERS In other articles where lists of manufacturers are introduced, subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the manufacturers specified. where a list is provided. manufacturers listed are not in accordance with any ranking or preference. Where manufacturers are not listed, provide products subject to compliance with requirements from manufacturers that have been actively involved in manufacturing the specified product for no less than 5 years. 22A 1-6 COORDINATION Coordinate all work with other divisions and trades so that the various components of the systems will be installed at the proper time, fit the available space, and will allow proper service access to those items requiring maintenance. Refer to all other division's drawings, and to relevant equipment submittals and shop drawings to determine the extent of clear spaces, Components which are installed without regard to the above shall be relocated at no additional cost to the owner. Unless otherwise indicated, the general contractor will provide chases and openings in building construction required for installation of the systems specified herein. Contractor shall furnish the general contractor with information where chases and openings are required. Make all offsets required to clear equipment, beams and other structural members, and to facilitate concealing system components in the manner anticipated in the design Keep informed as to the work of other trades engaged in the construction of the project and execute work in a manner as to not interfere with or delay the work of other trades. Figured dimensions shall betaken in preference to scale dimensions. Contractor shall take his own measurements at the building, as variations may occur. Contractor will be held responsible for errors that could have been avoided by proper checking and inspection Provide materials with trim that will properly fit the types of ceiling, wall, or floor finishes actually installed. Model numbers listed in the construction documents are not necessarily intended to designate the required trim. 22A 1-7 ORDINANCES, CODES, AND STANDARDS Work performed under this contract shall, at a minimum, be in conformance with applicable national, state and local codes having jurisdiction. Equipment furnished and associated installation work performed under this contract shall be in strict compliance with current applicable codes adopted by the local AHJ including any amendments and standards as set forth by the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), Underwriters Laboratories (UL), Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME), American Society of Hearing, Refrigeration, and Air Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE), American National Standards Institute (ANSI), American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM) and other national standards and codes where applicable. Additionally., comply with rules and regulations of public utilities and municipal departments affected by connection of services. Where the contract documents exceed the requirements of the referenced codes, standards, etc., the contract documents shall take precedence. Promptly bring all conflicts observed between codes, ordinances, rules, regulations, referenced standards, and these documents to the engineer's attention for final resolution. Contractor will be held responsible for any violation of the law. Procure and pay for permits and licenses required for the accomplishment of the work herein described. Where required, obtain, pay for and furnish cerfificates of inspection to owner. Contractor will be held responsible for violations ofthe law. 22A 1-8 PROTECTION OF EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL Store and protect from damage equipment and materials delivered to job site, in accordance with manufacturers' recommendations. For materials and equipment susceptible to changing weather conditions, dampness, or temperature variations, store inside in conditioned spaces. For materials and equipment not susceptible to these conditions, cover with waterproof, tear -resistant, heavy tarp or polyethylene plastic as required to protect from plaster, dirt, paint, water, or physical damage. Equipment and material that has been damaged by construction activities will be rejected, and contractor shall furnish new equipment and material as required at no additional cost to the owner. Keep premises broom clean from foreign material created during work performed under this contract. Piping, equipment, etc. shall have a neat and clean appearance at the termination of the work. Plug or cap open ends of piping systems while stored and installed during construction when not in use to prevent the entrance of debris into the systems. Keep the manufacturer -provided protective coverings on floor drains floor sinks and trench drains during construction. Remove coverings at the termination ofthe work and polish exp�secl surfaces 22A 1-9 SUBSTITUTIONS Include in the base bid the products specifically named in these specifications or on the drawings, Submit, in the form of alternates, with bid, products of any other manufacturers for similar use, provided the differences in cost, if any, are included for each proposed alternate. No substitutions will be considered with receipt of Bids, unless the Architect and Engineer have received from the Bidder a written request for approval to bid a substitution at least ten calendar days prior to the date for receipt of Bids, and have approved the substitution request. Include, with each such request, the name of the material or equipment for which substitution is being requested, and a complete description of the proposed substitution, including drawings, cut sheets, performance and test data, and all other information necessary for an evaluation. Include also a statement setting forth changes in other materials, equipment or other work that would be required to incorporate the substitution. The burden of proof of the merit of the proposed substitute is upon the proposer. The proposer of any substitutions shall compensate the Engineer at a rate of $1 50.00 per hour for time spent evaluating proposed substitutions and or the subsequent revisions to the design required to utilize the substitution. The Architect's or Engineer's decision to approve or disapprove a substitution in a Bid is final If the proposed substitution is approved prior to receipt of Bids, such approval will be stated in an Addendum. Bidders shall not rely upon approvals made in any other manner, including verbal. No substitutions will be considered after receipt of Bids and before award of the Contract. ss specifically provided in the Contract No substitutions will be considered after the Contract is awarded unle Documents. 22AI-10 SUBMITTALS Assemble and submit to the architect, for engineer's review, manufacturers' product literature for material and equipment to be furnished, installed, or both, under this division, including shop drawings, manufacturers' product data and performance sheets, samples, and other submittals required by this division. Highlight, mark, list or indicate the materials, performance criteria and accessories that are being proposed. Provide the number of submittals required by division 1; however, at a minimum, submit two (2) sets, Before submitting, verify that all materials and equipment submitted are mutually compatible and suitable for the intended use, fit the available spaces, and allow ample and code -required room for access and maintenance. Submittals shaii contain the following information. Submittals not so identified will be returned to the contractor Wthout action: The project name. The applicable specification section and paragraph. The submittal date, The contractor's stamp, wNch shall certify that the stamped drawings have been checked by the contractor, comply with the drawings and specifications, and have been coordinated with other trades. Submittals and shop drawings shall not contain HP Engineering's firm name or logo, nor shall it contain the HP Engineering's engineere seal and signature. They shall not be copies of HP Engineering's work product. Transmit submittals as early as required to support the project schedule. Allow for two weeks engineer review time, plus mailing time, plus a duplication of this time for re-subrnittals, if required. The engineer's submittal reviews will not relieve the contractor from responsibility for errors in dimensions, details, size of members, or quantifies; or for omitting components or fittings; or for not coordinating items with actual building conditions. Refer to division I for acceptance of electronic submittals for this project. For electronic submittals, contractor shall submit the documents in accordance with the procedures specified in division 1. Contractor shall notify the architect and engineer that the shop drawings have been posted. If electronic submittal procedures are not defined in division 1, contractor shall include the website, user name and password information needed to access the submittals. For submittals sent by e-mail, contractor shall copy the architect and engineer's designated representatives. Contractor shall allow the engineer review time as specified above in the construction schedule. Contractor shall submit only the documents required to purchase the materials and/or equipment in the electronic submittal and shall clearly indicate the materials, performance criteria and accessories being proposed. General product catalog data not specifically noted to be part of the specified product will be rejected and returned without review. 22AI-11 ELECTRONIC DRAWINGS In preparation of shop drawings or record drawings, contractor may, as an option, obtain electronic drawing files in Revit, AutoCAD, or DXF format from the engineer for a fee of $200 for the first sheet and $1 00 per sheet for each additional sheet. Contact the architect for written authorization; and, contact the engineer to obtain the necessary release agreement form and to indicate the desired shipping method and drawing format. In addition to payment, architects written authorization and engineer's release agreement form must be received before electronic drawing files will be sent. 22A 1-12 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS Submit to the architect, for engineer's review, copies each of operations and maintenance instruction manuals, appropriately bound into manual form including approved copies ofthe following, revised if necessary to show system and equipment as actually installed. Paper clips, staples, rubber bands, and mailing envelopes are not considered approved binders. Provide the number of submittals required by Division 1; however, at a minimum, submit two (2) sets, and include, at a minimum, the following information: Cover sheet that lists the project name, date, owner, architect, consulting engineer, general contractor, sub -contractor, and an index of contents� Manufacturers' catalogs and product data sheets Wiring diagrams Operation and Maintenance instructions Parts lists Approved shop drawings Test reports as defined for the systems and equipment provided or furnished or installed under this contract. Names, addresses, telephone numbers, and e-mail addresses of local contacts for warranty serVices and spare parts, Submit manuals prior to requesting the final punch list and before any requests for substantial completion. Final approval of this division's systems installed under this contract will be withheld until this equipment brochure is received and deemed complete by the architect and engineer. Provide "as-builf drawings (see Division 1 and general conditions). 22A 1-13 TRAINING At a thme mutually agreed upon between the owner and contractor, provide the services of a factory trained and authorized representative to train owner's designated personnel on the operation and maintenance of the equipment provided for this project. Provide training to include but not be limited to an overview ofthe system and/or equipment as it relates to the facility as a whole; operation and maintenance procedures and schedules related to startup and shutdown, troubleshooting, servicing, preventive maintenance and appropriate operator intervention; and review of data included in the operation and maintenance manuals. Submit a certification letter to the architect stating that the owner's designated representative has been trained as specified herein. Letter shall include date, time, attendees and subject of training. The contractor and the owner's representative shall sign the cerfification letter indicating agreement that the training has been provided. Schedule owner training with at least 7 days'advance notice. 22A 1-14 WARRANTIES Warrant each system and each element thereof against all defects due to faulty workmanship, design or material for a period of 12 months from date of substantial completion, unless specific items are noted to carry a longer warranty in the construction documents or manufacturet's standard warranty exceeds this duration. Warranties shall include labor and material, Remedy all defects, occurring within the warranty period(s), as stated in the general conditions and Division I without any additional costs to the owner. Perform any required remedial work promptly, upon written notice from the engineer or owner At the time of substantiol �vmpletion, deliver to the owner all warranties, in miling and properly executed, including term limits for warranties extending beyond the required period, each warranty Instrument being addressed to the owner and stating the commencement date and term. 22A 1-16 COINCIDENTAL DAMAGE Repair all streets, sidewalks, drives, paving, walls, finishes, and other facilities damaged in the course of this work. Repair materials shall match existing construction. All backfilling and repairing shall meet all requirements of the owner, city and others having jurisdiction. Repair work shall be thoroughly first class. Conform to all requirements of Division 2 ofthese specifications. 22A 1-1 7 CUTTING AND PATCHING Following the requirements in Division 1, cut walls, floors, ceilings, and other portions ofthe facility as required to perform work under this division. Obtain permission ofthe architect, owner, or both, before doing any cutting. Cut all holes as small as possible. Patch walls, floors, and other portions of the facility as required by work under this division. All patching shall be thoroughly first class and shall match the original material and construction, including fire ratings if applicable in a manner satisfactory to the architect. 22A 1-18 ROUGH -IN Coordinate without delay all roughing -in with other divisions. Conceal all piping and rough -in except in unfinished areas and where otherwise indicated in the construction documents. 22A 1-1 9 CONCRETE BASES Provide concrete bases for equipment where indicated on the drawings. Concrete bases shall have chamfered edges. Size of pad shall be a minimum of 4" greater than the footprint of the equipment that it is supporting. Construct equipment bases and housekeeping pads of a rninimum 28 day, 4000 psi concrete conforming to American Concrete Institute standard building code for reinforced concrete (ACI 318-99) and the latest applicable recommendations of the ACI standard practice manual. Concrete shall be composed of cement conforming to ASTM C 150 Type 1, aggregate conforming to ASTM C33, and potable water. Exposed exterior concrete shall contain 5 to 7 percent air entrainment. Unless otherwise specified or shown on the structural drawings, reinforce equipment bases and housekeeping pads with No. 4 reinforcing bars conforming to ASTM A 615 or 6x6 - VV2.9 x VV2.9 welded wire mesh conforming to ASTM At 85. Place reinforcing bars 24" on center with a minimum of two bars each direction. Provide galvanized anchor bob for equipment placed on concrete equipment bases and housekeeping pads or on concreteslabs. Anchor bolts size, number and placement shall be as recommended by the manufacturer of the equipment. Concrete equipment bases shall have minimum heights in accordance with the following: for water heaters, water softeners and other equipment not listed, minimum height is 4'. For water heaters over 200 gallons capacity and domestic water booster pumps, minimum height is 6". Height of equipment bases applies to equipment installed on slab -on -grade. For equipment installed on floors above grade and on the roof, refer to the drawings. 6161-T&.161MI11411,14111 ZI-11111§1111:101 Structural steel used for pipe supports, equipment supports, etc., shall be new and clean, and shall conform to ASTM designation A-36. Support plumbing equipment and piping from the building structure. Do not support plumbing equipment and piping from ceilings, other mechanical or electrical components, and other non-structural elements. Provide access doors in ceilings and walls where indicated or required for access to concealed valves and equipment installed under this section. Provide concealed hinges, screwdriver -type lock, anchor straps; manufactured by Milcor, Zurn, Titus, or equal. Obtain architects approval of type, size, location, and color before ordering. 22A 1-22 PENETRATIONS Provide sleeves for pipes passing through above grade concrete or masonry walls, concrete floor or roof slabs. Sleeves are not required for core drilled holes in existing masonry walls, concrete floors or rooft. Provide I 0 gauge galvanized steel sleeves for sleeves 6" and smaller. Provide galvanized sheet metal sleeves for larger than 6". Schedule 40 PVC sleeves are acceptable for installation in areas without return air plenums. Seal elevated floor, exterior wall and roof penetrations watertight and weatherfight with non -shrink, non -hardening commercial sealant. Pack with mineral wool and seal both ends with minimum of '/V of sealant. Seal around penetrations of fire rated assemblies. Coordinate fire ratings and locations with the architectural drawings. Refer to architectural specifications for fire stoppings. Provide a product schedule for UL listing, location, wall or floor rating and installation drawing for each penetration fire stop system. Extend pipe insulation for insulated pipe through floor, wall and roof penetrations, including fire rated walls and floors. The vapor barrier shall be maintained. Size sleeve for a minimum of I" annular clear space between inside of sleeve and outside of insulation. Seal concrete or masonry exterior wall penetrations below grade with "wall pipes" and mechanical sleeve seals. Provide cast iron 'wall pipee with integral waterstop ring manufactured by Josam, Jay R. Smith, Wade, Watts. or Zum. Provide modular mechanical sleeve seals, manufactured by Thunderline / Link Seal, Calpico, Inc., and Metrallex. Seal elevated concrete slab with water proof membrane penetrations with"wall pipes" and water proof sealant. Secure waterproof membrane flashing between 'wall pipe" clamping flange and clamping ring. Provide cast iron 'Wall pipes" with integral waterstop ring manufactured by Josam, Jay R. Smith, Wade, Watts or Zurn. Provide sleeves for horizontal pipe passing through or under foundation. Sleeves shall be cast iron soil pipe two nominal pipe sizes larger than the pipe served. Provide Schedule 40 PVC pipe sleeves for vertical pressure pipe passing through concrete slab on grade Sleeves * shall be one nominal pipe size larger than the pipe served and two pipe sizes larger than pipe served for ductile iron pipes with restraining rods� Seal water -light with silicone caulk. Provide 1/2'thick cellular foam insulation around perimeter of non -pressure pipe passing thru concrete slab on grade. Insulation shall extend to 2" above and below the concrete slab. 22A 1-24 ELECTRICAL WRING Line Voltage control and interlock wiring shall be provided by the Division 26 contractor. Low Voltage control wiring shall be provided by the Division 23 contractor. Required conduit and rough -ins for low Voltage control wiring shall be provided by the Division 26 contractor. Furnish wiring diagrams to the Division 26 contractor as required for proper equipment hookup, Coordinate with the Division 26 contractor the actual wire sizing amps for the equipment (from the equipment nameplate) to ensure proper installation. 22A 1-26 ALTERNATES Refer to the architectural portion of the specification for list of alternates. Applicable sections of the base specificabons shall apply to all work required by the alternate unless otherwise specified. Determine whether or not and how each alternate affects work. Include labor, materials, equipment and transportation services necessary for and incidental to the completion of work under each particular alternate. Furnish separate bid for each alternate applicable to work, staling the amount to be added or deducted from the base bid, 22A1-28 MISCELLANEOUS REMODELING WORK Provide items of plumbing systems modification required because of building remodeling, as noted on the drawings, or necessary for proper operation. Match existing materials and construction techniques when modifying existing systems. Coordinate requirements with general contractor and architect. Existing floor drains required to be abandoned or not in use at the termination of the work shall be sealed gas -light. Clean trap of debris and fill with silicone. Remove grate and fill drain body with grout. In the finished portions of the building they shall be covered with floor material matching adjacent area. Any floor depressions resulting from abandoned floor drains shall be leveled before final floor finishing. New floor drains shall be connected to the existing sanitary drainage system as shown on the drawings or as required. Saw -cut existing concrete floor as required to install new underfloor lines, and patch to match existing sub -floor. Refer to architectural specifications for finish floor patching requirements, Existing plumbing fixtures where indicated on the drawings to be reused shall be cleaned, repaired, provided with new washers, etc. as required to put them into good operating condition. Patch holes weather -tight in existing roofs caused by removal of plumbing items such as piping. Make connection of new pipe to similar existing waste, water and gas pipe using standard fittings and joining practices. 22A 1-29 BUILDING OPERATION Comply with the schedule of operations as outlined in the architectural portions of this specification. Building shall be in continuous operation. Accomplish work that requires interruption of building operation at a time when the building is not in operation, and only with written approval of building owner and/or tenant. Coordinate interruption of building operation with the owner and/or tenant a minimum of 7 days in advance of work. 22A 1-30 SYSTEM TESTING AND ADJUSTING Upon completion of each phase of the installation, test each system in conformance with local code requirements and as noted below. Furnish labor and equipment required to test plumbing work installed under this contract, and assume costs involved in making the tests, and repairing and/or replacing damage resulting therefrom. Notify the architect and the authority having jurisdiction, three (3) working days prior to maldng plumbing system tests. Leave concealed work uncovered unfit the required tests have been completed, but if necessary due to construction procedure, tests on portions of the work may be made, and when satisfactory, the work may be concealed. Test piping before insulation is installed, and before backfill. Pipes, joints, flanges, valve stems, etc., shall be leak tight. Repair or replace system defects with new matedals. Caulking of defective joints, cracks or holes will not be permitted. Repeat tests after defects have been eliminated. Make tests in the presence of the administrative authority and/or the owner's authorized representative. Upon completion of the systems installation, and prior to acceptance by the architect and engineer, make general operating tests to demonstrate that equipment and systems are in proper working order, and are functioning in conformance with the intent of the drawings and specifications. As a part of these tests, open every water outlet to ensure complete system flushing, remove and clean faucet aerators, clean strainers, light pilot lights, and operate every piece of equipment furnished under this contract to demonstrate proper functioning. Test the drainage and vent system by plugging openings with test plugs, except those at the top of the stacks. Fill the system with water; test results will be satisfactory if the water level remains stationary for not less than one (1) hour. Subject the drainage and vent system to a pressure ofat least ten (I 0) feetofwater. If leaks develop, repair them and repeat the test. Test the domestic water system by filling it with water and then isolating the system from its source. Keepthe system dosed for a period oftwenty-ficur hours, witti no fixture being used. The pressure clifferental for this test eriod shall not exceed 1 0 psig. Test water piping to a 125 psi hydrostatic pressure. p For low pressure natural gas systems, subject the pipe to I 0 psig air pressure for a period of one hour. The resultant pressure differential for this period shall be 0 psig. Test per gas company requirements where required 22A 2 PLUMBING PIPING 22A2-1 PIPING MATERIALS Materials specified or noted on the drawings are subject to the approval of local code authorities. Verify approval before installing any material or joining method. Domestic Water (cold, hot and hot water recirculation): Domestic water piping installed above the floor slab inside the building shall be type "L" hard temper copper tube with wrought copper fittings and soldered connections made up with 95/5 solder. Brazed mechanically formed tee connections (T-drill) may be used in copper lines where approved by code; connection shall be made with brazed silver solder (Siffos) joints in conformance with manufacturer's instructions. Underground domestic water piping 2" and smaller shall be type W'soft temper copper tubing with flared copper alloy fittings and connections, or type "K" hard temper copper tubing with conventional wrought copper fiffings and silver solder (Siffos) joints. Install as few underground copper piping joints as possible. At building service entrance, no joints shall be installed under or within 5 feet of the building. Install domestic water piping below grade outside building at adequate depth to prevent freezing. Underground domestic water piping 3" and larger shall be Class 52 ductile iron meeting the requirements of ANSI / AVWVA Standard C151/A21.51. Piping shall be double cement lined in accordance with ANSI /AWWA Standard C104/A21.4. Fittings shall have mechanical joints. At contractor's option, pipe joints in straight runs (not at fittings) and not installed under or within 5 feet of the building slab may be push -on joints. Joints shall conform to the requirements of ANSI 21.1 1, Interior Waste and Vent Below Slab: Waste and vent pipe below slab inside building shall be service weight cast iron soil pipe with hub and spigot fitfings with neoprene gasket joints, meeting ASTM A74, manufactured by AB & I Foundry, Charlotte or Tyler Pipe and hearing the trademark of the CISPI and NSF. Hubless waste and vent pipe is not permitted below base slab. PVC Schedule 40 DWV ASTM D2665 pipe with PVC meeting ASTM BI 784, 'solid wall" cell Class 12454-B with ASTM 2665 socket filings with solvent weld joints is also permitted where approved by code. Interior Waste and Vent Above and Below Slab: At contractor's option, PVC cellular core pipe may be used for all DWV installations above and below slab. PVC cellular core pipe shall be manufactured from virgin rigid PVC (polyvinyl chloride) vinyl compounds with a Cell Class of 1 1432 as identified in ASTM D 4396, Fittings shall be manufactured from virgin rigid PVC (polyvinyl chloride) vinyl compounds with a Cell Class of 12454 as identified in ASTM D 1784. PVC cellular core pipe shall be Iron Pipe Size (IPS) conforming to ASTM F 891. PVC DWV fittings shall conform to ASTM D 2665. Pipe and fittings shall be manufactured as a system and be the product of one manufacturer. All pipe and fittings shall be manufactured in the United States. All systems shall utilize a separate waste and vent system. Pipe and fittings shall conform to NSF Internalional Standard 14. Installation shall comply with the latest installation instructions published by Charlotte Pipe and Foundry and shall conform to all applicable plumbing, fire, and building code requirements. Buried pipe shall be installed in accordance with ASTM D 2321 and ASTM F 1668. Solvent cement joints shall be made in a two step process with primer conforming to ASTM F 656 and solvent cement conforming to ASTM D 2564. The system shall be protected from chemical agents, fire stopping materials, thread sealant, plasticized vinyl products or other aggressive chernical agents not compatible with PVC compounds. Systems shall be hydrostatically tested after installation. ConnectionsTo Plumbing Fixtures And Equipment: 1-1 /4" and larger waste connections from fixture traps to cast iron pipe shall be "DWW copper with wrought copper drainage pattern fiffings with copper sweat or compression joints at fixture trap connections and threaded joints at connections to cast iron pipe. Indirect and Condensate Drain Inside Building: Indirect and condensate drain pipe installed inside the building shall be Type "M" hard copper with wrought copper fiffings for I " and smaller and 'DWV* copper with wrought copper drainage pattern fittings for 1-1/4" and larger Install cleanouts at elbows greater than 45 degrees. Indirect and Condensate Drain Outside Building: Indirect and condensate drain pipe installed outside the building above ground shall be Type "M" for I' and smaller and "DWV'for 1-1 /4" and larger Terminate at nearest roof drain, gutter or other location as shown drawings. Install cleanouts at elbows greater than 45 degrees. 22A 2-2 PIPING AND EQUIPMENT INSULATION Domestic cold water, hot water, hot water recirculation, indirect and condensate drain pipe (within building) Refer to pipe insulation schedule on drawings for insulation details. Provide with self-sealing lap to provide a continuous vapor barrier by Certainteed, Owens -Coming or Armstrong. For hot piping, provide pipe hangers and riser clamps sized for the outside diameter ofpiping. Butt insulation to hanger or riser clamp for vertical pipe. Seal exposed insulation with insulation sealer. Exception for vertical piping: provide clamps sized for the outside diameter of the vertical pipe and extend clamp through insulation. Seal penetrations ofinsulation and vapor barrier with wet coat ofvapor barrier lap cement, For cold piping at hangers provide 8" long sections of high density, high temperature calcium silicate by Johns -Manville, fiberglass by Knauf, or 8" long styroficarn billets by Dow or flexible unicellular piping insulation meeting ASTM C 534-01, Type I with integral high density pipe supports and encased in steel insulation shield by Cooper B-Line I Armacell or equivalent. Insulation shall be continuous along the pipe surface, except at valves, unions, and where piping is exposed at fixtures. Provide insulation on vent piping within six feet of vent through the roof. Provide insulation on domestic cold and hot water pipes installed in walls and chases. Provide insulation protection shield at each hanger for insulated piping Cover fittings with Zeston, Knauf, or equal one-piece PVC pre -molded insulating covers. Fiffing covers, jackets and adhesives shall not exceed flame spread rating of 25 and smoke development rating of 50 per ASTIM E84. At all elbows and tees, fill voids between covers and piping with fiberglass insulation and tape joints4 Install pipe insulation in compliance with manufacturees recommendations. Where pre -molded insulating fittings are not approved by local authorities, miter insulation at fittings. Provide 2" fiberglass thick insulation for water, sanitary, waste or grease waste piping in unheated spaces where indicated on the drawings. 22A2-3 PIPING JOINTS Copper Tubing: Joints in hard temper tubing shall be soldered joints using lead-free 95/5 solder except where tubing is installed below grade or below the base slab, in which case joints shall be soldered with silver solder (Silfas). Joints in soft temper copper tubing shall be of the flared type installed in compliance with the fitting manufacturer's recommendations. Threaded Steel Pipe: Threaded joints shall be full and clean, cut with not more than three (3) threads exposed beyond the fittings. Make joints fight with graphite base pipe joint compound and paint exposed threads of ferrous pipe with acid -resisting paint after piping has been tested and proven fight No caulking, lamp -wick or other material will be permitted for correction of defective joints. Welded Steel Pipe: Welded joints shall be of the butt welded single "vee"type. Bevel pipe ata45 degree angleto within 1/1 6" of the inside wall, and build up the weld to one fourth greater depth than the pipe wall thickness. Welding shall be either electric or oxy-acetylene, performed in conformance with the ASME code for pressure pipe welding, and only by experienced certified welders, Cast Iron Pipe Below Grade: Joints in bell and spigot cast iron waste and vent pipe shall be neoprene compression gaskets, Tyseal or equal. Cast Iron Pipe Above Grade: Joints in hubless pipe shall be standard CISPI 310 domestically manufactured by Anaco, AB & I Foundry, Charlotte, Husky, Ideal, Tyler, Mission or Femco. PVC Pipe: Clean joints free from debris and moisture. Apply PVC primer meeting ASTM F656 to each joint Apply solvent cement meeting ASTM D2564 and make joint while wet and in accordance with ASTM D2855. Pipe Adapters: Make connection of new waste pipe to new or existing dissimilar waste pipe using adapter couplings. Provide Femco, Proflex 3000 series or Mission Flexseal MR56 series with neoprene adapter gasket with stainless steel shield and hose clamps for connecting dissimilar pipes above grade. Provide Femco, 1056 series or Mission sewer couplings with neoprene adapter gasket and hose clamps for connecting dissimilar pipes below grade and coat stainless steel bands with mastic 22A 2-4 PIPING INSTALLATION General: Clean pipe thoroughly prior to installation. Ream ends of pipe to remove burrs. Cut pipe accurately to measurements taken on the job. Install with adequate clearance for installation of coverings where required. Pipe shall not be sprung or bent. Neatly align pipe, connect it securely, and support it from the building structure with hangers as specified below. Provide chrome -plated escutcheons on pipes passing through ceilings, floors or walls of finished spaces. Run pipes freely through floor and wall penetrations using pipe sleeves. Do not grout in place unless required for structural fire integrity, Install pipe concealed in finished spaces wherever possible. Use a dielectric union where ferrous and copper pipe connect. Dialectic union shall have a zinc -plated steel body, a threaded nylon insert, and insulating pressure gasket. No ferrous metal -to -copper connection made without insulating unions will be allowed, Hanger & Supports: Pipe hangers shall be as described in the specifications by B-Line or equal by Anvil, Michigan, Truscon, or Unistrut, Connect hangers to the structure with side beam connectors and all thread hanger rods. Provide engineered support struts between joists and other structural members as required to provide a rigid hanging installation. Do not hang pipes from other pipes, conduit or ductwork. Provide hanger rods and space hangers at intervals as specified in "hanger spacing". Provide support vvithin I' of each elbow and tee. Provide supports within I' of each equipment connection. Provide two nuts on threaded supports to securely fasten the support. Install hanger types or supports for various piping as follows: Copper Tube: Adjustable band hangers for bare copper tube 3" and smaller shall be B-Line #83170 CT copper plated adjustable band swivel ring type. Adjustable band hangers for insulated copper tube and 3" smaller shall be B-Une #B3170 NF adjustable band swivel ring type. Clevis hangers for insulated copper tube 4" and larger shall be B-Line #B31 00 galvanized steel clevis type. Support exposed copper tube 2" and smaller to walls or in chases with B-1-me #B3198 RCT copper coated extension split ring pipe clamps, 3/8" threaded rod and B-Line #B3199 CT ceiling flanges. Support copper hibe in chases and walls at plumbing fixtures with plastic or copper brackets secured to structure and u-bob sized to bare on the pipe. Riser clamps to support vertical copper tube shall be B-Une #B3373 CT copper coated steel, cut insulation, seal vapor barrier, and attach to bare tube. Steel Pipe: Adjustable band hangers for 2" and smaller shall be B-Lme #B3170 NF adjustable band swivel ring type. Clevis hangers for 2-1/2" and larger shall be B-Line #B31 00 galvanized steel clevis type. Riser clamps to support vertical pipe shall be B-Line #B3373 galvanized steel. Cast Iron Pipe: Adjustable band hangers for 2" and smaller shall be B-Une #B3170 NF adjustable band sv,4vel ring type. Clevis hangers for 3" and larger shall be B-Line #831 00 galvanized steel clevis type. Riser clamps to support vertical pipe shall be B-Line #B3373 galvanized steel. PVC Pipe: Adjustable band hangers for 3" and smaller shall be B-Line #133170 NF adjustable band swivel ring type Clevis hangers for 4" and larger shall be B-Line #B31 00 galvanized steel clevis type. Riser clamps to support vertical pipe shall be B-Une #B3373 galvanized steel. Insulation Protection Shields: B-Line #B3151 of 18 gauge galvanized sheet metal. Shield shall cover half of the circumference of the pipe and shall be of length indicated by manufacturer for pipe size and thickness of insulation Hanger Spacing, Rod Sizes & Connectors: Connect rods to steel beams or joists with B-Line #B3031 or #B3033 beam clamps as required. Connect rods to concrete with B-Line #B3014 malleable iron single type inserts with malleable iron nut. Connect rods in wood construction with B-Line #B3058 side beam connectors. Hang and support piping with spacing and rod sizes as follows: CopperTube: 1-1 /2" and smaller -every 6with 318"hanger rods; 2" every I 0'with 3/8'Tianger rods; 2-112" every I O' with 3/8' hanger rods; 3" every 10'vvith I%" rods; 4' every 10'with 518" hanger rods. Support vertical copper tube every 10'. SteelPipe: 1" and smaller -every 8'with 3/8" hanger rods; 1-1 /4" to 2" every I O'with 3/8" hanger rods; 2-1/2" and 3" every 1 O' with 1W hanger rods; 4" every 1 O' with 5/8" hanger rods. Support vertical steel pipe every 1 O'. Cast Iron Pipe: Every I O' and within I' of each joint. 2" and smaller with 3/8" hanger rods; 3" with 1/2" hanger rods; 4" with 5/8" hanger rods; 6" with 3/4" hanger rods; a" and larger with 718" hanger rods. Support vertical cast iron pipe every IT, PVCPipe: Support all pipes sizes every 4'. 1-1/2" and smaller with 3/8" hanger rods; 2' with 1/2"hanger rods; 2-1/2" and 3" with 1/2" hanger rods; 47and larger with 5/8" hanger rods. Support vertical PVC pipe every 4'. Supports On Floor: Support piping from the floor where required for ferrous pipe or insulated copper tube, shall be B-Une #B3093 galvanized steel with pipe saddle, threaded shank for height adjustment and floor stand secured to the floor. Below Ground Installation For Soil, Waste And Storm: Install soil and waste piping to a uniform slope of not less than 1/8" per foot for piping 3" or larger, and not less than 1/4" per foot for piping 2-1/2" or smaller. Above Ground Installation For Soil, Waste And Storm: Install piping to a uniform slope of not less than 118!'per foot for piping 3" or larger, and not less than 1/4" per foot for piping 2-1/2" or smaller. Lay pipe at uniform slope free from sags. Support pipe within 12" of each joint Make changes in direction from horizontal to vertical, at fixture branches and other branch connections with sanitary "tees" or short sweep "ells". Make changes in direction from vertical to horizontal or horizontal to horizontal with long radius fittings, long sweeping "ells", combination 'y and 118 bend" fittings, or 45 degree "ells" (1 /8 bend fittings), 116 bend or 1/16 bend and "y" fiffings. Provide a smooth and uniform invert in the system. Drilling or tapping of soil and waste lines, and saddle hubs and bands are not permitted. Locate and install soil and waste lines as indicated on the dravAngs. Determine exact locations in such a manner as to maintain proper clearance. PLUMBING VENT: Connect plumbing vent pipes to fixture drain pipes as indicated on the drawings or as required by the installation practices adopted and enforced by local codes official, and extend vent pipes full size through the rooffine. Grade pipe to a uniform slope so as to drain back by gravity to the drainage pip'ing system. Ventspassing through the roof shall be minimum 3" size except in tropical climates, per local codes. Turn flashing down into stacks at least 2", and extend flashing 24" in all directions from the pipe at the roof line. Apply white lead pipe dope on male steel pipe threads. Vent lines shall be air and water tight. Vent floor drains individually or connect them to a horizontally vented line as shown on the drawings. DOMESTIC WATER: Arrange cold, hot, and hot water recirculation piping to drain at the lowest point in each system. Install at least one pipe union adjacent to all shutoff valves, at connection points of each piece of equipment, and elsewhere in the system where required to allow proper maintenance. Provide unions of the ground joint type. Make allowance for expansion and contraction where required by the installation. where water piping occurs in exterior walls, hold pipe as close as possible to the interior face of wall and install insulation balt or other insulation (minimum R-8) between piping and the exterior wall face. 22A 2-5 PIPING SANITIZATION Sanitize the entire domestic water piping system (cold, hot, and hot water return) with a solution containing not less than 50 ppm available chlorine. Keep solution in the system for a minimum of 24 hours, with each valve being operated several times during the period. After completion, flush system with city water unfit chlorine residual is lowered to incorning city water level, 22A 2-6 PIPE AND VALVE MARKERS Provide manufacturer's standard pre-printed, semi -rigid snap -on or permanent adhesive, pressure-sensifive vinyl pipe markers. Pipe markers shall be color -coded complying with ANSI At 3.1. Install pipe markers on each plumbing piping system and include arrows to show normal direction of flow. Locate pipe markers and color bands wherever piping is exposed to view in occupied spaces, machine rooms, accessible maintenance spaces (shaft, tunnels, plenums) and exterior non -concealed locations. Provide plastic laminate or brass valve tag on every valve, cock and control device in each plumbing piping system; exclude check valves, valves within factory-fabriGated equipment units, plumbing fixture faucets, convenience and lawn -watering hose bibbs, and shut-off valves at plumbing fixtures and similar rough -in connections of end -use fixtures and units. 22A2-9 AIR ADMITTANCE VALVES Provide air admittance valves where indicated on drawings. Air admittance valves shall meet ASSE 1050 or 1 051 where applicable by Studor or equal, by Daley, Proset, or Rectorseal. Install per code and manufacturer requirements. 22A 3 PLUMBING SPECIALTIES 22A 3-1 WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS, AND TRAPSProvide water hammer arrestors at valves or batteries of fixtures as indicated on the drawings to prevent water hammer. Arrestors shall be Josam, Jay R. Smith, Precision Plumbing Products, Proflo, Sioux Chief, Wade, Watts, or Zum, stainless steel bellows type, or o-dng sealed and lubricated acetal piston. Install water hammer arrestors per the Plumbing and Drainage Institute PD1 VVH-201 installation instructions. Installation of arrestors at batteries of fixtures precludes the requirement for individual air chambers at each battery fixture. Air chambers are not acceptable as a substitute for water hammer arrestors. 22A 3-2 CLEANOUTS, FLOOR DRAINS AND ROOF DRAINS Cleanouts, floor drains and roof drains shall be by one manufacturer if possible. Acceptable manufacturers are Josam, Jay R. Smith, Wade, Watts, Mifab, and Zum. Provide long sweep things for cleanout extensions; short sweeps at start of runs or change in direction and combination wye and eighth bend fittings in horizontal runs. Install cleanouts, with a minimum of 18' clear all around, consult local codes for other requirements, for easy system maintenance. Install plug with teflon joint compound, FLOOR DRAINS: Shall be as scheduled on the drawings, manufactured by Zurn or equivalent by ABT, Inc, Polydrain, Quazite, Mifab, Jay R. Smith - ACO or NOS. TRENCH DRAINS: Shall be as scheduled on the drawings, manufactured by Zurn or equivalent by ABT, Inc., Polydrain, Quazite, Mifab, Jay R. Smith - ACO or NDS. FLOOR CLEANOUTS: Shall be as scheduled on the drawings, Install cleanouts at points as noted on the drawings, at the building exit; at a minimum of every 50 feet in horizontal soil and waste lines; and at turns of pipe greater than 45 degrees cleanouls shall be full size of the pipe up to 4", and 4" size for pipes larger than 4". Determine the type of floor covering to be used at each floor cleanout location and provide top with variations suitable for floor covering (carpet markers, recessed for file and scoriated for unfinished floor). Rough -in and install each floor cleanout flush with the finished floor construction. EXTERIOR CLEANOUTS: Shall be as scheduled on the drawings. Install cleanouts at points as noted on the drawings, at the building exit; at a minimum of every 100 feet in horizontal soil, waste and storm service lines. Embed each exterior cleanout in a block of concrete, flush with finished grade. Coordinate size ofbI0Gkwith construction documents. WALL CLEANOUTS: Shall be as scheduled on the drawings. Install wall cleamouts at points as noted on the drawings; at the foot of each soil, waste or interior downspout stack; at horizontal soil and waste branches longer than five feet not served by a floor cleamout; consult local codes for installation at specific fixture types. Install wall cleamouts above the flood rim of the fixture served within four feet of the floor and install extensions from the cleanout tee to the wall to locate the plug within 2" of the wall where required. Install cleanourts on urinals and sinks where required by code. ROOF DRAINS: Shall be as scheduled on the drawings. Provide with roof sump receiver, extension, secondary flashing clamps and undercleck clamp as required; provide expansion joints where required. Provide overflow roof drains where indicated on the drawings with inlet flow line 2" above the primary roof drain inlet. BACKWATER VALVES - removable flapper type: Shall be as scheduled on the drav,4ngs by Cleandreck or equal, by Mainline Backiflow Products or Spears. 22A 3-3 VALVES, STRAINERS, HOSE BIBBS, AND UNIONS Plumbing system valves shall be Crane Company or Nibco of models herein specified, or equivalent by Hammond, Milwaukee, Stockham or Mueller Valves. Valves shall be of the best quality, designed for 125 psi steam working pressure. Install valves on the hot and cold water lines at the water heater connections and other items of equipment, at branches from mains serving groups of fixtures, and at other places indicated or required by the installation to allow ease of future maintenance GATE VALVES: Class 125, size 2" and smaller shall be Nibco #S-1 13-LF non -rising stem, soldered lead free bronze body and parts, with wedge disc. Gate valves 2-112" and larger shall be Crane #465-1/2 or Nibco #617-0, OS&Y, iron body flanged wedge gate with brass seats and stem. BALL VALVES (may be used in lieu of gate valves up to 2"): 2" and smaller, Nibco #S-685-80-LF; two piece lead free bronze body, with soldered ends, chrome plated bronze ball with conventional port, 600 psi, blow-out proof stem. GLOBE VALVES: Globe valves shall be Class 125. Globe valves 2" and smaller shall be Milwaukee #UPI 502, screwed lead free bronze body and brass disc, Globe valves 2-1/2" and larger shall be Crane #351 iron body flanged valve with brass trim. CHECK VALVES: Check valves shall be Class 125. Check valves for installation in horizontal pipe runs shall be of the "swing disc"clesign. Horizontal check valves 2" and smaller shall be Milwaukee #UP1 509 or Nibco #S-413-Y-LF with soldered lead free bronze body and bronze disc. Horizontal check valves 2-1/2" and larger shall be Crane #373 or Nibco F-918 iron body flanged valve with brass trim. Check valves for installation in vertical pipe runs shall be ofthe "vertical liff'spring loaded design. Verfical check valves 2" and smaller shall be Milwaukee #UPI 548T or Nibco #S-480-Y-LF with soldered lead tee bronze body and bronze disc. Vertical check valves 3" and larger shall be center guided. THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVES: Thermostatic mixing valves shall be Powers as described on the drawings or equal Armstrong, Bradley, Leonard, Lawler, Symmons or Watts meeting ASSE 1070 with brass body, non -corrosive internal parts, tamper resistant temperature adjustment, union inlets and check stops with strainers. Set temperature at 1 1 0 deg. F for hand washing. The thermostatic mixing valve shall blend hot and cold water to provide 1 1 0 deg. F water supply to lavatories, showers, etc., throughout the building. STRAINERS: Strainers 2" and smaller shall be Watts #S777S] or Watts #LFS777S] with soldered lead free bronze, brass cap and Monet 40 mesh screen. Strainers 2-1/2" and larger shall be Watts #77F-DI-FDA-1 25 with flanged iron body with fused FDA epoxy coaling, bolted iron cap and stainless steel screen with 1/1 6" perforations. Strainers size 2-1/2" and larger shall have a 1 " blow -off line with a I " gate valve connected to the blow -off connection and shall be extended to the nearest floor drain. 22A3-6 SYSTEM ACCESSORIES Thermometers shall be American 3" bi-metal dial type with separable socket, and shall be installed where indicated or required. Pressure gauges shall be Ashcroff 3" dial type with shut-off cock, and shall be installed where indicated or required. Ice maker connection boxes shall be as specified on the drawings, Guy Gray #BIM875 or equivalent, with 20 gauge steel body, wall flange and water connection. Trap guards shall be by Proset Systems of molded PVC elastomer that allows the flow of waste water and closes upon termination of flow. Install per manufacturer's installation instructions. Do not touch elastomeric plug or allow contact with primer or solvent cement. 22A 4 PLUMBING FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT 22A4-1 PLUMBING FIXTURES Provide china fixtures as scheduled by AmeriGan-Standard or equivalent by Crane, Bier, Gerber, Kohler, Toto-ldki or Zum. Provide stainless steel sinks as scheduled by Elkay or equal by Just. Provide electric water coolers as scheduled by Elkay or equivalent by Acorn / Aqua, Halsey Taylor or Haws. Provide mop sinks as scheduled by Stem -Williams or equal by Acorn Engineering Co., Fiat or Florestone. Provide fixtures of same manufacturer where possible. Fixtures shown on the drawings or specified herein shall be furnished and installed, set firm and true, connected to required piping services, thoroughly cleaned, left clean and ready for use. Exposed fittings and piping at the fixtures shall be chrome -plated, and water supply piping shall be valved at each fixture. Vitreous china fixtures shall be of the best grade vitreous ware, without pit holes or blemishes, and the outlines shall be generally true. The engineer reserves the right to reject any pieces which, in his opinion, are faulty. Fixtures set against walls shall have ground backs and shall be caulked with silicone sealant of a matching color. 22A 4-2 PLUMBING FIXTURE TRIM Faucets and trim in contact with drinking water shall meet or exceed the safe water drinking act SWDA) lead-free standards of ANSI/NSF Standard 61, Section 9. Provide faucets as scheduled on drawings. Provide single lever handle faucets as scheduled on drawings. Fixture p-traps shall be 17 gauge brass body with cleanout, 17 gauge seamless tubular wall bend with cast brass slip nut, shallow steel flange, all chrome plated. Lavatory, sink and water closet supplies shall be solid brass angle or straight type with full turn brass stem, wheel handle or loose key types as noted on drawings, shallow steel flange, 3/8' copper riser flange, all chrome plated, final connection as required. Lavatory drains shall be grid type chrome plated 17 gauge brass open grid with 1-1/4" x 6" long seamless brass tailpiece and brass locknut with heavy rubber basin washer and fiber friction washer, Provide shower valves as scheduled on drawings. Sink drains shall be basket type with chrome plated forged brass basket strainer and strainer body with 1-1/2" x 4" long seamless brass tailpiece and cast brass lock and coupling nuts, Provide handicap insulation kits for lavatories and sinks on exposed water and waste pipes and fittings, including offset drain and continuous waste covers where required. Furnish to the owner, with receipt, the spare parts to include faucet washers and o-rings, flushometer repair kits and water closet tank repair kits for the fixtures furnished under the construction documents for this project. 22A 4-3 WATER HEATER Water heater shall be by A.0. Smith, Bradford -White, Lochinvar, State, Rheem, Ruud, or equivalent with capacity as scheduled on the drawings. Unit shall be electric glasslined tank type complete with steel jacket, fiberglass insulation, magnesium anode, integral thermostats and controls, and temperature & pressure relief valve. Water heater shall be UL listed and meet ASHRAE 90.113 standards for thermal efficiency and standby heat loss. Provide with NSF stamp and 6' high legs for installation in food service facility. Expansion tank: Expansion tank shall be Ambrol 'Therm-X-Trol" as scheduled on the drawings or equal by Armstrong, Bell & Gossett, Prollo, Taco, or Wafts. Unit shall be constructed ofwelded carbon steel 125 psig working pressure, with a FDA approved butyl rubber diaphragm, taps for pressure gage, air charging fitfing, and drain fiffing. Support as detailed on the drawings. Charge tank with air pressure equal to the static water pressure. END OF SECTION 22A I PROJECT NO. 19157R I 1 LOO % COMPLETE I REVIEMD_F_0__R CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED NOV 1 4 2019 CitY Of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION I . I I T, I . I I "I I 1� I 1, .... I � � W N 0 T_ 1,-_ Z W W N U) C) [�- _J �— W - W W 0 W < 2 W q_— �_ e--- W — �5; _3 Z M, 0 _J 0 0 1 — ---) W 0 > o < �: Z U) 0 C� I �_ W C) Z V—� W I,-- �k "r— � co � I � � 1\ � � � �, � W. � �s A <zI ov, _ ; 0 � , - W53 �0. -IST . � HAL 06/2112019 -1 — PERTAINING TO ISSUES OF CONFIDENTrALITYAN COPYRIGHT. REQUEST FOR THE DELEASE OR REPRODUCT10N OF THESE DRAWINGS MUST BE APPROVED BY ERIC NIELSEN ARCHITECT — — I I 11 — I PROJECT NUMBER: 2019-0057 DRAWN BY: KJP APPROVED BY: BW ISSUE DATE: 06/21/2019 REVISIONS # DATE DESCRIPTION — SHEET CONTENTS: PLUMBING SPEC ,11FICATIONS ATE "I _ �,�� rAN F777 . .... . . � . I - �R""", -1 � - �,� �, ��' I - - NAL "y P7-n V - "I I rjp� " , " , _ � , ) �� 11 1 ) , 25'-0" 40'-0" 210'-0" 40'-0" 40'-0" 40'-0" 25'-0" EXI TRAPEZE LAUNCHES SILKS SILKS o • ZIPLINE OPEN JUMP BASKETBALL • TUMBLE TRAMPOLINE TUMBLE TRAMPOLINE a • SLACKLINE / BATTLE • •� • • •>♦• • • 0 • • ROCK WALL 7 FIRST FLOOR PLAN I 3 64" = 1'-0" AL MEZZANINE 12,-6" SUSPENDED GRID CEILING, REF MEP FOR CEILING LAYOUT AND ACCESSORIES FIRST FLOOR 0" 5 CONCESSION WEST ELEVATION 138„-6 AIL MEZZANINE 12'-6" SUSPENDED GRID CEILING, REF MEP FOR CEILING LAYOUT AND ACCESSORIES SIGNAGE ON CUSTOMER — SIDE, PROVIDE BLOCKING ACROSS FACE MENU BOARD TV, TYP. PROVIDE BLOCKING AT ATTACHMENT POINT, REF ELECTRICAL FOR POWER FIRST FLOOR 0" C'JIIIIII �.1 PARTY • P • r ST G WO IJ1J /\U EXISTING MEN QATA LJ nnnr. RIIllv PARTY PARTY GC TO PROVIDE LOW VOLTAGE RUN TO OFFICE FOR SECURITY CAMERA. COORDINATE LOCATION IN CEILING WITH OWNER. 4,_0„• I BS-51 OPEN TO BEYOND • EXIT MARK FINISH SCHEDULE SIZE MANUFACTURER STYLE COLOR NOTES ACT-2 ARMSTRONG #673 KITCHEN ZONE WHITE 24"X24" INSTALL W/ PRELUDE ML 15/16" EXPOSED TEE GRID IN WHITE. WASHABLE SURFACE AT FOOD PREP AREA, SS-1 PT-1 CORIAN SHERWIN WILLIAM DALTILE MATTE FINISH MATCH EXISTING SHEEN QUARRY TEXTURES D DEEP NIGHT SKY INSTALL AT HALF WALL LL CAP #6931 JOLLY GREEN 11 COAT PRIMER; 2 COATS PAINT. USE SKYZONE NATIONAL ACCOUNT [PRICING FT-1 ASHEN GRAY 0T03 (2) 16'X6' 1.5"X1.5" 18GA THIC KNESS C KNE SS (GROUT: CUSTOM BUILDING PRODUCTS FUSION PRO GROUT#60 CHARCOAL TR-1 TBD - BY GC STAINLESS STEEL CORNER GUARD STAINLESS STEEL '', TR-8 JOHNSONITE (OR EQUAL) TRANSITION STRIP #40 BLACK 'APPLY A TRANSITION FROM QUARRY TILE TO EXISTING FLOOR BS-1A JOHNSONITE (OR EQUAL) 2MM RUBBER COVE BASE #40 BLACK y4" HIGH BS-5 WC-1 WC-3 DALTILE QUARRY TEXTURES COVE BASE Q-3565 ASHEN GRAY #P199 BRIGHT WHITE 6"X5" 4'X8' SHEETS MARLITE STANDARD FRP INSTALL WITH MANUFACTURER'S MATCHING PVC EDGE TRIM. DO NOT RUN FRP BEHIND TILE WALL BASE. VARIES DIAMOND PLATE VARIES 14'X8 SHEETS , PROVIDE TRIM AT ALL TOP EDGE AND VERTICAL SEAMS, GC TO SOURCE I LOCALLY EXISTING RESTROOMS EXISTING LAUNDRY AND MOP SINK it; 4v 0 DEMO UNDER MEZZANINE U 1l ti 4 MEZZANINE 12'-6" REMOVE EXISTING PARKOUR AREA FENCE AND EQUIPMENT EXISTING OPENINGS REMOVE EXISTING KITCHEN AND STORAGE CAFE SIGNAGE ON BUILT DOWN HEADER SUPPORTED FROM ABOVE. PROVIDE BLOCKING ACROSS FRONT MENU BOARD TV. PROVIDE BLOCKING AT ATTACHMENT POINT, REF ELECTRICAL FOR POWER DIAMOND PLATE -- ---------- WAINSCOT, PROVIDE TRIM AT ALL EXPOSED EDGES AND SEAMS 3'-0"H HSS 3"X3"X1/4" POST, MOUNTED TO SLAB WITH EXPANSION ANCHORS TO SECURE SCREEN WALL 8'-0" OC MAX FIRST FLOOR o° a CAFE EXTERIOR ELEVATION 4 MEZZANINE 12'-6" SUSPENDED GRID CEILING, REF MEP FOR CEILING LAYOUT AND ACCESSORIES SUSPENDED GRID CEILING, REF MEP FOR CEILING LAYOUT AND ACCESSORIES SIGNAGE ON CUSTOMER SIDE, PROVIDE BLOCKING ACROSS FACE MENU BOARD TV, TYP. PROVIDE BLOCKING AT ATTACHMENT POINT, REF ELECTRICAL FOR POWER FIRST FLOOR 0" CONCESSION SOUTH ELEVATION 4I8/8= MEZZANINE 12`-6" SIGNAGE ON CUSTOMER SIDE, PROVIDE BLOCKING ACROSS FACE SUSPENDED GRID CEILING, REF MEP FOR CEILING LAYOUT AND ACCESSORIES MENU BOARD TV, TYP. PROVIDE BLOCKING AT ATTACHMENT POINT, REF ELECTRICAL FOR POWER TE— II 1� 11 u 11 39 T 0 REMOVE EXISTING WALL AT NEW CONCESSION OPENING, PROTECT EXISTING STRUCTURAL COLUMNS AND BEAMS REMOVE EXISTING VENDING MACHINES, COORDINATE WITH OWNER FOR DISPOSITION REMOVE EXISTING STORAGE AND KITCHEN AREA WAL SHOWN r 6 1 OPEN TO BEYOND ;F01 \ ® Of *Ors *-4nous r,wvo, aD"5 '€0v (71 rst Tukwila NOTE Revw.re$ are a 4'-0 ROOM NAME FLOOR FINISH FL-1 BASE FINISH BS-5 WALL FINISH CEILING ! MATERIAL CEILING HEIGHT NOTES DIMENSIONAL DATA AREA ;PERIMETER 4001CONCESSIONS WC-1 ACT-2 9'-0" AFF CEILING TILE TO BE WASHABLE THROUGHOUT CONCESSION AREA. 409 SF ; 79' - 10' WALL TYPES Type Mark WT1 Description Length Comments 3-5/8" METAL STUDS W/ 1/2" GYP BD BOTH SIDES 40'-5 87/128" STUDS TO BE 20 GA , FROM FLOOR TO CAPTURE TRACK AT STRUCTURE ABOVE. PROVIDE BRIDGING AT ALL KNOCKOUTS ACROSS ENTIRE WIDTH OF WALL. PROVIDE CONTINUOUS TRACK AT BOTTOM, ATTACH SILL PLATE WITH 0.180"DIA. POWER DRIVEN SHOT PINS AT 16" OC; MIN EMBED 1" (ESR-1799 OR APPROVED EQUAL). PROVIDE A CLARK DIETRICH MC687 MOMENT CLIP @ EACH VERTICAL STUD W/ 6 #12 SCREW PROVIDE CAPTURE TRACK AT TOP PER DETAIL 4-A101. CAFE EQUIPMENT TYPE MARK CO2 COUNT 1 DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER / SUPPLIER MODEL Comments CO2 TANKS FOR BEVERAGE DISPENSING BY SODA VENDOR E01 1 POINT OF SALE SYSTEM BY OWNER BY OWNER BY OWNER. GC TO PROVIDE DUAL LOW VOLTAGE RUN TO OFFICE. LEAVE 6' LOOP WITH MALE END IN OFFICE AND TERMINATE IN FEMALE 'DATA PLATE BELOW POS. E03 E05 1 1 CURVED LID DISPLAY FREEZER NORLAKE CTB31-6 FREEZER PROVIDED BY VENDOR AMANA MICROWAVE .AMANA LD10D2 E06 1 1ISLAND OASIS BLENDER ITaylor SB2100 1 BLENDER BY VENDOR, GC TO PROVIDE WATER AND DRAIN CONNECTION E08 1 18" HEATED COUNTERTOP PIZZA MERCHANDISER (STAR MANUFACTURING 18MCP E12 1 Hand Sink w/Faucet, Basket Drain & Side Splashes !Eagle Group :OWNER TO PROVIDE SOAP AND PAPER TOWEL DISPENSERS TO MATCH I BUILDING STANDARD. GC TO INSTALL E13 1 SODA SYRUP RACK 1TBD 1 1TBD i BY SODA VENDOR. COORDINATE UTILITY NEEDS WITH VENDOR E15 1 -------------- ---- - ----- --- ---- Frozen Beverage Dispenser ICCEE t.- 1563HC IGC TO PROVIDE WATER CONNECTION FOR ICEE MACHINE E16 E38 1 GLASS DOOR MERCHANDISER: SWING DOOR REFRIGERATOR WITH HYDROCARBON REFRIGERANT -TRUE STANDARD LOOK VERSION 01 :TRUE FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT, INC. I 1 iIGDM-49-HC-TS 1L01 !SPECIFY WITH CASTERS TO ALLOW FOR CLEANING ACCESS 1 HIGH PERFORMANCE DISPENSER 'LANCER 1 CED2500 BY SODA VENDOR. GC TO REQUEST ADAPTOR MOUNTING PLATE FOR ICE MACHINE FROM VENDOR AND PROVIDE WATER CONNECTION E39 1 Modular Crescent Cuber - Air -Cooled HO5HIZAK! AMERICA, INC. . KMD-460MAH E49 1 OVEN, CONVEYOR TURBOCHEF 1HCS-9500 t4 r E50 E51 1 Food PrepTable Solid Door Pizza PrepTable 'TRUE FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT,INC.TPP-60 " C 1 REACH -IN SOLID DOOR REFRIGERATOR (TRUE FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT, INC.'T-49 __ E52 1 Reach -In Solid Swing Door -10°F Freezer TRUE FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT, INC. T-72F E52.1 1 Reach -In Solid Swing Door -10°F Freezer :TRUE FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT, INC. T-23F *:A83 OV A 6F1L?br1//C 13 �ra,s 5 1 Ct E53 E54 1 1 SINGLE HOT FOOD DISPENSER I STAR MANUFACTURING 1HPDE1 MERCHANDISER WARMERS STAR MANUFACTURING 112NCPW ZL &1 Z1 ,Y Z $ 31 e+1 r ns SlIC hmr " E60 1 MOBILE WARMING CABINET LOCKWOOD I CA67-PF34-SD- Rt(00 „ 't"'nw k,.fi*1 1`Vt .iafR°`Ft§oa „ 3 E61 1 Undercounter Solid Door Freezer TRUE FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT, INC. (TUC-48F F01 2 WIRE SHELVING UNIT OLYMPIC 118 X 54 a F02 F11 1 1 Four -Shelf Add -on Unit Eagle Group A4-63-18246E- Work Table AdvanceTabco AG-248 F12 1 Work Table Advance Tabco 1AG-367 � F13 1 Stainless Steel Top Work Tables ,John Boos 1ST4-2448GSK F18 1 3-COMP CORNER SINK !ADVANCE TABCO TSA-3C-D1 F20 1 SNEEZE GUARD 1 CR LAWRENCE PP56 OWNER SUPPLIES POSTS/ GC INSTALLS. GLASS: (2) 24X48 AT FRONT; (2) 46X12 AT EAST SIDE; (2) 35X12 AT WEST SIDE. TEMPERED GLAZING FE1 FE2 1 1 2A:K FIRE EXTINGUISHER I ULINE S-15617 ,TYPE TYPE 2A:10B:C FIRE EXTINGUISHER ULINE S-9873 TV 2 50" LED MONITOR ON DROPDOWN TV MOUNT STARTECH.COM FPCEILPTBSP N N 21'-10" 3'-3 1/4" `A 12'-5 1/4" TUKWILA, CONCESSIONS r 400 21'-5 1/4" 15'-6 1/4" 2'-8 3/4" 60 1 3/4 ti 6'-3 1/4" v 0 0 N 7 W W U N- :WOW re- Z - Lu J Z = 0 J ODU <C� W o Z ti WWcoW Z 0 FFARA E PEIRMMi-._ RED FOR r'Iwmolt-tQ 06/14/21 PERTAINING TO ISSUES OF CONFIDENTIALITY AND COPYRIGHT, REQUEST FOR THE RELEASE OR REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS MUST BE APPROVED BY ERIC NIELSEN ARCHITECT U W L,L 0 —J a. U co a Z H U) 0 v/ w 0 0 0 7/ z 0 s/ W U z 0 0 Z ;•11 IL W 1� 1a PROJECT NUMBER: 2019-0057 DRAWN BY: APPROVED BY: EJ N EJ N ISSUE DATE: 06/21/2019 REVISIONS # DATE DESCRIPTION 1 10/07/1S REVISION 1 2 01/24/20 ADDENDUM 1 4 06/14421 CCD#2 SHEET CONTENTS: CONCESSION PLANS, ELEVATIONS, AND SCHEDULES 3CONCESSION EAST ELEVATION I= i-0 2 CONCESSION NORTH ELEVATION I 3,8., _ 1.-0,. ENLARGED PROPOSED CONCESSION Did-oa6� A100 r✓ \-.v -,i,- k-„"W-1-rWl- ','- vy-\Y1.-»y4vv4.✓b '1--v\--v\--r 1✓''vvv .v\vvV -v\--i-V-,'.-i 4-.r1--v\--v V-vy"vrl--W^,- DETAIL 7 REMOVED E, Armstrong Kitchen Zone fi - '"�3+�4•+v �:';� »'��''x ,. BS-5 -. �J�+r • . ',\z-,. .. ?+ rue £, .A $.�'r n✓ l ACT-2 rmwr .n, ��is�`".,u, �"",°�n,.,»��'w 'Pa:',?.,�<�`oy"" .;�k'��'��:.�`=, �`•n�"�a-�,"Vw M*,,:�:,;:�,.,4 .s'txao">�...a,.r':":�" Delorean Gray' A165 FL-1 2 a�5;:'`:'>„r„v;*�'°t";w ;;., x,"�,"s`s�s..:'s'Tlt ^ �•'�?x �r;;'gxr, .{»�:rr�'����'�u � �;:, :`T'��`�'" , rs.�b`r}>fr.,�A,,r,�, ".,,•,:_•}i,t,,•}„i;';`c;.,,G,t,$ta,,yu�gx:*v,,,,'1"`w`t,'..'5,;1?x,,tit',i;,.:�n;.`.vN;rt%;+4,,, ,,s+ ,';`„;,7;h1br':,k ,fr§'.'` Gv."r��, ,a'.;i>'^�"s".''`5'=•s,�L..s*S^,r"�",h+;�{ri`t^�'d,r1i� ''A"a"��^,,�r, a���k''A r 2i`,:,'`A�r. i. x,4,"s '-r t-�''.a'iX'"'t,':'� 4 s$"G„rcn „J,. ,a3� ,w,'`v. v,(;^Y'"' '- fS ` „ i;S°7�"kY'{Cir •"u�',<`'3 i ,"i`N,:t', - ti4" arib; �"-•.§airfl",.-., a'mf 5 }Mn=� 2t2' #°^,ait ���Y��r��,pe..,p.�r ,s.''A,11":r£t` �.t'„"+>,:y,. ,.';w,} ,3".. s.�'�x`.Y y,,��,';,• i v.X. iXspF*,}. ,%�'^�, .t ^5 ,akv "s,'�,. - %:''s3=t»;,:.n,: .,`"`l•^;,t ,-�r`, ,i.' `r��;",` =rau.:.:'. �x t;"ry;:e "';{„ - r�`ts. <,'t... lr' '}.'`?:, `.'xls`�"•a rr,Ar 4"nt4 .;as<. �r=;ti'xsa �',.{,xd' ,t, kv "u.?`,r:.r;�"=�, t� - x,�, ri ,: S; s;. iV""a=1t; fi :iwkri n'P't,•'.,idr` ..i; �r 7 s.i'-'.,,34a'S:,'^ e x}`^i - ,1P°tl •'x+P•, `.vA^.'.. ,a= xr. „Wf "s. a 'rt l,;r �.,a as k, 'tip;-,:,,x�.•' � ;'`y.;% Bier `. d t , q.,;? J',+°."p ma=k ei i,d ,ci�'r 1:x �: s�,;�;..,, r }"""c Y;;^ " .a,�ra.x' a",'R;';ri ^.`;" a X3t' , *.., �na 1Xs;+•..'ry , w*3, ':"2c; ., k'3%e ,s?:d','S;., ''<6"+.,, i.. Yr c.FA.: ^tti^a9'd,F,„'uF ,Rv ?i:`£eu,k;$2z,5.,,sC' --f'.,a ;'+b'•r:, ;Kir+t�;a °;Y:+a ..'i„�s`;.5,^r.. a,;„):yar"r'3rca, .t`,'+':: �.�„ '.nr'`i`„""= ..; tS '„�t t, k'ry iu (. r, a;s, `:yq s?+ti3v; "%r*�`„ r,.=ti.,^,,-..'4ai '�'ik%'} .t &$'G,. ,f t, u•an}.s t," ra"a5'rttr4,� < r`�;f +,ni'drr.,s h'd•'#�•,3i't';�%,at`°�kt:,%,=,,,c' •.: fY�<rv,�.,,�'`*�,#,Lm.+"^i,*¢ d",,,, sf'�,;,, rh'.. ,a::s,,sx ,.k, S`A/„ia.;;.✓"•4.f+n't}:ti l', ""FiF, "A; „A,§, ysu ''$S`t+tig s! 'fl i'a". �=:G'n'�y,`a+,nGn"yv"`.Wai+'^,:.52,`�a.'',��".'a"sut'ii�-*. "ek•�:•ttt,x"t L•�,r :4i''{�,�,s"i�,.0 q,.w�y,,, ,'1�„M1�'>i.,v .�r,a ',;�2^ z,%c�x.r'x;§..,5,�r',�re ,.„w r;Thr.;1,. •�''Yr's �r,"'y:,".?.a, x ,.,i,r f,.'Ba•,r4e �;xtk`� 2"au,aiFt",'.1*"a'� .y�,?,x�;�-,,=';F�Frii xily,.r.,?•et.,Gi',i.d.::,*,;;a,}'rrG;:a'tix"!.t°;3:ifas:';s,,.S,,kxv'.s u, &'+,".r�ka,.xt.M auiw?,'to,.,:t..Y'i's, k,t,}s�".`=".'; ~'�'" "'"T'8�",s t.`a:� aN,as.w„t 1>;t'e M�',x?:r;,,:.t;,t��;�a, �.G., r:�g't:,^. S .ti�,.x at ,a '#a<v'TMe a,,,`"r `k'3�ta ,i''Kt„:d^Fve".,v��,am',5rr ;,k,'",s:y,^'t`., 4ilt`�, „us;i'' S�.•„-¢`a`,,'v}nr�,a31*f:^.,Y:;TM"t`"'kr ''"'.�,.: "r�"v�,`y`9 *Y„",asa :;�;." ?��'4,;{t;rz'a, .k�"%v^-,"S�,.sv 3.Xi:"'�`'flJt,,.i.xf•.e^�k�r's"6`Y'�la�sFrtit',x's"$); �, r{sf,,.t,r";"ixplA„ t.. a,4,:r= '"'i'>"S�t" "£"di?q .c.�,. ;'» s`,;{;.. ra =�,yr",`:;ytt;`ve;Yi:N=3 r-r� r a:,�• ' <,,k ^w,s';, ,,,y `,�!r�'` wt: ;x,. ,"`>;�,4' „�;�€ .: r..v1r;` ,�.=~{'<s';� „Y; % �' w'sr a. „�;, w r"x`Yk"n,` a'e,�"'a`�S:, sz yr„51e'^` r.:�'-„;?t"l� £v,"'�rf,,`,i. ,:�a;`s"ir,',r`",.r ai=E ,„<,rz�,� PT-1 r fit" .7,atfigA; `,k"�"r= ,.,r , a 'kriy.,,;,;,+ , i 3e�'$�rg•',,'.at 'H���,� ��.` rd� ' •�„3�a a'A"`A� .y �' " ?'P'. +aY ° 2-,�a� �"!*�.{, s f�,^�. �:; n'�.tt�'r.` r ^t`3 #; e�.�`,` ia„`,3,`°Y.7'4,amg" a" {s :.'q>';"".y, -+�a`,..•Fi,'(t nx+�u r,„",.. Yero-vo , TM .p 'v'-��+ `;'P ;.� J,Iaa '''r ,,.d ;'y v d�f' y., ri;•,,. 3 $ *, ,.�''� 'b" tern t 3r, mT !' vvY" n;e Y, tar" aa,' Y Via"• 1 =�^.,• „ k,".r j.4 .R`'• "��` ,.d•, t�,,,, "'�• ,,,�",. 'id'�'£.: ti:}�,• a�,,. x�T e,a 1E7 . ^:,1. `t „" q, ^4r �}•+�,} ;y��: � `�'' ;rt;-o{ :,. �" . a ° t� 3 "y • "�°'a '�M1aa it. '44f`� �� +, ;',?' xa � � I� � ,e•.,�, `nav',r, 9y} � fre.F3'rv. 1:"i3"`a, .-,a1i�'. •, ,., Mb'',scAv1:,., „ceaXs ,'`k++`:. ,a4^^.{rNro .N:�'Air.J,!':a'n,..A`4ta,':s�.t'ia�ii., ,: �'r Ir','v`'•'"�'"' PT-2 - f " . . , ' SS-1 BS-1A TR-1 I4" 40 Ba.K TR-8 BS-1B WC-1 /v /\ /v /� / / / E j \ / i .1 II .1E E II E \. / / / /\ /\ E \\, \EE'N/ WC-3 DETAIL 6 REMOVED r1 0 fastener 0</ L cross tee ATC 4-Way Clip 4-way seismic expansion joint clip 1" gap between field cut main tee one side of splice cap crimped to allow movement only on opposite end � main tee \E \ E �` /\ V'11 °� L tee face ''1''' sleeve NG DETAIL DETAIL 3 REMOVED 2 I3 D V ew 12 \ 41 may be slack ii'gMting fixture \ < E6 % tee I c 79 L04<L F C % '4i<1 hv.i tt© I441e6 _ \ 1»f jcr104 r0fl!5a', field cut main tee cross tee O O one side of splice cap crimped to allow move- ment only on opposite end Expansion Joint Clip ✓vim '4 ✓U� min. typ. - 4-way seismic expansion joint clip fastener L #8 x t/4°° sheet metal screw (by others) - main tee tee -face sleeve ATTACH TRACK TO STRUCTURE AS REQ'D PER DESIGN. CENTERED AT EACH SLOT LOCATION, CLARK DIETRICH BUILDING SYSTEMS MAX TRAK 2D SLOTTED DEFLECTION & DRIFT TRACK, SIZE PER WALL TYPE, OR EQUAL GAP TO ALLOW FOR VERTICAL DEFLECTION. TEE Wall Moulding Mounting \/ CAPTURE TRACK DETAIL MEZZANINE ABOVE - MEZZANINE 12'-6" CAFE SIGNAGE ON BUILT — DOWN HEADER SUPPORTED FROM ABOVE, CONFIRM STRUCTURE PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. PROVIDE BLOCKING ACROSS FRONT 9'-0„ { 4E GC TO PROVIDE LOW VOLTAGE RUN TO OFFICE FOR SECURITY CAMERA. COORDINATE LOCATION IN CEILING WITH OWNER. MENU BOARD TV" PROVIDE BLOCKING AT ATTACHMENT POINT, REF ELECTRICAL FOR POWER WALL TOP MOUNTED SNEEZE GUARD. POSTS PROVIDED BY OWNER, GLASS BY GC CONTINUOUS TOP TRACK WI PLYWOOD SS-1 ON 1 LAYER OF 3/4" PLY, TOP AT 2'-10" AFF AT SERVING COUNTER, 4`-0" AFF AT SIDE WALLS BLOCKING AT WALL MOUNTED EQUIPMENT, AS REQUIRED 3-5/8" 20GA METAL STUD WALL WITH 1/2" GYP BOTH SIDES, FRP ON PREP AREA SIDE, PAINT ON CUSTOMER SIDE TYPICAL BRIDGING AND CLIPS FULL LENGTH OF WALL AND AT ALL KNOCKOUTS PROVIDE A CLARK DIETRICH MC687 MOMENT CLIP @ EACH STUD W/ 6#12 SCREW FIRST FLOOR In- 0" 1 CAFE SCREEN WALL SECTION 1 -' WALL STUD, 33MILS, 1 - #8-18 WAFERHEAD FOR 20 GAUGE OR 1 - #10-16 SCREW FOR HEAVIER GAUGES. FRAMING SCREWS tQ EACH STUD LOCATION. 8" MAX PERIMETER HANGER WIRE 6 +1- 1 DEGREE 3/4" MIN r— 4" LONG MIN. PIECE OF STUD, SAME GAUGE AS WALL STUD, TO FIT INSIDE TRACK WEB ATTACH USING: 4 - #8-18 WAFERHEAD's FOR 20 GAUGE OR 4 - # 10-16 SCREWS FOR HEAVIER GAUGES BETWEEN SLOTS AS SHOWN. 11� O 1565 REGISTERED ARCHIJECT ERIC J." NIELSEN STATE OF WASHINGTON 06/14/21 PERTAINING TO ISSUES OF CONFIDENTIALITY AND COPYRIGHT, REQUEST FOR THE RELEASE OR REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS MUST BE APPROVED BY ERIC NIELSEN ARCHITECT H U O 0 J 0 a_ 0 z v/ttF—� z r00 tVt�) V! U O U s► Z 0 CO W U Z t© Yr U cg 7 z LI. l- co W • co cc co Q L0 O! • Q. W J Q LO In I — PROJECT NUMBER: 2019-0057 DRAWN BY: APPROVED BY: EJN EJN ISSUE DATE: 06/21/2019 REVISIONS # DATE DESCRIPTION 1 10/07/19 REVISION 1 2 01/24/20 ADDENDUM 1 4 06/14/21 CCD#2 SHEET CONTENTS: CONCESSION DETAILS AND FINISHES A101